RFP FINAL Town Creek Sewer Project-FM 482 Gravity Trunk Line SewerCITY OF SCHERTZ, TEXAS
TOWN CREEK SEWER PROJECT
F.M. 482 GRAVITY TRUNK LINE SEWER
#15-PW-03-C-01
January 13, 2015
FEI Project NO. 1124.2603
CITY OF SCHERTZ, 1400 SCHERTZ PARKWAY, SCHERTZ, TEXAS 78154
Invitation to Bidders
IV-1
CITY OF SCHERTZ
INVITATION TO BID
The City of Schertz is accepting Request for Competitive Sealed Proposal for construction
services of “TOWN CREEK SEWER: FM 482 GRAVITY TRUNKLINE SEWER
#15-PW-03-C-01”.
Sealed Proposals should be received by the Purchasing Department of the City of Schertz
located at 1400 Schertz Parkway, Building #2, Schertz, Texas 78154 by 11:00 a.m. (CST) on
February 5, 2015, via hand delivery or mail. **No fax or E-mail bids will be accepted.**
Sealed proposals must be submitted with one (1) electronic, one (1) original and five (5) copies and be clearly marked in a sealed envelope as “TOWN CREEK SEWER: FM 482 GRAVITY
TRUNKLINE SEWER #15-PW-03-C-01”. RFCSP’s submitted after the aforementioned date
and time will not be accepted.
Be advised that if your company is contemplating responding to this BID you MUST register as a Schertz Vendor at www.publicpurchase.com so any changes/additions via Addendum can be accessed by your company. Vendor registration instructions can be
found at www.schertz.com, Departments, Purchasing, Open Bids and click on the words
Vendor Registration Instructions. Any questions in reference to this BID may be directed to
Nancy Tumlinson, Purchasing & Asset Management at ntumlinson@schertz.com.
A Pre-Submittal conference will be held on Tuesday January 27, 2015 at 10:00 AM (CST) in
the City of Schertz Public Works conference room at 10 Commercial Place, Bldg. #2, Schertz,
Texas 78154. Questions are due in writing no later than January 28, 2015.
The City of Schertz reserves the right to refuse and reject any or all responses, waive any or all
formalities or technicalities, accept the response or portions of the response determined to be the
best and most advantageous to the City, and hold the responses for a period of 120 days without
taking action. The City of Schertz reserves the right to accept responses from more than one firm
determined to be the best option for the City. Respondents are required to hold their responses firm for the same period of time.
Hand-deliver Bids: Purchasing & Asset Management Department, 1400 Schertz Parkway, Bldg.
#2, Schertz, TX 78154 If using Land Courier (i.e., FedEx, UPS): Purchasing & Asset Management Department, 1400 Schertz Parkway, Bldg. #2 Schertz, Texas 78154.
LABELING INSTRUCTIONS: Envelopes must be clearly marked:
CITY OF SCHERTZ INVITATION TO BID Request for Competitive Sealed Proposal #15-PW-03-C-01
“TOWN CREEK SEWER: FM 482 GRAVITY TRUNKLINE SEWER
Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals
for
Construction Services
for the
City of Schertz
Town Creek Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline Sewer
City of Schertz
Table of Contents
I. Background
II. Construction Services
III. Objectives
IV. Scope Of Work
V. Selection Process
VI. Evaluation Criteria
VII. Additional Instructions, Notifications, and Information
VIII. Submittal Instructions
I. BACKGROUND
The City of Schertz (the “City”) invites the submittal of response to this RFP from
qualified firms interested in providing construction services in connection with the construction of a Town Creek Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline – LINE A that will consist of 4,200 linear
feet of 12-inch wastewater pipe installation in raw land located along the FM 482 corridor in
Schertz, Texas (the “Project”).
The Project has been designed by Ford Engineering Inc. The Project is anticipated to include some or all of the following items within its scope: site preparation; excavation;
groundwater controls, SWPPP, pipe installation, two bore and case segments; and all other
appurtenances necessary for the complete Project.
Responses are solicited for this service in accordance with the terms, conditions, and instructions set forth in the RFP guidelines.
The City of Schertz will receive responses to this RFP at the offices of City of Schertz’s
Purchasing Department until 11:00 a.m. on February 5, 2015. Receipt of response does not
bind City of Schertz to any contract for said services, nor does it give any guarantee that a contract for the Project will be awarded.
II. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
A. PURPOSES OF RFP The City of Schertz invites the submittal of responses to this “Request for Proposals” (RFP)
from qualified firm(s) interested in providing construction services in accordance with Chapter
2269 of the Texas Government Code in connection with the construction of a Town Creek
Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline – LINE A that will incorporate the construction of approximately 4,200 linear feet of 12-inch sanitary sewer for segment per City of Schertz Public Works Specifications, including two bore and case segments across FM 482; 140 lf of 12-inch
carrier pipe with casing, and 100 lf of 8-inch carrier pipe with casing; approximately 600 linear
feet of sewer will be ductile iron elevated on concrete columns. The new sewer will tie-into and
existing 8” sewer line and will require the replacement and upsizing of approximately 400 lf of sewer in–place.
B. LOCATION
The facility will be located at in the City of Schertz along the FM 482 corridor between the low water crossing of FM 482 and an un-named Tributary to the Dry Comal Creek and extend
west to Abbey Road.
C. PROJECT DURATION
The City has established a target commencement date for construction activities as April 30,
2014. The projected completion date is estimated to be January 31, 2016. The City reserves the
right to phase the construction of the Project or modify the schedule as needed and determined
by the City due to modifications in scope.
III. OBJECTIVES
Owner proposes to retain a highly qualified, capable firm to act as its general contractor
for the construction of the Project using the Competitive Sealed Proposal delivery method
authorized by chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code. Firms who participate in this RFP
process are sometimes referred to as “Bidders”, “Respondents” and “Offerors”. Owner will give prime consideration to the Bidders with significant, current experience in the management and
construction of similar projects. Experience in construction of Sewer facilities and
boring/augering is essential. Pursuant to its statutory authority, Owner reserves the right to
negotiate with a selected Respondent but shall not be obligated to enter into any contract with
any Respondent on any terms or conditions.
IV. SCOPE OF WORK
Owner anticipates the scope of work to consist of the following responsibilities:
The selected Respondent will be the general contractor for the Project, which is the
construction of Town Creek Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline – LINE A. The City anticipates
the following items will be included in the scope of the Project: site preparation; excavation;
groundwater controls, SWPPP, pipe installation, borings at specified locations; and all other
appurtenances necessary for the complete Project. The Project will be designed and constructed so as to meet all applicable federal, state, and local accessibility standards.
The selected Offeror will be also responsible for: obtaining all applicable permits and
inspections; providing all necessary performance and payment bonds and insurance certificates;
and providing the City with all warranties for all equipment installed.
The selected Offeror may be required to perform some or all of the following pre-
construction and construction services. Preconstruction Services may include, but not
necessarily be limited to, value engineering the Work. Construction Services may include, but
not necessarily be limited to, all work associated with construction, operation, and warranty of the facilities.
The following represents a summary of the proposed improvements and estimated budget:
• New Town Creek Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline – LINE A facility.
• Site preparation.
• Site drainage.
• Miscellaneous appurtenances necessary for the complete Project.
• Estimated maximum construction budget is approximately $1,500,000. This includes all
incidental and contingent expenses associated with the construction of the Project.
V. SELECTION PROCESS
Repondents should prepare a sealed proposal responsive to all information requested in
this RFP.
The City will use a selection committee to evaluate the proposals. The City’s selection
committee will rank the Offerors based on the information provided and in accordance with the selection criteria contained in this RFP. The City will notify each Offeror of the rankings within 45 days of bid opening. The City will then negotiate with highest ranked Offeror on contract
terms and conditions. If a contract cannot be successfully negotiated with the highest ranked
Offeror, in the City's opinion, negotiations will be terminated and the City will proceed to
negotiate with the next highest ranked Offeror until a mutually agreed contract can be negotiated.
VI. EVALUATION CRITERIA
The criteria used to evaluate the RFP responses will include, but not be limited to, the
following (items listed below are not listed in order of importance):
A. Qualifications of Respondent Firm and Experience on Similar Projects.
Qualifications of firm in executing similar projects utilizing the Competitive
Sealed Proposal or other procurement methods and qualifications related to
collaborating with design partners in constructability and Value Analysis in this
delivery method (emphasis on last five (5) years). As well as related municipal project experience, including completed and ongoing projects of the firm(s) and
individuals who would be assigned to this Project.
B. Experience on Public Projects. Related project experience with the other public
owners including municipalities, school districts, and other local governmental entities, as well as experience with local subcontractors, with particular attention
to individuals who would be assigned to this Project.
C. Available Resources to Complete Project. This criterion would include
personnel, resources and methodologies commonly used by your firm that may be applicable to the project categories.
D. Corporate history and stability. This criterion includes the historical stability of
the Respondent, its corporate structure and longevity, its history involving
litigation or arbitration with owners and subcontractors, and a statement of any liquidated damages that have previously been withheld by public owner clients of
the Respondent on projects in the last five (5) years.
E. Overall Responsiveness to the RFP.
F. References.
G. Cost. This criterion will be considered in the initial ranking of offers and should
include information concerning the offeror’s requested fees and prices for fulfilling the Project’s general conditions.
Item Weighting
Phase 1
A. Qualifications of Offeror and Experience on Similar Projects
15%
B. Experience on Public Projects 10%
C. Available Resources to Complete Project 15%
D. Corporate history and stability 5%
E. Overall Responsiveness to the RFP 5%
F. References 5%
G. Cost 45%
VII. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS, NOTIFICATIONS, AND INFORMATION
A. All information True – Respondent represents and warrants to Owner that all
information provided in the response shall be true, correct and complete. Respondents who provide false, misleading, or incomplete information, whether
intentional or not, in any of the documents presented to Owner for consideration
in the selection process shall be excluded.
B. Inquires – Do not contact Owner during the selection process to make inquiries about the progress of this selection process. Such contact may result in
disqualification. Respondents will be contacted when it is appropriate to do so.
C. Cost of Responses – Owner will not be responsible for the costs incurred by
anyone in the submittal of responses.
D. Contract Negotiations – This RFP is not to be construed as a contract or as a
commitment of any kind. If this RFP results in a contract offer by Owner, the
specific scope of work, associated fees, and other contractual matters will be
determined during contract negotiations.
E. No Obligation – Owner reserves the sole right to (1) evaluate the responses
submitted; (2) waive any irregularities therein; (3) select candidates for the
submittal of more detailed or alternate proposals (4) accept any submittal or
portion of submittal; (5) reject any or all Respondents submitting responses, should it be deemed in Owner’s best interest, or (6) cancel the entire process.
VIII. SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS
Sealed submittals are required. Submittals shall be delivered to the City’s Purchasing Department at the address set forth below or before 11:00 a.m. local time, February 5, 2015.
All submittals must be labeled on the outside with the Respondent’s name and the name of the
Project. Late submittals will not be considered.
Six (6) hard copies and one electronic copy (.pdf format preferred) of the responses are to be addressed to: The City of Schertz Purchasing Department
c/o Nancy Tumlinson
1400 Schertz Pkwy, Bldg #2 Schertz, TX 78154
END OF DOCUMENT
1
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the ____ day of __________, 2015 by and
between the:
“OWNER”
The City of Schertz
1400 Schertz Parkway
Schertz, Texas 78154
210.619.1000 t
210.619.1009 f
and
“CONTRACTOR”
[name of Contractor]
[address]
[phone and fax numbers]
for the following Project:
Town Creek Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline – Line A # _____________
The ENGINEER for the Project is
Ford Engineering, Inc.
10927 Wye Drive
Suite 104
San Antonio, Texas 78217
210.590.4777 t
210.590.4940 f
2
1.0 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT
Unless otherwise provided in these Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
for performing or causing to be performed all Work including labor and materials, necessary to build,
construct, erect and equip in accordance with the Contract Documents and at its own proper cost and
expenses to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor,
insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in
accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereto.
The Contract Documents for this Project include this Standard Form of Agreement and the following
documents, if applicable:
Addenda issued by ENGINEER
General Conditions
Performance and Payment Bonds
Request For Proposal and Contract Forms
Technical Specifications
Drawings
2.0 CONTRACT TIME AND COMPLETION
§ 2.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be stated in a Notice to Proceed issued by the
OWNER
§ 2.2 Contract Time
§2.2.1 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement.
§2.2.2 Time is of the essence in all phases of the Work. It is specifically understood and agreed to
by and between OWNER and CONTRACTOR that time is of the essence in the substantial
completion of the Work, and that failure to substantially complete the Work within the designated
period, or as it may be extended, shall be construed as a breach of this Agreement.
§ 2.3 Substantial Completion
The CONTRACTOR shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than [120
calendar days from the date of commencement, subject to and adjustments of this Contract Time as
provided in the Contract Documents and Changer Orders modifying and extending this Agreement.
§ 2.4 Liquidated Damages
The CONTRACTOR acknowledges and recognizes that the OWNER is entitled to full and beneficial
occupancy and use of the completed work following expiration of the Contract Time. The
CONTRACTOR further acknowledges and agrees that, if the CONTRACTOR fails to substantially,
3
or cause the Substantial Completion of any portion of the Work within the Contract time, the
OWNER will sustain actual damages as a result of such failure. The exact amount of such damages
will be difficult to ascertain. Therefore, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that, if the
CONTRACTOR shall neglect, fail, or refuse to achieve substantial completion of the Work by the
Substantial Completion date, subject to proper extension granted by the OWNER, then the
CONTRACTOR agrees to pay the OWNER the sum of
Six hundred dollars per day. ($600)
for each day in which such Work is not completed, not as penalty, but as liquidated damages, for the
damages (“Liquidated Damages”) that would be suffered by OWNER as a result of delay for each
and every calendar day that the CONTRACTOR shall have failed to have completed the Work as
required herein. The Liquidated Damages shall be in lieu of any and all other damages which may be
incurred by OWNER as a result of the failure of CONTRACTOR to complete within the Contract
Time.
§ 2.5 FINAL COMPLETION
§ 2.5.1 Timely final completion is an essential condition of this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees to
achieve final completion of the Work within 30 days of the designated or extended substantial
completion date. The date of Substantial Completion shall be fixed by this Agreement, unless
modified by Change Order, and memorialized by a Certificate of Substantial Completion as provided
in the General Conditions to this Agreement.
§ 2.5.2 Final Completion means actual completion of the Work, including any extras or Change
Orders reasonably required or contemplated under the Contract Documents other than warranty work
that may be required pursuant to the Contract Documents.
3.0 CONTRACT SUM
§ 3.1 The OWNER shall pay the CONTRACTOR the Contract Sum in current funds for the
CONTRACTOR’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be [insert written total]
([insert numerical total]) subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
§ 3.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the
Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the OWNER:
[alternate __, if any]
[alternate __, if any]
§ 3.3 Unit prices, if any:
4
[insert any unit price items and descriptions] [or add reference to Proposal with unit prices and
estimated quantities]
Item Units and Limitations Price Per Unit ($0.00)
[unit price item] [unit] [price]
4.0 PAYMENT
§ 4.1 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate
the entire Contract Amount among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be
prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER and
OWNER may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the ENGINEER or OWNER, shall be
used as a basis for reviewing the CONTRACTOR’s Applications for Payment.
§ 4.1.1 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the
Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. Unless otherwise noted,
application for payment shall be done on a monthly basis.
§ 4.1.2 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment
shall be computed as follows:
.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as
determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by
the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of
values, less retainage of «Five» percent ( «5.00» %). Pending final determination of
cost to the OWNER of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be
included;
.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment
delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed
construction (or, if approved in advance by the OWNER, suitably stored off the site
at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of «Five» percent ( «5.00» %);
.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the OWNER; and
.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the ENGINEER has withheld or nullified a
Certificate for Payment.
§ 4.1.3 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further
modified under the following circumstances:
5
.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total
payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the
ENGINEER shall determine for incomplete Work, retainage applicable to such work
and unsettled claims; and
.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault
of the CONTRACTOR, any additional amounts payable.
§ 4.1.4 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows:
§ 4.1.5 Except with the OWNER’s prior approval, the CONTRACTOR shall not make advance
payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the
site.
§ 4.2 FINAL PAYMENT
§ 4.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by
the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR when
.1 the CONTRACTOR has fully performed the Contract except for the
CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in the General
Conditions, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final
payment; and
.2 a letter of Final Acceptance has been issued by the ENGINEER and accepted by the
OWNER.
§ 4.2.2 The OWNER’s final payment to the CONTRACTOR shall be made no later than 30 days
after the Work has been completed and accepted by the OWNER, in writing, following the issuance
of the ENGINEER’s final Certificate for Payment:
This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year written above (“The Date of Execution”):
OWNER CONTRACTOR
By: ________________________________ By: __________________________________
Title: ______________________________ Title: ________________________________
Payment Bond Page 1 of 3
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, ______________________, as Principal herein, and (2)
, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Texas and who is authorized and admitted to use surety bonds in the State of Texas, as
surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Schertz, Texas, a municipal corporation with
its principal location of 1400 Schertz Parkway, Schertz, Texas, Guadalupe County, Obligee
herein, in the amount of [printed amount of bond] Dollars ($[numeric amount of bond] for the
payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee
dated the day of , 20 , which contract is hereby referred to herein
as “the Contract” and is incorporated herein to the same extent as if copied at length, for the
following project: Town Creek Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline Sewer.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the
said Principal shall directly or indirectly timely make payment to each and every claimant (as
defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in
the prosecution of the work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to
remain in full force and effect. This obligation may be enforced by the Obligee in the event of
bankruptcy or default by Principal in payments to suppliers of labor or materials in the
prosecution of the work under the Contract, in either of which events the Surety shall make such
payments as Principal has failed to pay and as may be required to complete the work under the
contract. The Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration,
omission, addition or other modification to the terms of the Contract will affect its obligations on
this bond, and it hereby waives notice of any such changes, extensions of time, alterations,
omissions, additions, or other modifications, to the Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase
orders or other obligations, and any notices provided in such regard shall not create as to any
party a duty related thereto.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all rights and liabilities on this bond shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute, to the same extent as if it were
Payment Bond Page 2 of 3
copied at length herein. All notices shall be delivered in writing to the addresses shown below or
to addresses provided in the Contract Documents.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the
Surety have executed this instrument.
SIGNED and SEALED this day of , 20 .
The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract.
PRINCIPAL
ATTEST: By:
Name:
(Principal) Secretary
Title:
(S E A L) Address:
Witness as to Principal
Telephone Number:
SURETY
ATTEST: By:
Name: Secretary Attorney in Fact
(S E A L) Address:
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number:
An original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact.
Payment Bond Page 3 of 3
Approved as to Form:
City of Schertz
1400 Schertz Parkway Schertz, Texas 78154
By: John C. Kessell
Title: City Manager
Date:
Performance Bond Page 1 of 3
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, _________________________, as Principal herein, and [Surety], a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of [Surety’s state of incorp], and who is
authorized and admitted to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and
firmly bound unto the City of Schertz, Texas, a municipal corporation with its principal location
of 1400 Schertz Parkway, Schertz, Texas, Guadalupe County, Obligee herein, in the sum of
[verbal amount of bond] Dollars ($[numeric amount of bond]) for the payment of which sum we
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated
the day of , 20 , herein referred to as “the Contract” and
incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes, for the construction of the Town
Creek Sewer: FM 482 Gravity Trunkline Sewer.
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, if the said Principal shall
faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and other Contract
Documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages
which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal’s failure to perform the Work in conformity
with the Contract Documents, and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that
Obligee may incur in making good such default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to
remain in full force and effect. Whenever Contractor shall be declared by Obligee to be in
default under the Contract, the Surety shall, upon request of Obligee and within seven (7)
calendar days from receipt of Obligee’s notice of Contractor’s default, commence and thereafter
complete performance of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. This Bond covers all
contractual obligations of Contractor under the Contract, including, without limitation, the
indemnity, warranty and guaranty obligations. The Surety stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alteration, omission, addition or other modification to the terms of any of the
Contract will affect its obligations on this bond, and it hereby waives notice of any such changes,
extensions of time, alterations, omissions, additions, or other modifications, to the Contract or to
related subcontracts, purchase orders or other obligations, and any notices provided in such
regard shall not create as to any party a duty related thereto. The penal limit of this bond shall
Performance Bond Page 2 of 3
automatically be increased by the amount of any change order, supplemental agreement or
amendment which increases the price of the Contract.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all rights and liabilities on this bond shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were
copied at length herein. All notices shall be delivered in writing to the addresses shown below or
to addresses provided in the Contract Documents.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the
Surety have executed this instrument.
SIGNED and SEALED this day of , 20 .
The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract.
PRINCIPAL
ATTEST: By:
Name: (Principal) Secretary Title:
(S E A L) Address:
Witness as to Principal Telephone Number:
SURETY
ATTEST: By:
Name: Secretary Attorney in Fact
(S E A L) Address:
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number:
Performance Bond Page 3 of 3
An original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. Approved as to Form: City of Schertz
1400 Shertz Parkway
Schertz, Texas 78154
By: John C. Kessell
Title: City Manager
Date:
Page 1 General Conditions
GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article Page Number & Title Number 1. DEFINITIONS. ........................................................................................................................2
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS....................................................................................................6
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE. ...........................................8
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS. .................................................................................9
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ...................................................................................................12
6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES.................................................................................14
7. OTHER WORK. .......................................................................................................................27
8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES. ............................................................................................28
9. ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ...................................29
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK. ...................................................................................................30
11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT. .................................................................................32
12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES. .......................................................................................34
13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK. .............................................................................37
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................................40
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION. ................................................................46
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. .......................................................................................................48
17. RIGHT TO AUDIT ..................................................................................................................49
18. MISCELLANEOUS ................................................................................................................50
Page 2 General Conditions
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the
following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof:
1.1 Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the receipt of Proposals or
the opening of Bids that clarify, correct or change the proposal or bidding requirements or the
Contract Documents.
1.2 Agreement - Prescribed form, Standard Form of Agreement.
1.3 Bid Documents - The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders,
the bid form, the Contract Documents and Addenda.
1.4 Calendar Day - Any day of the week; no days being excepted. Work on Saturdays,
Sundays, and/or Legal Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of
the OWNER.
1.5 Change Directive - A written directive to the CONTRACTOR, signed by the OWNER,
ordering a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the
Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A Change Directive may be used in the absence
of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. A Change Directive does not change the
Contract Amount or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order.
1.6 Change Orders - Written agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement and within the Contract term.
1.7 Claim - A written demand seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation
of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms
of the Contract.
1.8 Contract - The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, as evidenced by the Contract
Documents.
1.9 Contract Amount - The amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for
completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.10 Contract Documents – Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions,
Supplemental General Conditions (if any), Special Conditions (if any), Technical Specifications, Project Manual, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders.
Page 3 General Conditions
1.11 Contract Time - The number of days allowed for completion of the Work as
defined by the Contract. When any period is referred to in days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. A day of twenty-four (24) hours
measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day.
1.12 CONTRACTOR - The individual, firm, corporation, or other business entity with
whom the OWNER has entered into the Contract.
1.13 Date of Execution - Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement.
1.14 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic
representations of the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed
by the CONTRACTOR and which have been approved by the OWNER. Drawings may
include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
1.15 Engineer - The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Contract.
1.16 Equal - The terms "equal" or "approved equal" shall have the same meaning.
1.17 Field Order - A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor
changes in the Work and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the
Contract Time.
1.18 Final Acceptance - The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER’s opinion,
Final Completion of the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by
the OWNER is issued.
1.19 Final Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER’s opinion, the entire Work has been completed, the CONTRACTOR’s obligations under the
Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the OWNER is processing or has made final
payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of Acceptance approved by
the OWNER. 1.20 Inspector - The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction
over any portion of the Work.
1.21 Legal Holidays
1.22 The following are recognized by the OWNER:
Holiday Date Observed
New Year's Day January 1
Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Third Monday
Birthday in January
Page 4 General Conditions
President's Day Third Monday in February
Memorial Day Last Monday in May
Independence Day July 4
Labor Day First Monday
in September
Veteran's Day November 11
Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday
in November
Friday after Friday after
Thanksgiving Thanksgiving
Christmas Eve December 24
Christmas Day December 25
1.22.1 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a
Legal Holiday falls on Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday.
1.22.2 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the preceding Friday is observed as
the Christmas Eve holiday.
1.22.3 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day holiday.
1.23 Milestones - A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an
intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.24 Notice to Proceed - A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR
fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which the
CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents.
1.25 OWNER – The City of Schertz, acting through its City Manager or his/her designee,
officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project.
1.26 Owner's Representative - The designated representative of the OWNER. Such
designation shall be provided to ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR in writing.
Page 5 General Conditions
1.27 Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the
Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work.
1.28 Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract
Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
1.29 Project Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the
following: introductory information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General Requirements; Specifications; Drawings; Project Safety Manual; and Addenda.
1.30 Proposal Documents – The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to
Offerors, the Proposal form, the Contract Documents and Addenda.
1.31 Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of ENGINEER who
may be assigned to the site or any part thereof.
1.32 Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR
and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required by the Contract Documents.
1.33 Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written
technical descriptions as applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful
project.
1.34 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions thereof, is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract
Documents so that the OWNER can utilize the Work for its intended purpose or use.
1.35 Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the
CONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work.
1.36 Sub-subcontractor - A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a
Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work.
1.37 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and
direct construction of the Work.
1.38 Supplier - An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR
or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
Page 6 General Conditions
1.39 Time Extension Request - A request for time extension on a form acceptable to the
OWNER.
1.40 Work - The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to be furnished under the Contract Documents.
1.41 Working Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal
Holidays, in which conditions not under the CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for
at least seven (7) hours of the Working Times. Upon authorization by the Owner’s Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be allowed and in that event a Working Day will be counted for each such day.
1.42 Working Times - Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless
authorized by OWNER, all Work shall be performed between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on weekdays. If authorized by the OWNER between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work
during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on
Working Day contracts. Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done
without prior permission only as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 herein.
1.43 Written Notice - Written communication between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in
person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative,
or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the attention of Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business address known to the party giving notice. Written Notice sent or transmitted by
electronic mail or facsimile must be actually received to be considered delivered and to comply
with notice requirements herein. Transmission done by electronic mail or facsimile does not
constitute delivery.
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds, Insurance, and Other Documentation: 2.1.1 Within ten (10) Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract, the
CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER signed Agreement, Bond(s), Insurance
Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of the Contract.
2.2 Copies of Documents: 2.2.1 The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR three (3) printed copies of the
Contract Documents and one (1) copy in electronic portable document format (PDF) unless
otherwise specified. Additional printed copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Page 7 General Conditions
2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed:
2.3.1 The Contract Time(s) will begin to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed.
2.4 Before Starting Construction: 2.4.1 No Work shall be done at the site prior to the preconstruction conference without
the OWNER's approval. Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR
shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The CONTRACTOR shall
promptly report in writing to OWNER & ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation
or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. Should
Contractors perform the Work after discovery of such a conflict without reporting the conflict or before receipt of a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, Contractor will be solely liable
for any correction or other measures that may be required to overcome the conflict or bring the
Work into compliance with the Contract Documents.
2.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following to Owner's Representative for review and approval no later than the preconstruction conference:
.1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates)
for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any
Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any limitations on
Working Hours;
.2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals;
.3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, subdivided into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during
construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit
applicable to each item of Work;
.4 a letter designating CONTRACTOR's Superintendent;
.5 a letter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor(s) listing any salaried
specialists;
.6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety measures;
.7 if applicable, a trench safety system plan;
.8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities;
Page 8 General Conditions
.9 if applicable, a traffic control plan;
.10 a completed Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (Prior to Construction); and
.11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor
that shall be employed for any portion of the Work required by the Contract
Documents to be performed by a RPLS.
2.5 Preconstruction Conference: 2.5.1 Prior to commencement of Work at the site, a preconstruction conference attended
by the CONTRACTOR, Owner's Representative and others will be held.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.1 Intent:
3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if
required by all; performance by the CONTRACTOR shall be required to the extent consistent
with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to
produce the intended results. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall govern (top item receiving priority of interpretation):
Standard Form of Agreement
Addenda to the Contract Documents
General Conditions Performance and Payment Bonds Request for Proposal and any Contract Forms
Technical Specifications
Drawings (figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions)
3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance
with such recognized meanings.
3.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: 3.2.1 If, during the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract
Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance
of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately report it to ENGINEER in writing, and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby until an amendment or
Page 9 General Conditions
supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in
section 3.3. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any
such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or
reasonably should have known.
3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and
revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways:
.1 Change Order.
.2 Change Directive.
3.3.2 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and
minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following
ways:
.1 Field Order.
.2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample.
.3 Written interpretation or clarification.
3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited: 3.4.1 The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or
organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with
the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's consultants, and (ii) shall not reuse any of
such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or
any other project without written consent of the OWNER and ENGINEER.
ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 Availability of Lands: 4.1.1 The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required
rights to use the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements
for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the
CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the
Page 10 General Conditions
OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER fails to
furnish these lands, rights-of-way or easements in a timely manner, the CONTRACTOR may
make a Claim for adjustments in the Contract Times. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for
all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of spoils, materials and equipment.
4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
4.2.1 CONTRACTOR accepts the responsibility to satisfy itself as to the soil conditions and nature and type of geological formations in and through which this Project will be constructed.
Such information as may be obtained from the test borings (if borings have provided) and
accompanying notations shown on the plans is merely for the guidance of the CONTRACTOR
and is not to be construed in any manner as a guarantee by the OWNER that such conditions of
sub-surface strata are infallible.
4.2.2 The CONTRACTOR hereby represents and covenants that it has examined the site of
the proposed Work and is familiar with all of the conditions surrounding construction of
the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and investigations deemed necessary and
proper.
4.2.3 CONTRACTOR waives any and all rights to make a claim against OWNER relating to
representations related to geotechnical data provided in the contract documents, plans and
specifications. The locations of the test holes, if applicable, are shown in the Geotechnical
Report. Logs of these test holes are included in the Geotechnical Report. Test holes information represents subsurface characteristics to the extent indicated and only for the point
location of the test hole. CONTRACTOR shall make its own interpretation of the character and
condition of the materials, which will be encountered. CONTRACTOR may, at its own
expense, make additional surveys and investigations as it may deem necessary to determine
conditions, which will affect performance of the Work.
4.2.4 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise
concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract
Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially
from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed under this Contract, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions
are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the
conditions. ENGINEER will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially
and cause an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for,
performance of any part of the Work, may recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. If ENGINEER determines that the conditions at
the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no
change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in
writing, stating the reasons. If CONTRACTOR disagrees with ENGINEER’S determination,
CONTRACTOR may appeal such determination to OWNER. Such appeal must be presented to OWNER with all supporting documentation evidencing CONTRACTOR’S claim for an
adjustment to the Contract Amount or Contract Time within thirty (30) calendar days of
Page 11 General Conditions
completing the Work. Any unresolved disputes arising from ENGINEER’S OR OWNER’S
determination shall be resolved in accordance with Article 16.
4.2.5 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public lines and utility
customer service lines in the Work area. For the purposes of this section, "public lines" means
the all utility distribution and supply system within public rights-of-way or easements, and
"utility customer service lines" (service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to
the utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER
and "One Call" and exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all
such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work or storage areas.
The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and non-delegable. The
CONTRACTOR shall be liable for any expenses or costs (including fines that may be levied against the OWNER) that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public
lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area.
4.3 Reference Points:
4.3.1 Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points,
benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points which, in the OWNER’s opinion, are
suitable for laying out the Work.
4.3.2 All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate
measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the CONTRACTOR or its employees,
such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall be replaced
by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference
points, benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, the CONTRACTOR will provide notice of the conflict to ENGINEER and note the location of such
on a set of red-lined drawings to be maintained at all times on the jobsite. Reestablishment will
be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility during or upon completion of the Work.
4.4 Hazardous Materials: 4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at
the site which was not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within
the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property
exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the OWNER of any suspected hazardous materials encountered before or
during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further
disturbance of the materials.
4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the
CONTRACTOR is responsible.
Page 12 General Conditions
4.4.3 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for securing and protecting the site and ensuring
that no third-parties or other persons enter the site without authorization. CONTRACTOR shall
be responsible for all costs and damages resulting from any harm or injury that is caused by hazardous materials on the site to any unauthorized entrants. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify
and hold OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from any claims, costs, or damages related to a
breach of this section pursuant to the INDEMNIFICATION provisions contained herein.
4.4.4 No asbestos-containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without prior approval of the OWNER.
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies: 5.1.1 All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from
surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized by the
State of Texas and the Texas Department of Insurance to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents. The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER and shall be issued by a surety that complies with the requirements
of Chapter 3503 of the Texas Insurance Code.
5.2 Contractor Insurance Requirements
5.2.1 For specific insurance requirements, refer to Exhibit A to these General Conditions,
OWNER’s Insurance Requirements.
5.2.1 General Requirements: .1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated for
the duration of the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in
the care, custody and control of CONTRACTOR prior to and during
construction and warranty period.
.2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of
Insurance to OWNER within ten (10) days of the Date of Execution the
Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below.
CONTRACTOR shall not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been reviewed by OWNER. Approval
of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability of
CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of
liability on the part of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete
and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of continuing
coverage.
Page 13 General Conditions
.3 All endorsements naming the OWNER and ENGINEER as additional insured,
waivers, and notices of cancellation endorsements as well as the Certificate of
Insurance shall indicate: City of Schertz and Ford Engineering, Inc.
.4 Where the OWNER and ENGINEER are additional insured shown on any
policy, it is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering OWNER,
ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as
applicable.
.5 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified in Exhibit A,
Owner’s Insurance Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall carry Umbrella or
Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If
Excess Liability Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage.
.6 OWNER and ENGINEER shall be entitled, upon request and without
expense, to receive certified copies of policies and endorsements thereto and
may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where
policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of
the parties hereto or the underwriter on any such policies.
.7 OWNER and ENGINEER reserve the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective period of this Contract and to make
reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and exclusions when
deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER or ENGINEER based upon
changes in statutory law, court decisions, the claims history of the industry
or financial condition of the insurance company as well as CONTRACTOR.
.8 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any
insurance to lapse during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract.
.9 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums, deductibles and self-insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. All deductibles or self-insured
retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of Insurance.
.10 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER and ENGINEER thirty (30) days
written notice of erosion of the aggregate limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract.
.11 If OWNER-owned property is being transported or stored off-site by
CONTRACTOR, then the appropriate property policy will be endorsed for
transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect OWNER's property.
Page 14 General Conditions
.12 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and
are not intended to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR.
5.3 Bonds: 5.3.1 General.
.1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on forms furnished by or acceptable
to OWNER. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act.
.2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or
becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas
or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10) days thereafter substitute another bond
and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
.3 Bonds provided by CONTRACTOR shall conform to the requirements
contained in Chapter 2253 of the Government Code.
5.3.2 Performance Bond.
.1 CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form
set out by OWNER, which shall extend for the one year warranty period.
5.3.3 Payment Bond.
.1 CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment Bond in the form set out
by OWNER. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and
efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may
be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction.
6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking, competent Superintendent on the
Work at all times that work is in progress. Upon OWNER’S request, the CONTRACTOR shall
present the resume of the Superintendent to Owner’s Representative showing evidence of experience and successful superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the OWNER’S opinion, the proposed Superintendent does not indicate
Page 15 General Conditions
sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she will not be allowed to be the designated
Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced without written consent
of the OWNER. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Superintendent will be
the CONTRACTOR’s representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as
if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the Superintendent shall provide
an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached if
necessary when work is not in progress.
6.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.2.1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in
performance of the type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall at
all times maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project.
6.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for labor in accordance with the prevailing wage
in the locality and shall not pay less than the prevailing wage.
6.2.3 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials,
equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances,
fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all
other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, re-testing of
defective work, start-up and completion of the Work.
6.2.4 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents. If required by OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall
furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of
compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,
connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the
applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special
or manufacturer’s warranties required by the specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of
the OWNER.
6.2.5 Substitutes and "Approved Equal" Items:
6.2.5.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract
Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required.
Unless the specification or description contains words reading that no like, equivalent or
"approved equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or
equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to OWNER under the following circumstances:
.1 "Approved Equal": If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an
item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that
Page 16 General Conditions
named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it
may be considered by the OWNER as an "approved equal" item, in which case
review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion, be
accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the
OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to make its
determination.
.2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an
"approved equal" item under paragraph 6.2.5.1.1, then it will be considered a
proposed substitute item. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information
to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment
proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor.
6.2.5.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures: If a specific means, method,
technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly
required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the
OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to OWNER's
Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion, to determine that the
substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents.
6.2.5.3 OWNER's Evaluation: The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.5.1.1 and paragraph
6.2.5.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "approved equal" or
substitute shall be ordered, installed, or utilized until the OWNER's review is complete,
which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing
review procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect
to any "approved equal" or substitute. The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay
due to review time for any "approved equal" or substitute.
6.2.5.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "approved equal" or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's
expense.
6.2.5.5 Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at
CONTRACTOR’S expense a special performance guarantee or other warranty bond with respect to any substitute.
6.2.5.6 Effect of Engineer’s Determination: If ENGINEER approves the substitution request,
CONTRACTOR shall execute any required documentation and proceed with the substitution.
The ENGINEER’S denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents.
Page 17 General Conditions
6.2.6 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals:
6.2.6.1 Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements:
.1 Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have:
a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop
Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the
Contract Documents;
b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements,
materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto;
c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment
offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping,
handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and
d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s
responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures
of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
.2 Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor’s review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal.
.3 With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any
variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication
separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case
of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to
Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.
6.2.6.2 Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop
Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted
Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require.
.1 Shop Drawings:
a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies and format as required in the
Specifications.
b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to
quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials,
and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the
information provided.
.2 Samples:
Page 18 General Conditions
a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the
Specifications.
b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier,
pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal.
.3 Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the
Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and
approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
Contractor.
.4 After review and approval of Submittal, Shop Drawing or Sample by Engineer in
accordance with this section, Contractor may rely on the information provided by
Engineer. Work performed in accordance with an approved Submittal, Shop
Drawing, or Sample and the Contract Documents will be presumed to be acceptable to Owner unless an actual defect in the Work is discovered.
6.2.6.3 Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance
with the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the
Specifications.
6.2.6.4 Engineer’s Review:
.1 Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance
with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after
installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the
Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
.2 Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve
Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the
Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of
Paragraph 6.2.5 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by
specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the
requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order.
.3 Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation
from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes
are included in a Change Order.
.4 Neither Engineer’s receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing,
Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document.
Page 19 General Conditions
.5 Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and
commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples subject to the
obligations and limitations provided in section 6.2.6.4.2 above.
6.2.6.5 Resubmittal Procedures:
.1 Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required
number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples
for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals.
.2 Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy
to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer
will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be
responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a
set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such
charges.
.3 If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor
shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner
may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement
for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of
Contractor.
6.3 Progress Schedule:
6.3.1 Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule
established in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2.1 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
.1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to OWNER for acceptance proposed adjustments
in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones.
Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect.
.2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract
Times or Milestones shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of
Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Time
Extension Request in accordance with Article 12.
.3 The CONTRACTOR shall submit updated progress schedules with each application
for payment showing progress in the work and the plan for the progress of the work
thereafter.
.4 A current and updated progress schedule shall be posted at the site at all times.
Page 20 General Conditions
6.4 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others:
6.4.1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees to retain direct control of and give direct
attention to the fulfillment of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall not assign this Contract without the prior written consent of the OWNER.
6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ
any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, whether initially or as a substitute,
against whom the OWNER may have reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or
organizations it intends to use in the Work, and such list must be provided prior to the
preconstruction conference. Should the OWNER have objections, the OWNER will
communicate such objections by Written Notice. 6.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms
and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER.
6.4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and
omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just
as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions.
6.4.5 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The
CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with the OWNER
through the CONTRACTOR.
6.4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.5 Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable
patents or copyrights encompassing, in whole or in part, any design, device, material, or
process utilized, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the Work or the formulation or
presentation of its Bid. 6.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to
commencement of Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful
use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable
legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by the OWNER.
Page 21 General Conditions
6.5.3 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR
INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY,
DEFEND, AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY,
DIRECT OR INDIRECT, ARISING WITH RESPECT TO THE CONTRACTOR'S PROCESS IN THE FORMULATION OF ITS BID OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
WORK OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THE OWNER
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO PROVIDE ITS OWN DEFENSE TO ANY SUIT OR
CLAIM OF INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT IN WHICH EVENT
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND SAVE HARMLESS THE OWNER FROM ALL COSTS AND EXPENSES OF SUCH DEFENSE AS WELL AS
SATISFACTION OF ALL JUDGMENTS ENTERED AGAINST THE OWNER.
6.6 Permits, Fees:
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and
pay for all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work.
OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if
required:
.1 Site Development Permit.
.2 Building Permit(s).
.3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights-of-way.
.4 Railroad Utility License Agreement.
6.7 Laws and Regulations: 6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations
applicable to furnishing and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required
by applicable laws and regulations, neither the OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible
for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and regulations.
6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all
applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control
and abatement of water pollution and prevention and control of air pollution.
6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is
contrary to laws or regulations, then the CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses
and damages arising therefrom; however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary
responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with
laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3.
Page 22 General Conditions
6.8 Taxes:
6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required
to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas.
6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Texas Tax
Code and is thereby exempt from payment of sales tax. To enjoy the cost-savings benefits of its
tax-exempt status, the OWNER will provide a Tax Exemption Certificate to the CONTRACTOR for use on the Project. The CONTRACTOR shall use that certificate to
exempt any purchases made for the Work from taxes. All savings for the tax-exempt status will
be passed on to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR agrees to bind all
SUBCONTRACTORS of any tier to the obligation to present and use the Tax Exemption
Certificate and pass all savings to the OWNER.
6.9 Use of Premises:
6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials
and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and
regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the
premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the OWNER
or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by
negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding or at law. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE
OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS AND ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY IT, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS,
LOSSES AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING COURT COSTS AND REASONABLE
ATTORNEYS' FEES) ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIM OR
ACTION, LEGAL OR EQUITABLE, BROUGHT BY ANY SUCH OWNER OR
OCCUPANT AGAINST THE OWNER, ENGINEER OR ANY OTHER PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY OR BASED UPON
PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OR FAILURE TO PERFORM THE WORK.
6.9.2 During the progress of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free
from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready
for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion. The CONTRACTOR shall, at a
minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contact Documents.
Page 23 General Conditions
6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded
in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any
part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
6.10 Record Documents: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site, or other location acceptable to
the OWNER, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders,
Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction.
These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop Drawings, will be
available to the OWNER and ENGINEER for reference during performance of the Work.
Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings
shall be promptly delivered to the OWNER. Delivery of these record documents is a condition precedent to Final Completion.
6.11 Safety and Protection:
6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request, and prior to
installation of measures, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a site security plan for approval by
the OWNER. By reviewing the plan or making recommendations or comments, the OWNER
will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of liability for damage,
injury or loss. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work;
.2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees,
shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground
facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any
public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from
damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERS of adjacent property and of
underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and
shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their
property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and
paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities
Page 24 General Conditions
for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is finally
complete.
6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the
prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and
programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide certifications or
other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications.
6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication
information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the
site in accordance with laws and regulations.
6.11.5 Emergencies:
6.11.5.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the
site or adjacent thereto, the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from
the OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall give
Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any
significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused
thereby. If Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by the CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the
consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's emergency action.
6.11.5.2 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24)
hours of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the
circumstances surrounding the event through photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining
medical reports and other documentation that describes the event. Copies of such
documentation shall be provided to Owner's Representative, for the OWNER's and ENGINEER's records, within forty-eight (48) hours of the event. Nothing in this section will
relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations and responsibilities with respect to an injury under
any state and federal laws and regulations.
6.12 Continuing the Work:
The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all
disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending
resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
may agree in writing.
6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee:
Page 25 General Conditions
6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be
performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents
and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
.1 abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
.2 normal wear and tear under normal usage.
6.13.2 The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of
the following will constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract
Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents:
.1 observations by OWNER and/or ENGINEER;
.2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by OWNER;
.3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents;
.4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER;
.5 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so;
.6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal;
.7 any inspection, test or approval by others; or
.8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER.
6.13.3 The Contractor warrants and guarantees for one (1) year from Substantial Completion,
or for a longer period if expressly stated in the Contract Documents, the Work. This includes a
Warranty and Guarantee against any and all defects. The Contractor must correct any and all defects in material and/or workmanship which may appear during the Warranty and Guarantee
period, or any defects that occur within one (1) year of Substantial Completion even if
discovered more than one (1) year after Substantial Completion, by repairing (or replacing with
new items or new materials, if necessary) any such defect at no cost to the Owner, within a
reasonable period of time, and to the Owner's satisfaction.
6.14 Indemnification:
Page 26 General Conditions
6.14.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS
THE OWNER, ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND
CONSULTANTS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF
ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL
COURT OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR
RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY
SUCH CLAIM, COST, LOSS OR DAMAGE:
.1 IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR
DEATH, OR TO INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE
PROPERTY (OTHER THAN THE WORK ITSELF), INCLUDING THE LOSS
OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND
.2 IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR
OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, ANY
SUPPLIER, ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM TO PERFORM OR FURNISH ANY OF THE WORK OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY
OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT
CAUSED IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENCE OR OMISSION OF A PERSON
OR ENTITY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER OR WHETHER LIABILITY IS
IMPOSED UPON SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY SUCH
PERSON OR ENTITY.
6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way
by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee
benefit acts.
6.14.3 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then
the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss.
6.15 Survival of Obligations:
6.15.1 All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by
or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion
and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
6.16 Force Majeure
6.16.1 If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by
unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those
Page 27 General Conditions
for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in
Contract Times. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned
on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the
Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or
interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include
but are not limited to the following:
1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics,
and earthquakes;
2. abnormal weather conditions;
3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work
at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in
Article 7); and
4. acts of war or terrorism.
6.17 Notice of Claim:
6.17.1 Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of
any error, omission or act of the OWNER or of any of the OWNER's employees or agents or others for whose acts the OWNER is liable, a Claim will be made to the other party within
ninety (90) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions
of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of
any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose.
ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK
7.1 The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by the
OWNER's own forces, or let other contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay or additional cost is involved
because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as
provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the
additional work with the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a
reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the
execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs.
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts
come together properly and integrate with such other work. The CONTRACTOR shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will
only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner's Representative and the other
contractors whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy
Page 28 General Conditions
damage wrongfully caused by the CONTRACTOR to completed or partially completed
construction or to property of the OWNER or separate contractors.
7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such
other work and promptly report to Owner's Representative in writing any delays, defects or
deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper
execution and results of the CONTRACTOR's Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report
will constitute an express waiver of claims and an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non-apparent
defects and deficiencies in such other work.
7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OWNER's own
forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR shall participate with other separate contractors
in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall
make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and
mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used
by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised.
7.5 Unless otherwise stated herein, costs caused by delays or by improperly timed
activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.
ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or
entity to act as Owner's Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in
these General Conditions, the OWNER shall issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative. This section shall not limit the ENGINEER’S role as the
OWNER’s design professional or its ability to communicate with the CONTRACTOR to
ensure the Work complies with the Contract Documents.
8.2 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not
responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations
applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any
defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to
properly and fully perform the Contract.
8.3 Information or services under the OWNER's control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
Page 29 General Conditions
8.4 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER
enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands;
Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Reference Points), Article 7 (Other Work) and Article 14
(Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion).
8.5 Notice of Claim:
8.5.1 Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any
error, omission or act of the CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the CONTRACTOR is liable, a Claim will be made to
the other party within ninety (90) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or
damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver
of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose.
ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities:
9.1.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without
written consent of the OWNER and ENGINEER. The assignment of any authority, duties
or responsibilities to ENGINEER under the Contract Documents, or under any agreement
between the OWNER and ENGINEER, or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by ENGINEER, is intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the OWNER
and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, Supplier,
or any other person or organization, or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them.
9.1.2 If the OWNER so directs, ENGINEER will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other
documentation required to be delivered by Article 14, but only to determine generally that
their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents.
9.1.3 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall
also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants.
9.2 ENGINEER as Owner's Representative: 9.2.1 The OWNER may designate the ENGINEER as the Owner’s Representative. Any such
designation will be made in writing to the CONTRACTOR with a copy to the
ENGINEER.
9.3 Visits to Site:
Page 30 General Conditions
9.3.1 If the OWNER so directs, ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction as is necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER will endeavor for
the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the
Contract Documents. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for the OWNER
a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, ENGINEER will keep the
OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER
against defective Work.
9.4 Project Representative:
9.4.1 If the OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project
Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work.
The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1. The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's consultant, agent or employee.
9.5 ENGINEER shall review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with
section 6.2.6. 9.6 Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.6.1 ENGINEER may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the
requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents, will be issued with reasonable promptness. The
CONTRACTOR may seek a written clarification or interpretation from the engineer through a
written Request for Information (RFI). The ENGINEER shall respond to all RFI’s promptly. If
the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
9.7 Rejecting Defective Work:
9.7.1 ENGINEER will recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or believes will not produce a completed Project that
conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
Page 31 General Conditions
10.1 Changes:
10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such
changes in the Work will be authorized by Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order.
10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract
Documents, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order.
10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or
an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph
6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4.
10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5, a Change
Order or Change Directive is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in the CONTRACTOR 's opinion, will result in a
change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times.
10.2 Change Orders:
10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering:
.1 a change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any; and
.3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any.
10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence or event causing the change in the Work encompassed
by the Change Order.
10.3 Change Directives: 10.3.1 The OWNER may by written Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract,
order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,
deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount and Contract Time being adjusted as
necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order.
Page 32 General Conditions
10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount, the
adjustment shall be based on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5.
10.3.3 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved.
10.4 Field Order:
10.4.1 The OWNER or ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract
Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These shall be
accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the CONTRACTOR who shall
perform the Work involved promptly.
10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in
the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request
to The Owner for a Change Order. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in
Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order.
10.5 No Damages for Delay:
10.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any right to an adjustment in Contract Price for any
event of delay. CONTRACTOR’s sole remedy for any delay shall be limited to an adjustment
in Contract Time. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop work or
by performance of extra Work or by failure of the OWNER to provide information, access to
the work, material or necessary instructions for carrying on the Work, then such delay will entitle the CONTRACTOR to an extension of time. No such extension of time shall
release the CONTRACTOR from all the CONTRACTOR’s obligations hereunder which
shall remain in full force until discharge of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized
adjustments, is the total amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for
performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent
(25%) and it may not be decreased more than twenty-five percent (25%) without the
consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease.
11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order or Change Directive.
Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice
Page 33 General Conditions
delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later
than ninety (90) calendar days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the
Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with
supporting data shall be delivered with the Written Notice of Claim delivered by claimant to the extent the data is available, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all
known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the
Contract Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16.
11.4 Determination of Value of Work: 11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an
adjustment in the Contract Amount will be determined by one or more of the following
methods:
.1 by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the
quantities of the items involved.
.2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation.
.3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and
profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.5).
11.4.2 A Cost of Work determined pursuant to 11.5 shall only be used if the OWNER
and CONTRACTOR cannot resolve a value determination by agreement on unit pricing
or lump sum.
11.5 Cost of Work: 11.5.1 If an agreement cannot be achieved before a change in the Work is commenced which
will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, then the change in the Work will be
performed by a Change Directive and payment will be made as follows:
.1 For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the
prevailing wage rate determination applicable to the Project. If the rate
determination does not contain burden, then burden shall be calculated as such:
55% of the base wage excluding markup for CONTRACTOR’s overhead and profit.
For each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as
compensation for the CONTRACTOR's total overhead and profit will be added. No
separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead
expenses. The actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will
be paid based on invoices from surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the OWNER.
Page 34 General Conditions
.2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the
materials used on such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-
five percent (25%) thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's total
overhead and profit. In case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken, the actual cost will be the invoice price minus the discount.
.3 For machinery, trucks, power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be
necessary by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the
CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as published by
Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work, which
rate includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation
will be allowed on the equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit.
.4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the
CONTRACTOR and any affected Subcontractor as payment in full for work done
by Change Directive and will include use of small tools, and total overhead
expense and profit. The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall
compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by
the OWNER or ENGINEER and signed by both Owner's Representative and
the CONTRACTOR, with one (1) copy being retained by the OWNER and one
(1) by the CONTRACTOR. Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records
does not invalidate the accuracy of the record.
11.6 Unit Price Work:
11.6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price
Work, initially the Contract Amount will be deemed to include for all unit price work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of
unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid. The
estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Amount. Determinations of
the actual quantities and classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by the ENGINEER. OWNER and ENGINEER will review
with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a
written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise).
11.6.2 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified
item.
11.6.3 Right to Verify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated
representative of the OWNER shall have the right to examine the CONTRACTOR’s records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change proposals.
Page 35 General Conditions
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts: 12.1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order or Time
Extension Request duly executed by both the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. Any claim
for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be made by Written Notice
delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay. Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data shall be delivered with the Written
Notice of Claim, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to
which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16. No Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the
requirements of this paragraph.
12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can be made by the CONTRACTOR, then no extension in time will be allowed.
12.1.3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within
the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy
for such delay. However, adverse weather shall not be considered justification for extension of
Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts except as provided for in paragraph 12.2.
12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time because of:
.1 Changes ordered in the work which justify additional time.
.2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or delivery, which are not the result of the CONTRACTOR's,
Subcontractor's or Supplier's negligence. The request for an extension of time shall
be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were beyond
the control of the CONTRACTOR, including but not limited to, the CONTRACTOR's efforts to overcome such delays documented as follows:
a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the
CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier.
b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance
with the Contract Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to
Page 36 General Conditions
Owner's Representative, date submittal(s) returned to the CONTRACTOR, and
date submittal(s) forwarded to Supplier.
c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s).
d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/ Subcontractor
and Supplier indicating the CONTRACTOR/ Subcontractor's efforts to expedite
item(s).
e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence, and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with
the Subcontractor to expedite delivery of the item(s).
.3 When acts of the OWNER, ENGINEER, utility owners or other contractors
employed by the OWNER delay progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR.
.4 Events of delay listed in section 6.16.
12.2 Calendar Day Contracts: Under a Calendar Day Contract, Contractor may also be granted an extension of time because
of unusual inclement weather, which is beyond the normal weather recorded and expected for
[insert locality for project], Texas. Normal rainfall complied by the State climatologist, based
on U.S. Weather Bureau Records for [insert locality for project], Texas, is considered a part of the Calendar Day Contract, and is not a justification for an extension of time. Listed as follows
are the mean number of days in which there occurred 0.10 inch or more of precipitation:
January 4 days
February 3 days
March 4 days
April 3 days
May 5 days
June 5 days
July 3 days
August 3 days
September 4 days
October 5 days
November 3 days
December 3 days
Page 37 General Conditions
Rain days per month in amounts exceeding the number of days shown above may be credited
as a Rain Day if a Claim is made in accordance with the general conditions and meets the
following definition: a “Rain Day” is any day in which a rain event occurs at the site and is
sufficient to prevent Contractor from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the project schedule.
ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF
DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects:
13.1.1 Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or ENGINEER has
actual knowledge will be given to the CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13.
13.2 Access to Work:
13.2.1 The OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies having
jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site for observing, inspecting
and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such
access, and advise them of the CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that
they may comply therewith as applicable.
13.3 Tests and Inspections:
13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
13.3.2 The CONTRACTOR shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing
laboratory to perform all inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents
except:
.1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below;
.2 for re-inspecting or retesting defective Work; and
.3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.
All testing laboratories shall be submitted to and approved by the OWNER.
13.3.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other
representative of such public body, the CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for
Page 38 General Conditions
arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection
therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or
approval. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and
shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and ENGINEER's review of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the
Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
13.4 Uncovering Work: 13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is
covered by the CONTRACTOR without OWNER’s or ENGINEER’s concurrence, or if any
Work is covered contrary to the OWNER’s written request, it must, if requested by the
OWNER or ENGINEER, be uncovered and recovered at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.4.2 ENGINEER has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work,
whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.
13.4.3 If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, then CONTRACTOR shall, if requested by ENGINEER, uncover such Work for ENGINEER’s
observation, and then replace the covering, all at CONTRACTOR’s expense.
13.4.4 If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, then CONTRACTOR, upon OWNER’s approval and ENGINEER’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation,
inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, and
provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment.
1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to
such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); and pending CONTRACTOR’s full discharge of
this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15.
2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be
allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or
both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount or extent thereof, then CONTRACTOR may submit a Change Proposal
within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective.
Page 39 General Conditions
13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.5.1 If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled
workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, the OWNER may
order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such
order has been eliminated.
13.5.2 A notice to stop the Work, based on causes listed in 13.5.1, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project.
13.6 Correction or Removal of Defective Work:
13.6.1 If required by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work
has been rejected by Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work
that is not defective. The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove and replace defective Work,
or submit a plan of action detailing how the deficiency will be corrected, within the time
frame identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including
but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.7 Warranty period:
13.7.1 If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the
Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work is in
need of repair, adjustment, modification, correction, or found to be defective, or if the repair of
any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that CONTRACTOR has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by CONTRACTOR, is found to be defective, then CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in
accordance with OWNER’s written instructions:
1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work;
3. if the defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to
the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom.
13.7.2 If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of OWNER’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage,
OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work
Page 40 General Conditions
removed and replaced. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or
relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.7.3 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous
service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may
start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications.
13.7.4 Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been
corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with
respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction
or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.7.5 CONTRACTOR’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other
obligations and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a
substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
13.8 OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.8.1 If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the
OWNER to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work, or if the
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the OWNER may, after seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct
and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph,
the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial
action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which
the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The
CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents and employees, the OWNER's other
contractors, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to OWNER for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the
OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR.
Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONTRACTOR's defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an
extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or claims of damage because of any delay
in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the OWNER of the OWNER's
rights and remedies hereunder.
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Page 41 General Conditions
14.1 Application for Progress Payment:
14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER, filled out and
signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the
Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Contract Documents.
14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the
CONTRACTOR does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or
other reason.
14.1.3 Owner will pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site. Unless specifically authorized by OWNER, payment
fro materials stored off-site will not be made unless and until those materials are delivered to
the jobsite and suitably stored or incorporated into the Work.
14.1.4 The OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent (5%) of the amount thereof, which five percent
(5%) will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that
may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the
Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the
CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the
obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment
of the balance due under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2.
.1 If the Contract Agreement entered into between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR has as Contract Sum of four-hundred thousand dollars ($400,000)
or less, the percentage to be withheld from Applications for Payment as retainage
shall be increased to ten (10%) percent.
14.1.5 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation:
.1 updated progress schedule;
.2 monthly subcontractor report; and
.3 any other documentation required under any Supplemental General Conditions.
14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
14.2.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or
Page 42 General Conditions
not, will pass to the OWNER not later than the time of payment to the CONTRACTOR free
and clear of all liens.
14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.3.1 ENGINEER will, within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of each Application for
Payment, either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for
processing by the OWNER, or return the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating
ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
14.3.2 ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for
Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER, based upon ENGINEER's on-site
observations of the executed Work and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's
knowledge, information and belief:
.1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and
.2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an
evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial
Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract
Documents, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation).
14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to
have represented that:
.1 exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality
or the quantity of the Work;
.2 examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose the
CONTRACTOR has used money previously paid on account of the Contract
Amount;
.3 the CONTRACTOR's construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures have been reviewed; or
.4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might
entitle the CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the CONTRACTOR.
14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment:
14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary on account of:
Page 43 General Conditions
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance
of the Contract Amount;
.3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract
Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;
.5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance
with the Contract Documents;
.6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with
the Contract Documents;
.7 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in
accordance with the Contract Documents;
.8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and
documents;
.9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports;
.10 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including
failure to clean up; or
.11 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents.
14.4.2 Should OWNER withhold payment for any reason in 14.4.1, and upon removal of the
basis for the withholding by CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a
statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made, within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of approved Application for Payment.
14.5 Delayed Payments:
14.5.1 Timeliness and interest on payments due to CONTRACTOR from OWNER are subject to and shall be controlled by Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code.
14.6 Arrears:
14.6.1 No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim, debt, demand or account whatsoever, to any person, firm or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER; and the
OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against any such debt, claim, demand or
Page 44 General Conditions
account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand or account,
shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and
interest if applicable, against the same.
14.7 Substantial Completion: 14.7.1 If a Certificate of Occupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction
over the Work, said certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is
considered substantially complete. When the CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the
CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER and request a determination as to
whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If OWNER or
ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, OWNER or ENGINEER will
notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons therefor. Failure on the OWNER’s part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by
OWNER or ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for
OWNER and ENGINEER to determine substantial completion. If OWNER and ENGINEER
consider the Work substantially complete, the ENGINEER will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial
Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final
payment, and shall establish responsibilities of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for
security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, warranty and insurance. Failure to
include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate of Substantial Completion shall be signed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to evidence
acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such certificate.
14.7.2 After Substantial Completion the CONTRACTOR shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases
CONTRACTOR may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items,
following the progress payment procedures set forth above.
14.8 Partial Utilization: 14.8.1 The OWNER, at the OWNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of
and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for
completing the entire Work. The OWNER’s exercise of such use and possession shall not be
construed to mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part of the Work so possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OWNER, and the OWNER’s
exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its
responsibility to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.9 Final Inspection:
Page 45 General Conditions
14.9.1 Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed
portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with the
CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.10 Final Application for Payment:
14.10.1 The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the
satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered the following documents:
.1 Complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and
operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents, Quantity as determined by the contract documents;
.2 Record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.10);
.3 Consent of surety to final payment;
.4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the General Conditions will
remain in force after final payment and through any warranty period;
.5 Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (After Construction); and
.6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents.
14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection,
and review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as
required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have
been fulfilled, ENGINEER will recommend the final Application for Payment and thereby notify the OWNER, who will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the
CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract.
14.11.2 ENGINEER will issue a letter of final acceptance to the OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and must be acknowledged and accepted by the OWNER, which establishes the Final Completion date.
14.12 Waiver of Claims:
14.12.1 The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:
Page 46 General Conditions
.1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims
arising from previously noticed and unsettled claims, from defective Work
appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract
Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and
.2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than
those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience:
15.1.1 At any time and without cause and for convenience, the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) calendar days by
written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR which will fix the date on
which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so
fixed. The CONTRACTOR may be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article
12.
15.2 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause: 15.2.1 Upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER
may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to
terminate the Agreement. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication
of any items): .1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination;
.2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors, and others. The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to mitigate the OWNER's cost; and
.3 for anticipated profits on entire Contract not previously paid. This sum shall not
include any overhead or general field conditions on unperformed work. 15.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause:
15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
.1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents;
Page 47 General Conditions
.2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction;
.3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the OWNER’s authority;
.4 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish
the Work within the Contract Time;
.5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful
completion of the Contract; or
.6 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any
provisions of the Contract Documents;
The OWNER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven (7)
calendar days' Written Notice terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER,
at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety for completion of the Work.
Alternatively, the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR
for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the
site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere,
and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR
shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by
the OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid
to the CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance,
the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the OWNER. Should OWNER
proceed to complete the Work, CONTRACTOR expressly acknowledges that the OWNER is exempted from competitive bidding requirements for competition work pursuant to the terms of
Texas Local Government Code Section 252.022.
15.3.2 Where the CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the
termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or
payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release the
CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.4.1 If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a
period of more than ninety (90) calendar days by the OWNER or under an order of court or
other public authority, or (except during disputes) ENGINEER fails to forward for
processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER fails for sixty (60) calendar days
after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER
Page 48 General Conditions
to be due, then the CONTRACTOR may, upon fifteen (15) calendar days' Written Notice
to the OWNER, and provided the OWNER does not remedy such suspension or failure
within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER payment on the
same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if (except during disputes) ENGINEER has failed to
forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30)
calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty
(60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined
by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon fifteen (15) calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the
CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not
intended to preclude the CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article
12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or
damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.1 Filing of Claims: 16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in the Contract Documents or other
occurrences or events, shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the
Claim to the other party within ninety (90) calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data if not delivered with the notice, shall be delivered
within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant and
shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant
is entitled.
16.1.2 Within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim
with supporting data, OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after
which an offer of settlement or notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant.
If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented, claimant shall have thirty (30) calendar days in which to:
.1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party;
.2 modify the initial Claim; or
.3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution.
16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution:
Page 49 General Conditions
16.2.1 If a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure
prior to pursuing any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include
ENGINEER as a party.
16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written
request for a meeting to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14)
calendar days of the request or such later period that the parties may agree to. Each party
shall endeavor to include, at a minimum, one (1) previously uninvolved senior level decision
maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute.
Negotiations shall be concluded within thirty (30) calendar days of the first meeting, unless
mutually agreed otherwise. This step may be waived by written agreement of both parties,
in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as described below.
16.2.3 Mediation:
16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16.2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived
pursuant to its terms, the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to
select within thirty (30) calendar days one (1) mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to act in good
faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals
nominated to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on
the skills of a person who also is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract
interpretation expert.
16.2.3.2 The OWNER and CONTRACTOR may agree to suspend or abate the mediation
requirement until such time that the Project is complete such that multiple claims that might
have remained unresolved during the course of the Project may be negotiated and mediated
jointly.
16.2.3.3 If Mediation us unsuccessful, the parties may litigate any remaining claims or
disputes in a court of competent jurisdiction.
ARTICLE 17 – RIGHT TO AUDIT 17.1 Right to Audit:
17.1.1 Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the
CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR’s “records” shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER’s representative, or an outside representative engaged by the
OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to
this Agreement for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement.
17.1.2 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term “records” as referred to herein shall include any and all
Page 50 General Conditions
information, materials and data of every kind and character, including without limitation
records, books, papers, documents, contracts, schedules, commitments, arrangements, notes,
daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other
agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER’s judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by
any contract document. Such records shall include (hard copy, as well as computer-readable
data if it can be made available), written policies and procedures, time sheets, payroll
registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and
any other record in the CONTRACTOR’s possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in connection with the CONTRACTOR’s dealings with
the OWNER (all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as “records”). In addition, the
CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents, representatives,
vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent
necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of the following:
a) The CONTRACTOR’s compliance with contract requirements;
b) The CONTRACTOR’s compliance with the OWNER’S business ethics policies;
and
c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the
time of contract termination.
17.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees (examples of payees include
subcontractors, insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a written agreement between the
CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow-down right of audit provision
in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, material
suppliers, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and
all of the CONTRACTOR’s subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever requested, in an expeditious manner, any
and all such information, materials, and data.
17.1.4 The OWNER’s authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable
access to the CONTRACTOR’s facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this Agreement, and
shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in
compliance with this Article 17.
17.1.5 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of
one-half of one percent (.5%) of the total contract billings, then the reasonable actual cost
of the OWNER’s audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR. Any
adjustments and/or payments, which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of
the CONTRACTOR’s invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days) from presentation of the OWNER’s findings to the
CONTRACTOR.
Page 51 General Conditions
ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS
18.1 Venue and Choice of Law: 18.1.1 In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in in
the district court in the county in which the Project is located. The laws of the state of Texas
shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement. 18.2 Extent of Agreement:
18.2.1 This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and
the CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral.
18.3 Cumulative Remedies:
18.3.1 The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise
imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special warranty or guarantees or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as
effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each
particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply.
18.4 Severability:
18.4.1 If any word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of
same to any person or set of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable, that finding shall only effect such word, phrase, clause, sentence or
provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this Contract; this being the
intent of the parties in entering into the Contract; and all provisions of the Contract are declared
to be severable for this purpose.
18.5 Independent Contractor 18.5.1 The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employer/employee relationship,
a partnership, or a joint venture. The CONTRACTOR’s services shall be those of an
independent contractor. The CONTRACTOR agrees and understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER.
End of General Conditions
1ddd
Exhibit A.
Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor
1. Specific Insurance Requirements
The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the
term of this Agreement and thereafter as required:
Insurance Coverage/Limits Other Requirements
Commercial General
Liability (Occurrence
Basis)
Amounts of coverage shall be no less than:
• $1,000,000 Per Occurrence
• $2,000,000 General Aggregate
• $2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations
Aggregate
• $1,000,000 Personal And Advertising Injury
• Designated Construction Project(s) General
Aggregate Limit
• Current ISO edition of CG 00 01
• Additional insured status shall be provided in favor
of Owner Parties on a combination of ISO forms CG
20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01.
• This coverage shall be endorsed to provide primary
and non-contributing liability coverage. It is the
intent of the parties to this Agreement that all
insurance coverage required herein shall be primary
to and will not seek contribution from any other
insurance held by Owner Parties, with Owner
Parties' insurance being excess, secondary and non-
contributing.
• Stop Gap coverage shall be provided if any work is
to be performed in a monopolistic workers'
compensation state.
• The following exclusions/limitations (or their
equivalent(s), are prohibited:
o Contractual Liability Limitation CG 21 39
o Amendment of Insured Contract Definition CG 24
26
o Limitation of Coverage to Designated Premises or
Project, CG 2144
o Exclusion-Damage to Work Performed by
Subcontractors On Your Behalf, CG 22 94 or CG
22 95
o Exclusion-Explosion, Collapse and Underground
Property Damage Hazard, CG 2142 or CG 2143
o Any Classification limitation
o Any Construction Defect Completed Operations
exclusion
o Any endorsement modifying the Employer's
Liability exclusion or deleting the exception to it
o Any endorsement modifying or deleting
Explosion, Collapse or Underground coverage
o Any Habitational or Residential exclusion
applicable to the Work
o Any "Insured vs. Insured" exclusion except
Named Insured vs. Named Insured
o Any Punitive, Exemplary or Multiplied Damages
exclusion
o Any Subsidence exclusion
2ddd
Business Auto
Liability
Amount of coverage shall be no less than :
• $1,000,000 Per Accident
• Current ISO edition of CA 00 01
• Arising out of any auto (Symbol 1), including owned,
hired and nonowned
Workers'
Compensation and
Employer's Liability
Amounts of coverage shall be no less than:
• Statutory Limits
• $1,000,000 Each Accident and Disease
• Alternate Employer endorsement
• USL&H must be provided where such exposure
exists.
• The State in which work is to be performed must
listed under Item 3.A. on the Information Page
• Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of the
Contractor's employment of workers and anyone
for whom the Contractor may be liable for workers'
compensation claims. Workers' compensation
insurance is required, and no "alternative" forms of
insurance shall be permitted.
• Where a Professional Employer Organization (PEO)
or "leased employees" are utilized, Contractor shall
require its leasing company to provide Workers'
Compensation insurance for said workers and such
policy shall be endorsed to provide an Alternate
Employer endorsement in favor of Contractor and
Owner. Where Contractor uses leased employees
with Workers' Compensation insurance provided by
a PEO or employee leasing company, Contractor is
strictly prohibited from subletting any of its work
without the express written agreement of Owner.
Excess Liability
(Occurrence Basis)
Amounts of coverage shall be no less than:
• $5,000,000 Each Occurrence
• $5,000,000 Annual Aggregate
• Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less
broad than all coverages described above.
• Drop-down coverage shall be provided for
reduction and/or exhaustion of underlying
aggregate limits and shall include a duty to defend
any insured.
2. General Insurance Requirements
A. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
i. "ISO" means Insurance Services Office.
ii. "Contractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier.
iii. "Owner Parties" means (a) City of Seguin (Owner"), (b) the Project, (c) any lender whose loan is secured by a lien
against the Work, (d) their respective shareholders, members, partners, joint venturers, affiliates, subsidiaries,
successors and assigns, (e) any directors, officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and (f) others
as required by the Construction Documents
B. Policies.
i. Contractor shall maintain such General Liability, Excess Liability, Professional and Pollution insurance in identical
coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least two (2) years following Date of
Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. Contractor shall provide written
representation to Owner stating Work completion date.
ii. All policies must:
a. Be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the State in which the work is to be
performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide at all
times Work is to be performed.
b. Provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by Contractor,
whether required herein or not.
3ddd
c. Contain an endorsement providing for thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to Owner.
d. Be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no
endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior
express written approval of the Owner.
iii. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance
requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be
construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance.
iv. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days
of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the
previous policy.
v. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or
required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a
waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the
Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of
insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner.
C. Limits. Deductibles and Retentions
i. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and excess
policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than
the amount required herein.
ii. No deductible or self-insured retention shall exceed $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner, except as
otherwise specified herein. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at
the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same
D. Forms
i. If the forms of policies, endorsements, certificates or evidence of insurance required by this Exhibit are superseded
or discontinued, Owner will have the right to require other equivalent forms .
ii. Any policy or endorsement form other than a form specified in this Exhibit must be approved in advance by Owner.
E. Evidence of Insurance. Insurance must be evidenced as follows:
i. ACORD Form 25 Certificate of Liability Insurance for liability coverages.
ii. ACORD Form 28 Evidence of Commercial Property Insurance for property coverages.
iii. Evidence shall be provided to Owner prior to commencing Work and prior to the expiration of any required coverage.
iv. ACORD Forms specify:
a. Owner as certificate holder at Owner's mailing address;
b. lnsured's name, which must match that on this Agreement ;
c. Insurance companies producing each coverage and the policy number and policy date of each coverage;
d. Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number and have the signature of the
authorized representative of the producer;
e. Additional Insured status in favor of Owner Parties;
f. Amount of any deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000;
g. Designated Construction Project(s) General Aggregate Limit;
h. Primary and non-contributory status;
i. Waivers of subrogation; and
j. All exclusions and limitations added by endorsement to the General Liability coverage. This can be
achieved by attachment of the Schedule of Forms and Endorsements page.
v. Copies of the following shall also be provided:
a. General Liability Additional insured endorsement(s) ;
b. General Liability Schedule of Forms and Endorsements page(s); and
c. 30 Day Notice of Cancellation endorsement applicable to all required policies.
F. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties
i. It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein (a) represent Owner
Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity
obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance
coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and (b) are being, or have been,
obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement.
Irrespective of the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or
4ddd
failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, or the failure of any insurance company to
pay claims accruing, shall not be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement.
ii. Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this
Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the
Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner
Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the
Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this
Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity,
on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall
have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from
the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages.
iii. This Exhibit is an independent contract provision and shall survive the termination or expiration of the
Construction Agreement.
G. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors
i. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the
Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to
subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions
similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among
other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and
make them available to the Owner upon request.
ii. The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment,
and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained
disappearance of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the
Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss
is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed
for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the
Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property
in favor of the Owner Parties.
H. Use of the Owners Equipment
The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owners equipment only with express
written permission of the Owners designated representative and in accordance with the Owners terms and condition
for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owners
equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under
the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all
loss or damage which may arise from such use.
I. Release and Waiver
The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims
or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter
possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or
not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured
portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this
Agreement . THE FOREGOING RELEASE AND WAIVER APPLY EVEN IF THE LOSS OR DAMAGE IS CAUSED IN WHOLE
OR IN PART BY THE FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF THE OWNER PARTIES.
50616411.3 SC - 1 Special Conditions
The City of Schertz Standard Specifications and Technical Specifications for construction dated December 2014 or latest edition applicable to this project are to be utilized. These specifications are available from the City of Schertz Public Works Department or from the City of Schertz Web Site.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01110 Summary of Work
01145 Use of Premises
01255 Change Order Procedures
01270 Measurement and Payment
01292 Schedule of Values
01312 Coordination and Meetings
01321 Construction Photographs
01325 Construction Schedule
01326 Construction Schedule (Bar Chart)
01330 Submittal Procedures
01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
01410 TPDES Requirements (with Attachments)
01422 Reference Standards
01450 Contractor’s Quality Control
01452 Inspection Services
01454 Testing Laboratory Services
01502 Mobilization
01504 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01506 Diversion Pumping
01555 Traffic Control and Regulation
01562 Tree and Plant Protection
01570 Storm Water Pollution Control
01575 Stabilized Construction Exit
01576 Waste Material Disposal
01578 Control of Ground Water
01580 Project Identification Signs
01610 Basic Product Requirements
50616411.3 SC - 2 Special Conditions
01630 Product Substitution Procedures
01725 Field Surveying
01731 Cutting and Patching
01740 Site Restoration
01770 Closeout Procedures
01782 Operation and Maintenance Data
01785 Project Record Documents
DIVISION 2 SITEWORK
02082 Precast Concrete Mahnoles
02084 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers
02086 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes to Grade
02221 Removing Existing Pavements and Structures
02222 Abandonment of Sewers
02233 Clearing and Grubbing
02260 Trench Safety System
02316 Excavation and Backfill for Structures
02317 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
02320 Utility Backfill Materials
02321 Cement Stabilized Sand
02447 Auguring Pipe and Conduit
02448 Pipe and Casing Angering for Sewers
02465 Drilled Shaft Foundations
02501 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
02502 Steel Pipe and Fittings
02506 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
02527 Polyurethane Coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe
02528 Polyethylene Wrap
02531 Gravity Sanitary Sewers
02533 Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers
02713 Flexible Base
50616411.3 SC - 3 Special Conditions
02714 Flexible Base Course for Temporary Roads, Detours, Shoulders, and
Driveways
02911 Topsoil
02921 Hydromulch
02925 Flexible Growth Medium
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete
03100 Concrete Reinforcement
03315 Concrete for Utility Construction
03600 Grout
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF WORK
01110-1
July 16, 2013
Section 01110
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 G E N E R A L
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Summary of the Work including work by the City, City-furnished Products, work
sequence, future work, Contractor use of Premises, special conditions for
substantial completion and City occupancy.
1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The project will consist of, but not limited to, construction of approximately 4,200
linear feet of 12-inch sanitary sewer for segment Line A of the FM 482 Gravity
Trunkline sewer. The project also includes miscellaneous site work.
1. Construction will include two bore and case segments across FM 482; 140 lf of 12-inch carrier pipe with casing, and 100 lf of 8-inch carrier pipe
with casing.
2. Construction will include the replacement of approximately 400 lf of sewer
in-place.
3. Approximately 600 linear feet of sewer will be ductile iron elevated on concrete columns.
B. Provide materials, labor, equipment and superintendence for the construction of
the drainage, road, and/or utility improvements in accordance with these
Technical Specifications, Project Plans, and Contract Documents. Contractor’s responsibility includes, but is not limited to, construction sequencing in
accordance with the Contract Documents, quality control of workmanship and
materials, handling of all material, handling and disposal of all waste material,
and compliance with all regulatory standards governing the work.
1.03 ALTERNATES
A. From the following list of Alternates, amount included in Contract Price for only
those Alternates accepted by the City and listed in Notice of Award:
1. N/A
1.04 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Items Furnished by the City for Installation and final connection by Contractor: Water meter.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF WORK
01110-2
July 16, 2013
B. Contractor's Responsibilities:
1. Arrange and pay for Product delivery to the site.
2. Receive and unload Products at the site; jointly with the City, inspect for
completeness or damage if required by City.
3. Handle, store, Install, and finish Products.
4. Repair or replace damaged items.
1.05 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Construct work in stages to provide proper coordination with work by others.
Coordinate the construction schedule and operations with the OWNER's
representative. Reference to General Conditions Item 5.15, Sequence of Work.
B. Construct the Work in Phases during the construction period, coordinate
construction schedule and operations with the City:
C. For projects with no Phases, do not disturb more than 50% of total project linear feet of disturbed right-of-way and easement until site restored in accordance with
Section 01740 – Site Restoration.
D. Coordination of the Work: Refer to Section 01312 - Coordination and Meetings.
E. Contract time for this project shall be 270 calendar days
1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-
of-way as specified in Section 01145 - Use of Premises.
1. Access to Crisler Property will be from temporary driveway off of FM
482, per TxDOT Driveway Permit.
2. Access to Hendrix Property to be from existing driveway
3. Access to Blanchard Property to be through Hendrix Property
B. Construction Operations: Limited to the City's rights-of-way provided by the City
and areas shown or described in the Contract documents.
C. Utility Outages and Shutdown: Provide a minimum of 48 hours notice to the City
and private utility companies (when applicable), excluding weekends and
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF WORK
01110-3
July 16, 2013
holidays, in advance of required utility shutdown. Coordinate all work as required.
1.07 STREET CUT ORDINANCE
A. Comply with the latest City of Schertz details.
B. Quantities are included for street cut pavement repair and replacement in
applicable Specification sections for Unit Price contracts.
C. Include payment for street cut pavement repair and replacement in lump sum bid
for Stipulated Price contracts.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. Comply with warranty requirements in accordance with General Conditions.
1.09 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. In addition to requirements outlined in the General Conditions, for Contractor to
be substantially complete with the Work and call for inspection by Public Works
to confirm, the following conditions must be met or completed:
1. All testing shall be completed and accepted by Public Works.
2. Permanent erosion control measures are in place and cleanup
complete
3. All pay items complete.
PART 2 P R O D U C T S - Not Used
PART 3 E X E C U T I O N - Not Used
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION USE OF PREMISES
01145-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01145
USE OF PREMISES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General use of the site including properties inside and outside of rights-of-
way, work affecting road, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to
adjacent occupants.
1.02 RIGHTS-OF-WAY
A. Confine access, and operations and storage areas to rights-of-way provided
by the City as stipulated in General Conditions; trespassing on abutting
lands or other lands in the area is not allowed.
B. Make arrangements, at no cost to the City, for temporary use of private
properties. Contractor and Surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the
City against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside
of rights-of-way. Submit a copy of agreements between private property
owners and Contractor prior to use of the area. Agreements between private
property owners and Contractor shall be notarized or bear the signatures of
two witnesses.
C. Obtain written permission from City of Schertz Parks and Recreation
Department for storage of materials on esplanades and other areas within
rights-of-way under that department's jurisdiction. Submit copies of written
permission prior to use of the area.
D. Restrict total length of distributed materials along the route of construction to
1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved in writing by Public Works.
1.03 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF RIGHTS-OF-WAY
A. Do not alter the condition of properties adjacent to and along rights-of-way.
B. Do not use ways, means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures
that result in damage to properties or improvements.
C. Restore damaged properties outside of rights-of-ways at no cost to the City.
1.04 USE OF SITE
A. Obtain approvals from governing authorities prior to impeding or closing
public roads and streets. Do not close more than two consecutive
intersections at one time.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION USE OF PREMISES
01145-2
March 31, 2011
B. Notify Public Works and Emergency Services at least five working days prior
to closing a street or street crossing. Obtain permits for street closures in
advance.
C. Maintain 10-foot-wide minimum access lanes for emergency vehicles
including access to fire hydrants.
D. Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets. When obstruction is
unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and
temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow.
E. Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems that may exist within the
site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition existing at start of the
Work, or better.
F. Conform to daily clean-up requirements of Article 5 of General Conditions.
G. Beware of overhead power lines existing in area and in close proximity of
the Project. When 10 feet of clearance between energized overhead power
line and construction-related activity cannot be maintained, request Power
Company de-energize or move conflicting overhead power line. Contact
schedule, coordinate, and pay costs associated with de-energizing or
moving conflicting overhead power lines. When there is no separate pay
item for this effort, include these costs in various items of bid that make
such work necessary.
1.05 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS
A. Notify individual occupants in areas to be effected by the Work of proposed
construction and time schedule. Notify not less than 72 hours or more than
two weeks prior to work performed within 200 feet of homes or businesses.
Follow form and content of sample door hanger provided by Public Works.
B. Include in notification nature of the Work, and names and telephone
numbers of two company representatives for resident contact available on
24-hour call.
C. Submit proposed notification to Public Works for approval.
1.06 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS
A. Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for
normal public traffic flow when it is necessary to close public roads or
streets.
B. Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing
roadways from tracked equipment, large tandem axle trucks or equipment
that will damage the existing roadway surfaces.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION USE OF PREMISES
01145-3
March 31, 2011
C. Construct and maintain access roads and parking areas as specified in
Section 01504 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.
1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS
A. Avoid hindering or inconveniencing public travel on streets or intersecting
alleys for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of
Public Works.
B. Obtain Public Works approval when nature of the Work requires closure of
an entire street. Permits required for street closure are Contractor's
responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property
owners.
C. Remove surplus materials and debris and open each block for public use,
as work in that block is complete.
D. Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street
to public use.
E. Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property.
F Provide temporary crossings or complete excavation and backfill in one
continuous operation to minimize duration of obstruction when excavation is
required across drives or entrances.
G. Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section VI of the State of
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
1.08 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Comply with traffic regulation as specified in Section 01555 - Traffic Control
and Regulation.
1.09 SURFACE RESTORATION
A. Restore the site to the condition existing before construction, or better.
B. Repair paved areas per the requirements of Section 02951 - Pavement
Repair and Resurfacing.
C. Repair damaged turf areas, level with bank run sand conforming to Section
02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or topsoil conforming to Section
02911 - Topsoil, and re-sod in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding.
Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using appropriate
steel wheel rollers for sodding. Do not use spot sodding or sprigging.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION USE OF PREMISES
01145-4
March 31, 2011
1.10 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
A. Confine operations to lands within construction work limits shown on
Drawings. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings adhere to the following:
1.W
here utility alignment is within esplanade, and construction limits are
shown on Drawings to extend to edge of esplanade, keep equipment,
materials, stockpiles a minimum of five feet from back of curb.
2.W
here construction limits shown on Drawings extend to property line,
keep sidewalks free of equipment, materials, and stockpiles.
1.11 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL SALVAGE
A. Upon completion of the Work, carefully remove salvageable equipment and
material. Deliver them to City of Schertz as directed by Public Works.
Dispose of equipment offsite at no additional cost to the City when Public
Works deems equipment unfit for further use.
PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01255-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01255
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for processing Change Orders, including:
1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and
communication of change in the Work;
2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time;
3. Change procedures, using proposals and Modifications;
4. Execution of Change Orders;
5. Correlation of Contractor submittals.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Blue Book is defined as the Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction
Equipment (a.k.a. Date Quest Blue Book).
B. Rental Rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the
appropriate item of construction equipment.
1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL
A. Provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized
to execute Modifications, and who will be responsible for informing others in
Contractor’s employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. Provide
this information at the pre-construction meeting.
1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME.
A. Maintain detailed records of changes in the Work. Provide full information
required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and
substantiate costs of changes in the Work.
B. Document each proposal for change in the Contract Price or Contract Time
with sufficient data to allow evaluation of proposal.
C. Include the following minimum information on proposals:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01255-2
March 31, 2011
1. Quantities of items in original Bid Form with additions, reductions,
deletions, and substitutions.
2. Quantities and cost of items in original Schedule of Values with
additions, reductions, deletions and substitutions.
3. Provide Unit Prices for new items, with supporting information, for
inclusion in Schedule of Unit Price Work.
4. Justification for changes in Contract Time.
5. Additional data upon request.
D. For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, provide
the following additional information:
1. Quantities and description of Products.
2. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
3. Overhead and profit as noted in General Conditions.
4. Dates, times and by who work was performed.
5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls.
6. Invoices and receipts for Products, rental equipment, and
subcontracts, similarly documented.
E. For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-materials basis, rental
equipment is paid as follows:
1. Actual invoice cost for duration of time required to complete extra
work without markup for overhead and profit. When extra work
comprises only a portion of a rental invoice where equipment would
otherwise be on site, compute hourly equipment rate by dividing the
actual monthly invoice by 176. One day equals eight hours and one
week equals 40 hours.
2. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book for
items of equipment. Overhead and profit will be allowed on the
operating cost.
F. For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-materials basis using
Contractor-owned equipment, use Blue Book rates as follows:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01255-3
March 31, 2011
1. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid at the Blue Book Rental
Rate for the duration of time required to complete extra work without
markup for overhead and profit. Utilized lowest cost combination of
hourly, daily, weekly, or weekly rates. Use 150 percent of Rental
Rate for double shifts, one extra shift per day, and 200 percent of
Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. Standby rates shall be
50 percent of appropriate Rental Rate shown in Blue Book. No other
rate adjustments apply.
2. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book.
Overhead and profit will be allowed on operating costs. Operating
costs will not be allowed for equipment on standby.
1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A. Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance
of Change Order. Changes will be in accordance with requirements of
General Conditions.
B. Public Works will advise of Minor Changes in the Work as authorized.
C. Request clarification of Drawings, Specifications, Contract documents or
other information by Request for Information. Response by Public Works to
Requests for Information does not authorize Contractor to perform tasks
outside scope of work. Changes must be authorized as described in this
Section.
1.06 PROPOSALS AND CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
A. Public Works may issue Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed
description of the proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawing
and Specifications. Public Works may also request a proposal in response
to a Request for Information. Prepare and submit the proposal within seven
days or as specified in request.
B. Submit requests for Contract changes to Public Works describing proposed
change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing reason
for change and effect on Contract Price and Contract time including full
documentation.
C. Design Consultant may review Change Orders.
1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01255-4
March 31, 2011
A. Public Works may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing
Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work. Work Change Directive
will subsequently by incorporated into a Change Order.
B. Work Change Directives will describe changes in the Work and designate
the method of determining change in Contract Price or Contract Time.
C. Proceed promptly to execute changes in the Work in accordance with the
Work Change Directive.
1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted proposal.
1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. Where Unit Prices for affected items of the Work are included in Bid Form,
the Change Order will be based on Unit Prices, subject to Articles 7 and 9 of
General Conditions.
B. Where Unit Prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Bid Form, the
Work Change Directive or accepted proposal will specify the Unit Prices to
be used.
1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER
A. Provide itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,
within time limits indicated for claims in General Conditions.
B. Public Works will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and
Contract Time as provided in General Conditions.
C. Maintain detailed records for work done on time-and-material basis as
specified in Paragraph 1.04 above.
D. Provide full information required for evaluation of changes and substantiate
costs for changes in the Work.
1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION
A. Public Works will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or Minor
Change in the Work for signatures of Parties as described in General
Conditions.
1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01255-5
March 31, 2011
A. For Stipulated Price Contracts, promptly revise Schedule of Values and
Application for Payment forms to record authorized Change Orders as
separate line item.
B. For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly estimate of the Work after
acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include new items not
previously included with appropriate Unit Prices.
C. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect change in Contract Time, and
to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit
for review.
D. Promptly enter changes to on-site and record copies of Drawings,
Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01785-Project
Record Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
3.01
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01270 - 1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01270
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for measurement and payment plus conditions for
nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected Products.
1.02 AUTHORITY
A. Measurement methods delineated in Specification sections are intended to
complement criteria of this Section. In event of conflict, requirements of the
Specification section shall govern.
B. Public Works will take all measurements and compute quantities
accordingly.
C. Assist by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel.
D. Measurement and Payment paragraphs are included only in those
Specification sections of Division 01 where direct payment will be made.
Include costs in the total bid price for those Specification sections in Division
01 that do not contain Measurement and Payment paragraphs.
1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED
A. Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for
contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied are placed
in the Work and verified by Public Works will determine payment as stated
in Article 9 of General Conditions.
B. When actual work required greater or lesser quantities than those quantities
indicated in Bid Form, provide required quantities at Unit Prices contracted,
except as otherwise stated in Article 9 of General Conditions.
1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
A. Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or other metal shapes
are measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights.
Welded assemblies are measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel
Construction or scale weights.
B. Measurement by Volume:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01270 - 2
March 31, 2011
1. Stockpile: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width,
and height or thickness.
2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic
dimension using average end area method.
C. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length
and width or radius.
D. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at item centerline or
mean chord.
E. Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the Agreement.
F. Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or linear means or
combination, as appropriate, as completed item or unit of the Work.
G. Measurement by Each: Measured by each instance or item provided.
H. Measurement by Lump Sum: Measure includes all associated work.
1.05 PAYMENT
A. Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision, labor,
products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals;
and erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; and
Contractor’s overhead and profit.
B. Total compensation for required Unit Price work shall be included in Unit
Price bid in Bid Form. Claims for payment as Unit Price work, but not
specifically covered in the list of Unit Prices contained in Bid Form, will not
be accepted.
C. Interim payments for stored materials will be made only for materials to be
incorporated under items covered in Unit Prices, unless disallowed in
Supplementary Conditions.
D. Progress payments will be based on Public Works’ observations and
evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by Unit Price.
E. Final payment for work governed by Unit Prices will be made on the basis of
actual measurements and quantities verified by Public Works multiplied by
the Unit Price for work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the
Work.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01270 - 3
March 31, 2011
1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
A. Remove and replace work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the
Contract documents.
B. When not practical to remove and replace work, Public Works will direct one
of the following remedies:
1. Nonconforming work will remain as is, but Unit Price will be adjusted
lower at discretion of Public Works.
2. Nonconforming work will be modified as authorized by Public Works,
and the Unit Price will be adjusted lower at the discretion of Public
Works, when modified work is deemed less suitable then specified.
C. Specification sections may modify the above remedies or may identify a
specific formula or percentage price reduction.
D. Authority of Public Works to assess nonconforming work and identify
payment adjustment is final.
1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS
A. Payment will not be made for any of the following:
1. Products wasted or disposed of in an unacceptable manner.
2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement.
3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicles.
4. Products placed beyond lines and levels of required work.
5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless
specified otherwise.
6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01292-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01292
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preparation and submittal of Schedule of Values for Stipulated Price
Contracts or for Major Unit Price Work on Unit Price Contracts.
1.02 PREPARATION
A. For Stipulated Price Contracts, subdivide the Schedule of Values into logical
portions of the Work, such as major work items or work in contiguous
construction areas. Use Section 01325-Construction Schedule as a guide
to subdivision of work items. Directly correlate Items in the Schedule of
Values with tasks in the Construction Schedule. Organize each portion
using the Project Manual Table of Contents as an outline for listing value of
the Work by Sections. A pro rata share of mobilization, Bonds, and
insurance may be listed as separate items for each portion of the Work.
B. For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of
Contractor’s overhead and profit so that total of all items will equal Contract
Price.
C. For lump sum equipment items, where submittal of operation and
maintenance data and testing are required, include separate items for
equipment operation and maintenance data where:
1. Submittal of maintenance data is valued at five percent of the lump
sum amount for each equipment item and
2. Submittal for testing and adjusting is valued at five percent of the
lump sum amount for each equipment item.
Round off figures for each item listed to the nearest $100. Set the value of
one item, when necessary, to make total of all values equal the Contract
Price for Stipulated Price Contracts or the lump sum amount for Unit Price
Work.
1.03 SUBMITTAL
A. Submit the Schedule of Values, in accordance with requirements of Section
01330-Submittal Procedures, at least 10 days prior to processing of the first
Certificate for Payment.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01292-2
March 31, 2011
B. Submit the Schedule of Values in an approved electronic spreadsheet file
and an 8 ½-inch by 11-inch print on white bond paper.
C. Revise Schedule of Values for items affected by Contract Modifications.
After Public Works has reviewed changes, resubmit at least 10 days prior to
the next scheduled Certificate for Payment date.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
01312-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01312
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General coordination including pre-construction meeting, site mobilization
conference, and progress meetings.
1.02 COORDINATION OF DOCUMENTS
A. Coordination is required throughout documents. Refer to Contract
documents and coordinate as necessary.
1.03 CONTRACT COORDINATION
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of various Specification
sections to assure efficient and orderly sequence of Installation of
interdependent construction elements.
B. Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work prior to the Date of
Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for City’s
partial occupancy.
C. Coordinate access to the site for correction of nonconforming work to
minimize disruption of the City’s activities where the City is in partial
occupancy.
1.04 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Public Works will schedule pre-construction meeting.
B. Attendance Required: City representatives, Design Consultants, Special
Consultants as required by Public Works, Contractor, and Major
Subcontractors and Suppliers.
C. Agenda:
1. Distribution of Contract Documents.
2. Designation of personnel representing the Parties and Design
Consultant.
3. Review of insurance.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
01312-2
March 31, 2011
4. Discussion of formats for Schedule of Values and Construction
Schedule.
5. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings, substitutions, pay
estimates or Applications for Payment, Requests for Information,
Requests for Proposal, Modifications, and the Contract closeout,
other submittals.
6. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors.
7. Review of Subcontractors and Suppliers
8. Appropriate agenda items listed for the site mobilization conference,
Paragraph 1.05.C, when pre-construction meeting and site
mobilization conference are combined.
9. Procedures for testing.
10. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
1.05 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE
A. When required by Contract documents, Public Works will schedule a
conference at the Project site prior to Contractor mobilization.
B. Attendance Required: City representatives, Design Consultant, Special
consultants, Superintendent, and major subcontractors.
C. Agenda:
1. Use of premises by the City and Contractor.
2. Safety and first aid procedures.
3. Construction controls provided by the City.
4. Temporary utilities.
5. Survey and layout.
6. Security and housekeeping procedures.
7. Field office requirements.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
01312-3
March 31, 2011
1.06 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Hold meetings at Project field office or other location designated by Public
Works. Hold meetings at monthly intervals, or more frequently when
directed by Public Works.
B. Attendance Required: Superintendent, major Subcontractors and Suppliers,
City representatives, Design Consultant and its subconsultants as
appropriate for agenda topics for each meeting.
C. Design Consultant will make arrangements for meetings, and for recording
minutes.
D. Design Consultant will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings.
E. Provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item.
F. Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meeting.
2. Review of construction schedule, pay estimates, cash flow curve,
payroll and compliance submittals.
3. Field observations, problems, and necessary decisions.
4. Identification of problems that impede planned progress.
5. Review of submittal schedule and status of submittals.
6. Review of RFI and RFP status.
7. Modification status.
8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.
9. Maintenance of Construction Schedule.
10. Corrective measures to regain Construction Schedule.
11. Planned progress during the succeeding work period.
12. Coordination of projected progress.
13. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
01312-4
March 31, 2011
14. Effect of proposed Modifications on Construction Schedule and
Coordination.
15. Other item relating to the Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
01321-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01321
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Photographic requirements for construction photographs and submittals.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Pre-construction Photographs: Photographs taken, in sufficient numbers
and detail, prior to Date of Commencement of the Work, to show original
construction site conditions.
B. Progress Photographs: Photographs, taken throughout the duration of
construction of regular intervals and from fixed vantage points, pre-
approved by the City, that document progress of the Work.
C. Finished Photographs: Photographs, taken by a professional photographer
near Date of Substantial Completion and before City Council’s acceptance
of the Work, that are suitable for framing and for use in brochures or on the
Internet.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01330, Submittal Procedures, for submittal requirements.
B. Format and Media: Film or digital photography may be used. Submit color
photographs, unless otherwise specified.
1. Prints: Submit each Progress or Pre-construction Photograph print in
the three-hole plastic pocket or sleeve, bound in a three-ring
notebook. Produce prints on photographic-quality paper approved by
Public Works. Minimum size for Pre-Construction Photograph prints
shall be 3-inches by 5-inches. Progress Photograph prints shall be
8-inches by 10-inches.
2. Film: Use 35 mm or larger color film. Submit negatives used to
make submitted photographs, in 3-hole 8-1/2 inch by 11-inch plastic
sheets with sleeves for negatives.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
01321-2
March 31, 2011
3. Digital Photography: Use 2.1 megapixel density or greater for
photographs. Scanned photographs must equal or exceed 400 dots
per inch when scanned from 8-inch by 10-inch prints. Submit digital
photographic files on computer disks. Format disks for MS-DOS
(Microsoft Disk Operating System) filing system and in JPEG (Joint
Photographic Experts Group) format.
C. Submittal Quantities and Frequencies.
1. Pre-construction Photographs:
a. For Stipulated Price Contracts, submit two sets of Pre-
construction Photographs, if required, prior to first
Application for Payment.
b. For Unit Price Contracts, submit two sets of Pre-construction
Photographs prior to start of construction operations.
2. Progress Photographs:
a. For Stipulated Price Contracts, submit three sets of Progress
Photographs with each Application for Payment at the times
established for submittal of Applications for Payment.
Monthly Applications for Payment shall be deemed
incomplete if not accompanied by the required Progress
Photographs. Contractor’s failure or election to not submit a
monthly Application for Payment shall not affect the
requirement for monthly Progress Photographs.
b. Progress Photographs are not required for Unit Price
Contracts unless otherwise specified.
3. Finished Photographs: For Stipulated Price Contracts submit two
sets of Finished Photographs, if required, after Date of Substantial
Completion and prior to final payment. Each set shall contain one
11-inch by 14-inch matte finish color photographic print from each of
the two vantage points pre-approved by the City. Vantage points for
Finished Photographs will be approved separately from vantage
points approved for Progress Photographs. Finished Photographs
are not required for Unit Price Contracts unless otherwise specified.
D. Labeling: Place a label on the back of each photographic print, applied so
as to not show through on the front. Labels shall contain the following
information:
1. Name of Project, address of Project and GFS Number.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
01321-3
March 31, 2011
3. Date photograph was taken.
4. Location photo taken from and short description of photo subject.
5. Name and address of professional photographer who took the
photograph, if applicable.
E. Hand-deliver or transmit prints in standard photographic mailers marked
“Photographs – Do Not Bend”.
F. Photographic prints, negatives, photographic files and disks become the
property of the City. Do not publish photographs without written consent by
the City.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of and timely execution and
submittal of photographs.
B. For Finished Photographs, Contractor shall use a professional
photographer, with five years minimum professional experience in the
Schertz area. Contractor shall submit name, address and credentials of
professional photographers for Public Works’ review and approval.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Prior to commencement of construction operations, photograph the site to
include initial construction corridor, detour routes, and staging or storage
areas.
1. For Stipulated Price Contracts, unless specified as a requirement in
other Sections, these photographs are optional for Contractor, but
are highly recommended for areas bounded by other property
owners.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
01321-4
March 31, 2011
2. Pre-construction photographs are required for Unit Price Contracts.
For line projects with scheduled construction segments, take Pre-
construction Photographs prior to commencement of work on each
segment.
B. Prepare Pre-construction Photographs as follows:
1. Show the following information on a non-reflective chalkboard placed
within the picture frame:
a. Job number.
b. Project number.
c. Date and time photographs were taken (Automatic date/time
in negative is acceptable).
d. Baseline station, direction of view (i.e. N, S, NW, etc.) and
house number or street address and street name.
2. Pre-construction Photographs shall indicate condition of the
following:
a. Esplanades and boulevards.
b. Yards (near side and far side of street).
c. House walks and sidewalks.
d. Curbs.
e. Areas between walks and curbs.
f. Particular features (e.g. yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees).
3. Show date photographs were taken on negatives.
C. Show the location of vantage points and direction of shots on a key plan of
the site.
3.02 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Progress Photographs document monthly advancement of the Work. Select
vantage points for each shot so as to best show status of construction and
progress since last photograph submittal. Select camera stations that will
require little or no movement or adjustment over the duration of
construction.
B. Take monthly Progress Photographs at regular intervals to coincide with
cutoff dates associated with each Application for Payment.
3.03 FINISHED PHOTOGRAPHS
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
01321-5
March 31, 2011
A. Finished Photographs shall be “staged” and taken by professional
photographer to depict the most flattering images of a finished facility. Two
vantage points, from which Finished Photographs will be taken, shall be
agreed to in advance by the City. Photographer shall consider lighting, time
of day, height of eye, landscaping and placement of vehicles, people and
other props in each picture. Filters and post-photography processing may
be utilized to achieve a finished product acceptable to the City.
3.04 LOCATION
A. Vantage points, times and conditions for camera stations and photography
for Progress and Finished Photographs shall be mutually agreed upon by
the City, Contractor and Photographer. Progress Photograph vantage
points may be changed by mutual agreement as the Work progresses, at no
additional cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
01325-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01325
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide Construction Schedules for the Work included in this Contract in
accordance with requirements in this Section. Create Construction
Schedule using Critical Plat Method (CPM) computer software capable of
mathematical analysis of Precedence Diagramming Method (PDM) plan.
Provide printed activity listings and bar charts in format described in this
Section.
B. Combine activity listings and bar charts with narrative report to form
Construction Schedule submittal for Public Works.
1.02 SCHEDULING STAFF
A. Employ or retain services of individual experienced in CPM scheduling for
duration of the Contract. Individual shall cooperate with Public Works and
update schedule monthly as required to indicate current status of the Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures.
B. During preconstruction meetings, as described in Section 01312-
Coordination and Meetings, provide sample bar charts and activity listings
produced from scheduling software proposed. Scheduling software is
subject to review by Public Works and must meet requirements provided in
this Section. Public Works will provide review of samples within seven days
of submittal.
C. Within 21 days of receipt of approval of Contractor’s format, or 30 days of
Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, submit proposed Construction
Schedule for review. Base Construction Schedule submittal on the
following:
1. Level of detail and number of activities required in schedule are
dependent on project type.
a. For wastewater projects, categorize work type
b. For projects with multiple types of tasks within scope,
indicate types of work separately within schedule.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
01325-2
March 31, 2011
c. For projects with work at different physical locations or
service areas, or different facilities within a site, indicate
each location or facility separately within schedule. Show
work on each floor of multi-story building as separate tasks.
d. For projects with multiple crafts or significant Subcontractor
components, indicate elements separately within schedule.
2. Unless permitted by Public Works, each scheduled task shall be same
as Schedule of Values line item, and vice versa.
3. For projects with Major Unit Price Work, indicate Shop Drawing
submittal and review, purchase, delivery, and Installation dates on
Project schedule. Include activities for testing, adjustment, and
delivering O&M manuals.
4. No task except the acquisition of Major Unit Price Work shall represent
more than one percent of Original Contract Price for facility projects
and three percent of Original Contract Price for other projects.
Duration of tasks may not exceed 40 calendar days.
5. For projects where operating facilities are involved, identify each period
of work that will impact any process or operation in the schedule and
that must be agreed to by Public Works and facility operator prior to
starting work in the area.
C. Construction Schedule submittals shall include:
1. Printed bar charts that meet criteria outlines in this Section and are
produced by Contractor’s approved scheduling software;
2. Activity listings that meet criteria outlined in this Section and are
produced by Contractor’s approved scheduling software; and
3. A predecessor/successor listing sorted by Activity ID that meets
criteria outlines in this Section and is produced by Contractor’s
scheduling software.
4. A logic network diagram is required with the first Construction
Schedule submittal for facilities projects.
5. Prepare and submit graphic or tabular display of estimated monthly
billings (i.e. cash flow curve for the Work) with the first schedule
submittal. This information is not required in monthly updates, unless
significant changes in work require re-submittal of schedule for
review. Display shall allocate units indicated in bid schedule or
Schedule of Values to Construction Schedule activities. Weighted
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
01325-3
March 31, 2011
allocation are acceptable, where appropriate. Dollar value
associated with each allocated unit will be spread across the duration
of that activity on a monthly basis. Total for each month and
cumulative total will be indicated. These monthly forecasts are only
for Public Work’s planning purposes. Monthly payments for actual
work completed will be made in accordance with General Conditions.
6. Narrative Report that provides the information outlines in this Section.
E. No payment will be made until Public Works approves Construction
Schedule and billing forecast.
F. If Contractor desires to make changes in its method of operating and
scheduling, after Public Works has reviewed original schedule, notify Public
Works in writing, stating reasons for changes. When Public Works
considers these changes to be significant, Contractor may be required to
revise and resubmit for review all or affected portion of Contractor’s
Construction Schedule to show effect of the Work.
G. Upon written request from Public Works, revise and submit for review all or
any part of Construction Schedule submittal to reflect changed conditions in
the Work or deviations made from original schedule.
H. Updated Construction Schedule with actual start and actual finish dates,
percent complete, and remaining duration of each activity shall be submitted
monthly. Data date used in updating monthly Construction Schedule shall
be the same date as used in monthly Payment Application. Monthly update
of Construction Schedule is required for monthly Payment Application to be
processed for payment.
1.04 SCHEDULING COMPUTER SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor’s scheduling software shall be capable of creating bar charts and
activity listings, which can be sorted by various fields (i.e. Activity ID, Early
Start, Total Float, Area Code, Specification Section Number, and
Subcontractor). Use software capable of producing logic network diagrams.
B. Use scheduling software capable of producing activity listings and bar
charts with the following information for each activity in the schedule:
1. Activity ID
2. Activity Description
3. Estimated (Original) Duration
4. Remaining Duration
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
01325-4
March 31, 2011
5. Actual Duration
6. Early Start Date
7. Late Start Date
8. Early Finish Date
9. Late Finish Date
10. Free Float
11. Total Float
12. Activity Codes (such as Area Code, Work Type, Specification
Section, Subcontractor)
C. Use scheduling software capable of printing calendars using mathematical
analysis of schedule, indicating standard workdays of week and scheduled
holidays.
D. Use scheduling software capable of printing activity listing that indicates
predecessors and successors, lag factors and lag relationships used in
creating logic of the schedule.
E. Use scheduling software to provide monthly time in Bar Chart format and
scale with 12-month scale not to exceed one page width. Bar charts may
be printed or plotted on 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch, 8-1/2 inch by 14 inch or 11 by
17 inch sheet sizes. Over-size plots are not acceptable.
1.05 NARRATIVE SCHEDULE REPORT
A. Narrative schedule report shall list activities started this month, activities
completed this month, activities continues this month, activities scheduled to
start or complete next month, problems encountered this month, and actions
taken to solve these problems.
B. Narrative schedule report shall describe changes made to Construction
Schedule logic (i.e. changes in predecessors and lags), activities added to
schedule, activities deleted from schedule , any other changes made to the
schedule other than addition of actual start dates and actual finish dates and
changes of data date and remaining durations for re-calculation of
mathematical analysis.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BAR CHART)
01326-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01326
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BAR CHART)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide an initial Construction Schedule as required by this section for the
Work. Do not start construction until Public Works reviews the schedule.
1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF INITIAL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar Chart:
1. Show major construction activities such as pipe laying, by traffic
control phases or other approved key areas; tunnel construction,
pavement removal, pavement replacement, pressure testing,
chlorination, clean up and punch list as separate activities on the
schedule.
2. Show week duration for each activity.
3. Show separate activities for each Shop Drawing and Product Data
submittal critical to timely completion. Show submittal dates and
dates Public Works needs to provide approved submittals.
4. Provide separate horizontal bar for each activity. List start and finish
date for each activity at left side of diagram.
5. Horizontal Time Scale: Identify first work day of each week.
6. Scale and Spacing: Notes must be legible. Allow space for notations
and future revisions.
7. Order of Listings: Order bar charts listings by phases or other
approved groups of activities that are contiguous. List activities in
chronological order within each phase or group.
B. Narrative Description:
1. Submit narrative descriptions of anticipated work sequences as
indicated by the sequence of activities presented in the schedule.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BAR CHART)
01326-2
March 31, 2011
2. Discuss any activity that affects the public (such as phases of traffic
control), interaction with specific forces of the City (such as valve
operation, chlorination and testing) or other associated contractors.
1.03 PROGRESS REVISIONS
A. Submit progress revisions or necessary information to complete and
process Payment Applications. When required, re-submittals for rejected
revisions must be submitted and reviewed prior to the following month’s
processing of a Payment Application. The following month’s Payment
Application will not be processed until the re-submittal is reviewed and
required progress revisions are received.
B. Provide a narrative report to describe:
1. Major changes in scope.
2. Revised projections in progress, completion, or changes in activity
duration.
3. Other identifiable changes.
4. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on schedule.
5. Corrective action recommended and its effect.
6. Effect of changes on schedules or other contractors.
7. Product delivery lead times.
C. Include additional data with Bar Chart described in Paragraph 1.03A of this
Section:
1. Show original dates for each activity in the approved initial progress
schedule by narrow bar next to a wider bar for the current schedule.
2. Show date each activity actually started or finished when an event has
occurred. Clearly identify actual dates in two right-most columns in left
portion of an 11 by 17 inch chart.
3. Indicate the percentage progress to the date of submittal for each
activity.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BAR CHART)
01326-3
March 31, 2011
A. Submit the initial progress schedule within 15 days after award of contract.
Public Works will review the schedule and return a reviewed copy within 21
days after receipt.
B. Cut-off dates for progress revisions may be as early as the 20th of the month
to avoid delaying processing of Payment Applications. Use the cut-off date
for the first approved revision for further revisions.
C. When required, re-submit within seven days after return of review copy.
D. Include connecting lines between bars in the schedule to indicate the
sequence that activities will be accomplished. Connecting lines when the
activity’s start or finish is modified will identify impact of preceding or
succeeding activities. Submit a minimum of six copies of the bar chart on
11 by 17 inch opaque reproductions. Public Works will retain five copies
and return the remaining copy.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION– Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittal procedures for:
1. Schedule of Values
2. Construction Schedules and Cash Flow Curve (billing forecast).
3. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
4. Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Data
5. Manufacturer’s Certificates
6. Construction Photographs.
7. Project Record Documents and monthly certificate.
8. Video Tapes.
9. Design Mixes.
1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Scheduling and Handling:
1. Submit Shop Drawings, data and Samples for related components as
required by Specifications and Public Works.
2. Schedule submittals well in advance of need for construction
Products. Allow time for delivery of Products after submittal
approval.
3. Develop submittal schedule that allows sufficient time for initial
review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals.
Allow a minimum of 30 days for initial review. Public Works will
review and return submittals to Contractor as expeditiously as
possible but time required for review will vary depending on
complexity and quantity of data submitted.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330-2
March 31, 2011
4. Public Work’s review of submittals covers only general conformity to
Drawings, Specifications and dimensions that affect layout.
Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. No quantities
will be verified by Public Works. Contractor is responsible for errors,
omissions or deviations from Contract requirements; review of
submittals does not relieve Contractor from the obligation to furnish
required items in accordance with Drawings and Specifications.
5. Submit five copies of documents unless otherwise specified.
6. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes
made since previous submittal.
7. Assume risk for fabricated Products delivered prior to approval. Do
not incorporate Products into the Work, or include payment for
Products in periodic progress payments, until approved by Public
Works.
B. Transmittal Form and Numbering:
1. Transmit each submittal to Public Works with Transmittal letter which
includes:
a. Date and submittal number.
b. Project title and number.
c. Names of Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier and
Manufacturer.
d. Identification of Product being supplied.
e. Location of where Product is to be Installed.
f. Applicable Specification section number.
2. Identify deviations from Contract documents clouding submittal
drawings. Itemize and detail on separate 8 ½ by 11 inch sheets
entitled “DEVIATIONS FOR ______________.” When no deviations
exist, submit a sheet stating no deviations exist.
3. Have design deviations signed and sealed by an appropriate design
professional, registered in the State of Texas.
4. Sequentially number transmittal letters beginning with number one.
Use original number for re-submittals with an alphabetic suffix (i.e.,
2A for the first re-submittal 2, or 15C for third re-submittal of submittal
15, etc.) Show only one type of work or Product on each submittal.
Mixed submittals will not be accepted.
C. Contractor’s Stamp:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330-3
March 31, 2011
1. Apply Contractor’s Stamp certifying that the items have been
reviewed in detail by Contractor and that they comply with Contract
requirements, except as noted by requested variances.
2. As a minimum, Contractor’s Stamp shall include:
a. Contractor’s name
b. Job number
c. Submittal number
d. Certification statement Contractor has reviewed submittal and
it is in compliance with the Contract.
e. Signature line for Contractor.
D. Submittals will be returned with of the following Responses:
1. “ACKNOWLEDGE RECIEPT” when no response and re-submittal is
required.
2. “NO EXCEPTION” when sufficient information has been supplied to
determine that item described is accepted and that no re-submittal is
required.
3. “EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED” when sufficient information has been
supplied to determine that item will be acceptable subject to
changes, or exceptions, which will be clearly stated. When
exceptions require additional changes, the changes must be
submitted for approval. Re-submittal is not required when exceptions
required no further changes.
4. “REJECTED-RE-SUBMIT” when submittal does not contain sufficient
information, or when information provided does not meet Contract
requirements. Additional data or details requested by Public Works
must be submitted to obtain approval.
1.03 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATES
A. When required by Specification sections, submit manufacturer’s certificate
of compliance for review by Public Works.
B. Place Contractor’s Stamp on front of certification.
C. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as
appropriate.
D. Product certificates may be recent or from previous test results, but must be
acceptable to Public Works.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330-4
March 31, 2011
1.04 DESIGN MIXES
A. When required by Specification sections, submit design mixes for review.
B. Place Contractor’s Stamp, as specified in this Section, on the front of each
design mix.
C. Mark each mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives fro each
class and type of mix submitted. Include applicable test results from
samples for each mix. Perform tests and certifications within 12 months of
the date of the submittal.
D. Maintain copies of approved mixes at mixing plant.
1.05 CHANGES TO CONTRACT
A. Changes to Contract may be initiated by completing a Request for
Information form. Public Works will provide a response to Contractor by
completing the form and returning it to Contractor.
1. If Contractor agrees that the response will result in no increase in
cost or time, a Minor Change in the Work will be issued by Public
Works.
2. If Contractor and Public Works agree that an increase in time or cost
is warranted, Public Works will forward the Request for Proposal for
negotiation of a Change Order.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION– Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ SHOP DRAWINGS,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
01340-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Methods, schedules, and processes to be followed for Shop Drawings,
Product Data and Sample submittals.
1.02 REQUIREMENT
A. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples as required by General
Conditions and Specification sections, using procedures specified in Section
01330-Submittal Procedures and the requirements of this Section.
B. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples are not considered Contract
documents.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS/SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submit a separate Shop Drawing submittal schedule at same time the
Construction Schedule is submitted. List Products for which Shop Drawings
and other submittals are required in the order that they appear in
Specifications. Include Product Data and Sample submittals in the
schedule. Payment Applications or Certificates for Payment will not be
processed until Public Works has approved the Shop Drawing submittal
schedule.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit a minimum of five sets of Shop Drawings and Product Data in a form
and quality suitable for microfilming. Review and sign Shop Drawings
indicating compliance with the Contract.
B. Place Contractor’s Stamp on each drawing as described in Section 01330-
Submittal Procedures.
C. Show the following accurately and distinctly:
1. Field and erection dimensions;
2. Arrangement and section views;
CITY OF SCHERTZ SHOP DRAWINGS,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
01340-2
March 31, 2011
3. Relation to adjacent materials or structure, including complete
information for making connections between the Work and work
under other contracts;
4. Types of Products and finishes;
5. Parts list and descriptions;
6. Assembly drawings of equipment components and accessories
showing respective positions and relationships to the complete
equipment package;
7. Identify details by referencing drawing sheet and detail numbers,
schedule or room numbers as shown on the Contract drawings,
where necessary for clarity.
D. Scale drawings to provide a true representation of the specific equipment or
item furnished.
E. Coordinate and submit components, necessary for Public Works to
adequately review submittal, as a complete package. Reproduction of the
Drawings for use in Shop Drawings is not allowed.
F. For major changes to original documents, submit Computer-Aided Design
(CAD) drawings on a media acceptable to Public Works.
1.05 PRODUCT DATA
A. Submit Product Data for review as required in Specifications.
B. Place Contractor’s stamp, on each data item submitted, as described in
Section 01330-Submittal Procedures.
C. Mark each copy to identify applicable Products, models, and options to be
used in the Work. Where required by Specifications, supplement
manufacturer’s standard data to provide information unique to the Work.
D. Give manufacturers, trade name, model or catalog designation and
applicable reference standard for Products specified only by reference
standards.
E. Pre-approved and Pre-qualified Products.
1. For “pre-approved”, “pre-qualified” and “approved” Products named
in the City standard product list, provide an appropriate list
CITY OF SCHERTZ SHOP DRAWINGS,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
01340-3
March 31, 2011
designation, as described in Section 01630-Product Substitution
Procedures, within 30 days after Notice to Proceed.
2. For Products proposed as alternates to “approved” products, provide
information required to demonstrate that the proposed Products meet
the level of quality and performance criteria of the “approved”
product.
1.06 SAMPLES
A. Submit Samples for review as required by Specifications. Have Samples
reviewed and signed by a Registered Professional.
B. Place Contractor’s stamp on each Sample or firmly attach a sheet of paper
with Contractor’s stamp, as described in Section 01330-Submittal
Procedures.
C. Submit the number of Samples specified in Specifications; Public Works will
retain one.
D. Reviewed Samples that may be used in the Work are identified in
Specifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01410
TPDES REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Documentation to be prepared and signed by Contractor before
conducting construction operations, in accordance with the Texas
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) Construction General
Permit Number TXR 150000 (the Construction General Permit).
B. Implementation, maintenance inspection, and termination of storm water
pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to,
erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste
collection and disposal, off-site vehicle tracking, and other appropriate
practices shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in the Contract.
C. Review of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3)
implementation in a meeting with Public Works prior to start of
construction.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Commencement of Construction Activities: The exposure of soil
resulting from activities such as clearing, grading, and excavating.
B. Large Construction Activity: Project that:
1. disturbs five acres or more, or
2. disturbs less than five acres but is part of a larger common
plan of development that will disturb five acres or more of land.
C. Small Construction Activity: Project that:
1. disturbs one or more acres but less than five acres, or
2. disturbs less than one acre but is part of a larger common plan of
development that will ultimately disturb one or more acres but less
than five acres.
D. TPDES Operator:
1. The Contractor shall be the operator as defined by TPDES
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-2
March 31, 2011
General Permit. The operator will prepare, submit SWP3 plans and
permits and have day-to-day operational control of the construction
activities which are necessary to ensure compliance with the
SWP3 for the site or other Construction General Permit conditions.
E. Municipal Separate Storm Water Sewer System (MS4) Operator:
1. The City of Schertz Public Works is the MS4 Operator who
maintains the streets, channels, gutters, ditches or anything else
that is publicly owned, designed or used to collect or transport
storm water.
PART 2 PRODUCTS -Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SITE SPECIFIC STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWP3)
A. Prepare a SWP3 following TCEQ Part III of the Construction General
Permit Number 150000.
B. Update or revise the SWP3 as needed during the construction following
Part III, Section E of the Construction General Permit.
C. Submit the SWP3 and any updates or revisions to Public Works for
review and address comments prior to commencing, or continuing,
construction activities.
3.02 NOTICE OF INTENT For Large Construction Activity
A. Prepare and submit TCEQ Form 20022 Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm
Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the
TPDES Construction General Permit (TXR 150000). See TCEQ website
for Storm Water Permits for Construction:
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq_construction.html
B. Submission of the Notice of Intent form to TCEQ is required a
minimum of seven days before Commencement of Construction
Activities.
C. The Contractor shall provide Public Works with copies of submitted
notifications and associated records of payment.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR SMALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
A. Prepare and post the Construction Site Notice, to TPDES General Permit
TXR 150000, "Construction Site Notice". See TCEQ website for Storm
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-3
March 31, 2011
Water Permits for Construction:
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq_construction.html
B. At least 2 days before beginning construction, provide a copy of the site
notice to the operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Water Sewer
System (MS4) into which storm water will be discharged.
C. Adhere to the requirements of General Permit TXR 150000 and no notice
of intent (NOI), notice of termination (NOT), or fee is required under this
option—as long as the requirements of this general permit are followed
3.04 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Fill out TPDES Operator's Information form, ATTACHMENT 3 of this
Section 01410, including Contractor's name, address, and telephone
number, and the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance
and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures. Use multiple
copies as required to document full information.
B. Contractor and Subcontractors shall sign and date the Contractor's /
Subcontractor's Certification for TPDES Permitting, ATTACHMENT 4 of
this Section 01410. Include this certification with other Project certification
forms.
C. Submit properly completed certification forms to Public Works for
review before beginning construction operations.
D. Conduct inspections in accordance with TCEQ requirements. Ensure
persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion
and sediment control measures read, fill out, sign, and date the Erosion
Control Contractor's Certification for Inspection and Maintenance. Use
the Construction Inspection Form, ATTACHMENT 5 of this Section
01410; and the City of Schertz Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Construction Site Inspection Report, ATTACHMENT 6 of this Section
01410 to record maintenance inspections and repairs.
3.05 RETENTION OF RECORDS
A. Keep a copy of this document and the SWP3 in a readily accessible
location at the construction site from Commencement of Construction
Activity until submission of the Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm
Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES
Construction General Permit (TXR 150000). Contractors with day-to-day
operational control over SWP3 implementation shall have a copy of the
SWP3 available at a central location, on-site, for the use of all operators
and those identified as having responsibilities under the SWP3. Upon
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-4
March 31, 2011
submission of the NOT, submit all required forms and a copy of the
SWP3 with all revisions to Public Works.
3.06 REQUIRED NOTICES
A. Post the following notices from effective date of the SWP3 until date of
final site stabilization as defined in the Construction General Permit:
1. Post the TPDES permit number for Large Construction Activity or
a signed TCEQ Construction Site Notice for Small Construction
Activity.
2. Post notices near the main entrance of the construction site in a
prominent place for public viewing. Post name and telephone
number of Contractor's local contact person, brief project
description and location of the SWP3.
a. If posting near a main entrance is not feasible due to
safety concerns, coordinate posting of notice with Public Works to
conform to requirements of the Construction General Permit.
b. If Project is a linear construction project (e.g.: road,
utilities, etc.), post notice in a publicly accessible location near
active construction. Move notice as necessary.
3. Post a notice to equipment and vehicles operators, instructing them
to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving
onto traffic lanes. Post at each stabilized construction exit area.
4. Post a notice of waste disposal procedures in a readily visible
location on site.
3.07 ON-SITE WASTE MATERIAL STORAGE
A. On-site waste material storage shall be self-contained and shall
satisfy appropriate local, state, and federal rules and regulations.
B. Prepare list of waste material to be stored on-site. Update list as
necessary to include up-to-date information. Keep a copy of updated list
with the SWP3.
C. Prepare description of controls to reduce pollutants generated from on-
site storage. Include storage practices necessary to minimize exposure
of materials to storm water, and spill prevention and response
measures consistent with best management practices. Keep a copy of
the description with the SWP3
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-5
March 31, 2011
3.08 NOTICE OF TERMINATION
A. Submit a Notice of Termination (NOT),to TCEQ within 30 days after:
1. Final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that
are the responsibility of the Contractor; or
2. Another operator has assumed control over all areas of the site
that have not been stabilized; and
3. All silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either
been removed, are scheduled to be removed as defined in the
SWP3, or transferred to a new operator if the new operator has
sought permit coverage.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-A 1
March 31, 2011
ATTACHMENT 1
Notice of Intent
(Most up-to-date version to be obtained from TCEQ website
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq_construction.htmlalso available for electronic submittal)
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-A 2
March 31, 2011
ATTACHMENT 2
Construction Site Notice
(Most up-to-date version can be obtained from TCEQ website
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq_construction.htmlalso available for electronic submittal)
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-A 3
March 31, 2011
ATTACHMENT 3
TPDES OPERATOR'S INFORMATION
Owner's Name and Address: City of Schertz
Mr.______________________________
(City Official)
(Department) _________________________________
1400 Schertz Parkway
Schertz, Texas 78154
(210) 619-1000
Contractors' Names and Addresses:
Contractor General: __________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
Telephone:
Site Superintendent: ______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
Telephone:
Erosion Control and Maintenance Inspection:_________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
Telephone:
Subcontractors’ Names and Address:
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
____________________________ _______________________________
Telephone Telephone
Note: Insert name, address, and telephone number of person or firms
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-A 4
March 31, 2011
ATTACHMENT 4
CONTRACTOR'S /SUBCONTRACTOR'S
CERTIFICATION FOR TPDES PERMITTING
I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of TPDES General
Permit No. TXR150000 and the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan for the construction
site identified as part of this certification.
Signature:________________________________________________________
Name:(printed or typed)_______________________________________________
Title:____________________________________________________________
Company: _______________________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________
Date:____________________________________________________________
Signature:________________________________________________________
Name:(printed or typed)_______________________________________________
Title:____________________________________________________________
Company: _______________________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________
Date:____________________________________________________________
Signature:________________________________________________________
Name:(printed or typed)_______________________________________________
Title:____________________________________________________________
Company: _______________________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________
Date:____________________________________________________________
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-A 5
March 31, 2011
ATTACHMENT 5
Storm Water Construction Site Inspection Report
General Information
Project Name
NPDES Tracking No. Location
Date of Inspection Start/End Time
Inspector’s Name(s)
Inspector’s Title(s)
Inspector’s Contact InformationDescribe present phase of construction
Type of Inspection
Regular Pre-storm event During storm event Post-storm event
Weather Information
Has it rained since the last inspection?
Yes No
If yes, provide: Storm Start Date & Time: Storm Duration (hrs): Approximate Rainfall (in):
Weather at time of this inspection?
Do you suspect that discharges may have occurred since the last inspection?
Yes No
Are there any discharges at the time of inspection?
Yes No
Site-specific BMPs
Number the structural and non-structural BMPs identified in your SWPPP on your site map and list them below (add as
many BMPs as necessary). Carry a copy of this numbered site map with you during your inspections. This list will help
ensure that you are inspecting all required BMPs at your site. Customize this section as needed.
BMP Description BMP Installed and Operating
Properly?
Corrective Action Needed Date for corrective action/responsible
person
1 Yes No
2 Yes No
3 Yes No
4 Yes No
5 Yes No
6 Yes No
7 Yes No
8 Yes No
9 Yes No
10 Yes No
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-A 5
March 31, 2011
BMP Description BMP Installed
and Operating Properly?
Corrective Action Needed Date for corrective
action/responsible person
11 Yes No
12 Yes No
13 Yes No
14 Yes No
15 Yes No
16 Yes No
17 Yes No
18 Yes No
19 Yes No
20 Yes No
Below are some general site issues that should be assessed during inspections. Please customize this list as needed for conditions at your site.
Overall Site Issues
BMP/activity Implemented? Maintained? Corrective Action Date for corrective action/responsible
person
1 Are all slopes and disturbed areas not
actively being worked properly stabilized?
Yes No Yes No
2 Are natural resource areas (e.g., streams, wetlands,
mature trees, etc.) protected with barriers or
similar BMPs?
Yes No Yes No
3 Are perimeter controls
and sediment barriers adequately installed
(keyed into substrate) and maintained?
Yes No Yes No
4 Are discharge points and receiving waters free of
sediment deposits?
Yes No Yes No
5 Are storm drain inlets
properly protected?
Yes No Yes No
6 Is there evidence of
sediment being tracked into the street?
Yes No Yes No
7 Is trash/litter from work areas collected and placed
in covered dumpsters?
Yes No Yes No
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-A 5
March 31, 2011
BMP/activity Implemented? Maintained? Corrective Action Date for
corrective action/responsible person
8 Are washout facilities (e.g., paint, stucco,
concrete) available, clearly marked, and
maintained?
Yes No Yes No
9 Are vehicle and
equipment fueling, cleaning, and
maintenance areas free of spills, leaks, or any other
deleterious material?
Yes No Yes No
10 Are materials that are
potential stormwater contaminants stored
inside or under cover?
Yes No Yes No
11 Are non-stormwater
discharges (e.g., wash water, dewatering)
properly controlled?
Yes No Yes No
12 (Other) Yes No Yes No
13 (Other) Yes No Yes No
Certification statement:
“I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information
submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete.
I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.”
Print name: _________________________________________________________________________
Signature: __________________________________________________________________________________
Date: ____________________________________________
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-ATTACHMENT 6
March 31, 2011
ATTACHMENT 6
TPDES/EPA Permit Number___________
DATE ____________
No exceptions noted.
The following must be corrected prior to continuing work:
Public Notice improperly posted
Initial Construction Site Inspection Report information requires updating
Copy of NOI not on site
Storm water pollution prevention plan not on site
Erosion and sediment controls improperly installed
Erosion and sediment control devices improperly maintained
Fueling or washout areas not properly protected
Portocan or other sanitary facilities not properly protected
Self-inspection and maintenance records incomplete
Sediment from site outside area of construction
Other (see description below)
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Please Contact the Public Works at
10 Commercial Place, Bldg #2, Schertz, Texas 78154
210-619-1800 fax 210-619-1849
Once the above items have been corrected, call to arrange for re-inspection. No further inspections for
any construction related activity shall be made until the above items have been corrected.
_____________________________________ _____________________________________
Inspector's Signature Contractor's Signature
__________________________________ ________________________________
Inspector's Name Contractor's Name
City of Schertz
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Construction Site Inspection Report
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01410-ATTACHMENT 7
March 31, 2011
ATTACHMENT 7 Notice of Termination
(Most up-to-date version can be obtained from TCEQ website
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq_construction.html
also available for electronic submittal)
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION REFERENCE STANDARDS
01422-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01422
REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Section includes general quality assurance as related to Reference
Standards and a list of references.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal
Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more
rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as
stated in the General Conditions.
C. Request clarification from Public Works before proceeding should specified
reference standards conflict with Contract documents.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES
AASHTO American Association of State Highway
And Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20001
ACI American Concrete Institute
P.O. Box 9094
Farmington Hills, MI 48333-9094
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
333 John Carlyle Street
Alexandria, VA 22314
AI Asphalt Institute
Research Park Drive
P.O. Box 14052
Lexington, KY 40512
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
7012 S. Revere Parkway, Suite 140
Englewood, CO 80112
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION REFERENCE STANDARDS
01422-2
March 31, 2011
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
One East Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60601
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1101 17t Street NW, Suite 1300
Washington, DC 20036
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016
ANSI American National Standards Institute
1819 L Street NW
Sixth Floor
Washington, DC 20036
APA American Plywood Association
Box 11700
Tacoma, WA 98411
API American Petroleum Institute
1220 L Street NW
Washington, DC 20005
AREA American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way-
Association
8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 1125
Landover, Maryland 20785
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428
AWPA American Wood-Preservers’ Association
P.O. Box 5690
Granbury, Texas 76049
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION REFERENCE STANDARDS
01422-3
March 31, 2011
AWS American Welding Society
550 NW 42nd Avenue
Miami, FL 33126
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
COS City of Schertz
1400 Schertz Pkwy
Schertz, Texas 78154
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
9891 Broken Land Parkway, Suite 300
Columbia, MD 21046
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
933 Plum Grove Road
Schaumburg, UL. 60173-4758
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
25 North Broadway
Tarrytown, NY 10591
FS Federal Standardized Documents
General Services Administration
Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Streets, S.W.
Washington, DC 20406
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association
P.O. Box 440
S. Yarmouth, MA. 02664
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
445 Hoes Lane
P.O. Box 440
Piscataway, NJ 08855-459
ISA International Society of Arboriculture
P.O. Box 3129
Champaign, IL. 61826-3129
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION REFERENCE STANDARDS
01422-4
March 31, 2011
MIL Military Specifications
General Services Administration
Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Streets, S.W.
Washington, DC 20406
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
1440 South Creek Drive
Schertz, Texas 77084-4906
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association
1300 North 17th Street, Suite 1847
Rosslyn, VA. 22209
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
1 Batterymarch Park
P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, MA. 02269-9101
OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration
U.S. Department of Labor
Office of Public Affairs – Room N3647
Washington, DC. 20210
PCA Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, IL 60077-1083
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
209 W. Jackson Blvd.
Chicago, IL. 60606
SDI Steel Deck Institute
P.O. Box 25
Fox River Grove, IL. 60021
SSPC Society for Protective Coatings (Steel Structures Painting
Council)
40 24th Street, Sixth Floor
Pittsburgh, PA. 15222
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION REFERENCE STANDARDS
01422-5
March 31, 2011
TAC Texas Administrative Code
http://info.sos.state.tx.us/pls/pub/readtac$ext.viewtac
P.O. Box 13087
Library MC-196
Austin, Texas 78711-3087
TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
125 East 11th Street
Austin, Texas 78701-2483
UL Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingston Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association
2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155
Dallas, Texas 75234
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL
01450-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01450
CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality assurance and control of Installation and manufacturer’s field
services and reports.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. Monitor quality control over Suppliers, manufacturers, Products, Services,
Site Conditions and Workmanship, to produce work of specified quality at
no additional cost to the City.
B. Comply fully with manufacturer’s Installation Instructions, including each
step in sequence.
C. Request clarification from Public Works before proceeding should
manufacturer’s instructions conflict with the Contract.
D. Comply with specified standards as minimum requirements for the Work
except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements
indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
E. Perform the Work by persons qualified to produce a specified level of
workmanship.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Obtain copies of standards and maintain at job site when required by
individual Specification sections.
1.04 MANUFACTURERS’ FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A. When specified in individual Specification sections, or as required by Public
Works, provide Product suppliers’ or manufacturers’ technical
representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and
Installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training,
testing, adjusting and balancing of equipment a applicable and to initiate
required operation. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up
operations and operator training when provided in Specification sections.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL
01450-2
March 31, 2011
B. At Public Work’s request, submit qualifications of manufacturers’
representative to Public Works 15 days in advance of required
representatives’ services. Representative is subject to approval by Public
Works.
C. Manufacturers’ representative shall report observations and site decisions
or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or
contrary to a manufacturer’s written instructions. Submit report within 14
days of observation to Public Works for review.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION INSPECTION SERVICES
01452-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01452
INSPECTION SERVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Inspection services and references
1.02 INSPECTION
A. Public Works will appoint an Inspector to represent the City and perform
inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual Specification
Sections.
B. Public Works may also appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to
provide additional inspection or construction management services as
indicated in Section 01454 -Testing Laboratory Services.
C. The independent firm will submit reports to Public Works, indicating
observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or
noncompliance with Contract requirements.
D. Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of
materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage.
E. Contractor shall notify Public Works 24 hours prior to expected time for
operations requiring services.
F. Contractor shall sign and acknowledge reports for Inspector.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01454-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01454
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Testing laboratory services and Contractor responsibilities related to those
services.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 1077-Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and
Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory
Evaluation.
B. ASTM D 3666-Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for
Agencies Testing and Inspecting Bituminous Paving Materials.
C. ASTM D 3740-Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies
Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in
Engineering Design and Construction.
D. ASTM E 329-Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for
Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in
Construction.
E. ISO/TEC Guide 25-General Requirements for the Competence of
Calibration and Testing Laboratories.
1.03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. The City will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent testing
laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in Part 3 of individual
Specification sections.
B. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing
laboratory or laboratories to perform inspection and testing identified in Part
2 of individual Specification sections.
C. Employment of a testing laboratory by the City shall not relieve Contractor
of its obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of
Contract documents.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01454-2
March 31, 2011
D. The City will deduct a minimum two-hour charge for testing laboratory time
from periodic progress payment when operations requiring testing or
inspection are canceled without prior notification.
E. The City will deduct cost of retesting from periodic progress payment
whenever failed work is removed, replaced or retested.
1.04 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY
A. Meet laboratory requirements of ASTM E 329 and applicable requirements
of ASTM C 1077, ASTM D 3666, and ASTM D 3740.
B. Meet ISO/TEC Guide 17025 conditions for accreditation by the American
Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) in specific fields of testing
required in individual Specification sections.
C. If laboratory subcontracts are part of the testing services, such work will be
placed with a laboratory complying with the requirements of this Section.
1.05 LABORATORY REPORTS
A. Testing laboratory shall provide and distribute copies of laboratory reports to
the distribution list Public Works provides at the pre-construction
conference.
B. Keep one copy of each laboratory report distributed or faxed at the site field
office for duration of the Work.
C. Laboratory will fax material supplier, Contractor and Public Works reports
that indicate failing test results by no later than close of business on the
working day following test completion and review.
1.06 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the
Contract.
B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
C. Laboratory may not assume Contractor duties.
D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1.07 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01454-3
March 31, 2011
A. Provide safe access to the Work and to manufacturer’s facilities for Public
Works and for testing laboratory personnel.
B. Provide testing laboratory with a copy of the Construction Schedule and a
copy of each update to Construction Schedule.
C. Notify Public Works and testing laboratory during normal working hours of
the day previous to expected time for operations requiring inspection and
testing services. When Contractor fails to make timely prior notification, do
not proceed with the operations requiring inspection and testing services.
D. Notify design Consultant 24 hours in advance when Specification required
presence of Design Consultant for sampling or testing.
E. Request and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to
avoid delays to the Work. Provide samples to laboratory in sufficient time to
allow required test to be performed in accordance with specified test
methods before intended use of the Product.
F. Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples on site. Provide
incidental labor and facilities for safe access to the Work to be tested, to
obtain and handle sampled at site or at source of Products to be tested, and
to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test
samples.
G. Make arrangement with laboratory through Public Works. Payment for
additional testing will be made in accordance with Document 00700-General
Conditions:
1. Re-testing required for failed tests.
2. Re-testing for nonconforming work.
3. Additional sampling and tests requested beyond specified
requirements.
4. Insufficient notification of cancellation of tests for work scheduled but
not performed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01454-4
March 31, 2011
A. Conform to laboratory sampling and testing methods specified in
individual Specification sections to the latest issues of ASTM
standards, methods, or other recognized test standards as approved
by Public Works.
B. Requirements of this Section shall also apply to those tests for
approval of materials, for mix designs, and for quality control of
materials as performed by employed testing laboratories.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MOBILIZATION
01502-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01502
MOBILIZATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the site.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Price Contracts. If Contract is Unit Price Contract, measurement for
mobilization is on a lump sum basis.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) Contract. If Contract is Stipulated Price
Contract, payment for Work is this Section is included in total Stipulated
Price.
C. Mobilization payments will be included in monthly payment estimates upon
written application by Contractor subject to the following provisions:
1. Authorization for payment of 50 percent of that portion of Contract
Price designated for mobilization will be made upon receipt and
approval by Public Works of the following items, as applicable:
a. Safety Program (General Conditions, Article 5).
b. Schedule of Values (Section 01292), if any.
c. Initial Construction Photographs (Section 01321), if needed.
d. Preliminary Construction Schedule and Billing Forecast
(Section 01325).
e. Construction Schedule (Section 01325 or Section 01326, as
applicable).
f. Submittal Schedule (Section 01330).
g. Site specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP) and Notice of Intent (NOI) along with storm water
application fee (Section 01410), if required.
h. Contractor’s Quality Control Plan (Section 01450), if
required.
i. Establishment of a Field Office for Public Works meeting
requirements of Section 01520 -Temporary Field Office,
when as office is required by the Contract.
j. Traffic Control Plan (Section 01555), if required.
k. Plan for Control of Ground and Surface Water (Section
01578), if required.
l. Project Signs Submittal (Section 01580).
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MOBILIZATION
01502-2
March 31, 2011
m. Trench Safety Program (Section 02260), if required.
n. Dewatering plan, when required.
2. Authorization for payment of 90% of the balance of that portion of
Contract Price designated for mobilization will be made upon
completion of the Work amounting to five percent of Original Contract
Price. The final 5% will be paid after approval of the required close-
out documents in accordance with Section 01770. The amount of
Contract Price designated for mobilization may not be applied in
computing whether or not five percent of the Original Contract Price
has been obtained.
3. Mobilization payments will be subject to retainage amounts stipulated
in Document 00700-General Conditions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01504
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary facilities and necessary controls for the project, including utilities,
telephone, sanitary facilities, storage sheds and building, safety
requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures,
protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking,
environmental controls, pest and rodent control and disposal of trash, debris
and excavated material.
B. Facilities and controls specified in this section are considered minimum for
the Project. Provide additional facilities and controls for proper execution of
the Work and to meet Contractor’s responsibilities for protection of person
and property.
1.02 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in other sections of
Specifications.
1. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure
continuous service.
2. Modify and extend systems as the Work progress requires.
3. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when no
longer required.
4. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or
original condition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Obtaining Temporary Service:
1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary
services.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-2
March 31, 2011
2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or
authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Be responsible for utility service costs until Date of Substantial
Completion. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility
services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial
operation of the Work.
B. Water:
1. Provide water required for and in connection with work to be
performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for
other use as required for proper completion of the Work.
2. Water to be drawn from public fire hydrants. Obtain meter from City
of Schertz, Public Works Department. Pay required deposit based
on rates established by latest ordinance.
3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for
domestic consumption by Contractor personnel, Public Works, and
representatives of the City.
C. Electricity and Lighting:
1. Provide electrical power service required for the Work including
required testing, lighting, operation of equipment, and other
Contractor use.
2. Electric power service includes temporary power or generators
required to maintain plant operations during scheduled shutdowns.
3. Minimum lighting level shall be 10 foot candles for open areas; 20
foot candles for stairs and shops. Provide a minimum of one 300
watt lamp for each 200 square feet of work area.
D. Temporary Heat and Ventilation:
1. Provide temporary heat necessary for protection or completion of the
Work.
2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working
conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F.
E. Telephone:
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-3
March 31, 2011
1. Provide emergency telephone service at Project site for use by
Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing
services at the site.
F. Sanitary Facilities:
1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for person on the site; comply
with regulations of State and local department of health.
2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at site.
Enclose sanitary facilities. Pit-type toilets are not permitted. No
discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store
sewage and waste so as to not cause a nuisance or health problem.
Haul sewage and waste off-site and properly dispose in accordance
with applicable regulations.
3. Locate toilets near the Work site and secluded for view insofar as
possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of
the Work.
3.02 STORAGE SHEDS AND BUILDINGS
A. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above
ground level for Products susceptible to weather changes.
B. Storage of Products not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks
off the ground.
C. Store Products in a neat and orderly manner. Place Products to permit
easy access for identification, inspection and inventory.
D. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from
temporary and existing buildings.
3.03 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit a safety program at the pre-construction meeting and follow the
program in accordance with General Conditions. Include documented
response to trench safety requirements of Section 02260-Trench Safety
System.
B. Conduct operations in strict accordance with applicable Federal, State and
local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice.
Establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and
equipment involved in the Work.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-4
March 31, 2011
C. Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182A,
V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary
of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act,
published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor as
occupational safety and
D. Observance of and compliance with safety regulations is Contractor’s
responsibility without reliance or superintendence of or direction by Public
Works. Immediately advise Public Works of investigation or inspection by
Federal Safety and Health inspectors of Contractor’s or subcontractor’s
work or place of work on site under the Contract, and after investigation or
inspection, advise Public Works of results. Submit on copy of accident
reports to Public Works within 10 days of occurrence.
E. Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for
detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test devices frequently to
assure functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the
Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination, and immediately
take appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work
area.
F. Implement safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel,
first-aid equipment, ventilating equipment and other safety equipment
specified or detailed on Drawings.
G. Maintain required coordination with Emergency Services during entire
period covered by the Contract.
H. Include Project safety analysis in safety plan. Itemize major tasks and
potential safety hazards. Plan to eliminate hazards or protect workers and
public from each hazard.
3.04 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
A. Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone
numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid
kit.
B. Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid and CPR procedures
present on the site when work is in progress. Contractor to conform to
protocols and requirements for training and protection against “blood borne
pathogens”.
3.05 FIRE PROTECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-5
March 31, 2011
A. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements
established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies and as
provided in Safety Program.
3.06 SECURITY MEASURES
A. Protect the Work, materials, equipment, and property from loss, theft,
damage, or vandalism. Protect City property used in performance of the
Contract.
B. If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of
construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to
existing.
3.07 PROTECTION OF UTILITIES AND PIPELINES
A. Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. Approximate
locations of known utilities are shown on Drawings, but all lines may not be
shown. Excavate with caution and repair lines damaged by construction
operations.
B. Texas One Call System, which must be called 48 hours in advance. The toll
free telephone number is 1-800-DIG-TESS.
C. Before excavating, locate underground utilities by appropriate means
including the use of metal detection equipment, and probes, or by
excavation or surveys. Repair damage caused by investigative work and by
failure to locate or to preserve underground utilities.
D. Give utility owners a minimum five days notice before commencing
excavation to allow time to locate utilities and make adjustments or
relocations when they conflict with the Work. Include cost for temporary
relocation of water, wastewater, and storm drainage lines, necessary to
accommodate construction, in unit prices for utility construction unless
otherwise noted. By passing of sanitary waste to storm drainage facilities is
not allowed.
E. Prior to excavation near pipelines, request a representative of the pipeline
company to meet with Contractor and Public Works at the site to discuss
procedures to be used. Request pipeline company’s representative to
locate the pipelines in a least three locations: at each side and at centerline
of proposed excavation of proposed utility. Also request representative and
Public Works to be present to observe Contractor operations when
excavation is conducted within 15 feet of pipeline.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-6
March 31, 2011
3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY
A. Preventive Action
1. Take necessary precautions and actions to prevent damage, injury,
or loss to the Work or public and private property, including:
a. Storage or apparatus, supplies, and Products in an orderly,
safe manner to limit interference with progress of the Work
or work of other contractors, utility service companies, or the
City’s operations.
b. Suitable storage for Products subject to damage by
exposure to weather, theft, breakage, etc.
c. Limitation of loading pressures imposed upon portions of the
Work.
d. Frequent clean up of refuse, scrap materials, and debris
from construction operations, necessary to maintain the site
in a safe and orderly condition.
e. Provision of barricades and guard rails to protect pedestrian
and traffic around openings, scaffolding, temporary stairs
and ramps, excavation, elevated walkways, and other
hazardous areas.
2. Protect public and private property adjacent to the site. Obtain
written consent before entering or occupying privately-owned land
except on easements provided for construction. Restore property
damaged by construction operations to condition equal to or better
then that existing before the damage.
B. Barricades and Warning Systems
1. Where work is performed on or adjacent to roadways, rights-of-ways,
or public land, provide barricades, fences, lights, warning signs,
danger signals, and other precautionary measures necessary for
protection of persons or property and for protection of the Work.
a. Erect sufficient barricades to keep vehicles and pedestrians
from entering the Work. Paint barricades to be visible at
night. From sunset to sunrise, provide at least one light at
each barricade.
b. Maintain barricades, signs, lights, and provide watchmen
until Public Works approved removal. Whenever work
creates encroachment onto public roadways, station flagmen
to manage traffic flow in accordance with approved traffic
control plan.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-7
March 31, 2011
c. Conform to requirements of section 01555-Traffic Control
and regulation.
3.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES
2. Underground Facilities
a. Known Underground Facilities are shown on the Drawings
but all Facilities may not be shown. Explore sufficiently
ahead of trenching and excavation work to locate
Underground Facilities in order to prevent damage to them
and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore
damage to Underground Facilities to original condition at no
additional cost to the City.
b. If necessary to avoid unanticipated Underground Facilities,
Public Works may make changes in location of the Work.
c. If permanent relocation of an Underground Facility is
required and not provided for in the Contract documents,
Public Works will direct Contractor in writing to perform the
Work under Modification provisions in General Conditions.
3. Surface Structures include buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads,
dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs,
markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that
are visible above the ground level.
4. Protection of Underground Facilities and Surface Structures:
a. Support in place and protect Underground Facilities and
Surface Structures located within or adjacent to the limits of
the Work from damage. Install supports as required by the
owner of the structure. Satisfy Public Works that the owner
of the facility or structure has approved methods and
procedures before installing structure supports.
b. Avoid moving or changing public utility or private corporation
property without prior written consent of a responsible official
or the facility or structure. Allow representatives of utilities to
enter the construction site for maintenance and repair
purposes or to make necessary changes.
c. Notify utility and pipeline owners and operators of the nature
of construction operations and dates when operations will be
performed. When construction operations are required in
immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities,
give a minimum of five working days advance notice. Probe
and flag location of Underground Facilities prior to
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-8
March 31, 2011
commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until
construction operations uncover the facility.
d. Assume risk for damages and expenses to Underground
Facilities and Surface Structures within or adjacent to the
Work.
C. Employ a structural engineer to ensure protection measures are adequate
for the safety and integrity of structures and facilities.
3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS:
1. Provide protection of Installed Products to prevent damage from
subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer
needed, prior to completion of the Work.
2. Control traffic to prevent damage to Products and surfaces.
3. Provide coverings to protect Products from damage. Cover
projections, wall corners, jambs, sills, and exposed sides of openings
in areas used for traffic and passage of materials in subsequent
work.
3.11 ROADS AND PARKING
A. Prevent interference with traffic and operations of the City on existing roads.
B. Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction and City
personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site
parking. Locate as approved by Public Works.
C. Minimize use by construction traffic on existing streets and driveways.
D. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in existing parking
areas.
3.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
A. Use methods, equipment, and temporary construction necessary for control
of environmental conditions at the site and adjacent areas.
B. Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances relating to prevention of
environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources including
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order
11514.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-9
March 31, 2011
C. Minimize impact to the surrounding environment. Do not use construction
procedures that cause unnecessary excavation and filling of terrain,
indiscriminate destruction of vegetation, air or stream pollution, or
harassment or destruction of wildlife.
D. Limit disturbed areas to boundaries established by the Contract. Do not
pollute on-site streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources.
E. Do not burn rubbish, debris, or waste materials.
3.13 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and facilities necessary to prevent contamination
of soil, water or the atmosphere by discharge of Pollutants from construction
operations.
B. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures to
contain spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and
dispose of contaminated earth off-site in accordance with laws and
regulations, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
C. Provide systems necessary for control of Pollutants.
1. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals.
2. Prevent harmful dispersal of Pollutants into the environment.
D. Use equipment that conforms to current Federal, State and local laws and
regulations.
3.14 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL
A. Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of
construction or storage areas.
B. Employ methods and use materials that will not adversely affect conditions
at site or on adjoining properties.
3.15 NOISE CONTROL
A. Provide vehicles, equipment, and use construction activities that minimize
noise to the greatest degree practicable. Conform to City Ordinance No.
09-H-03, § III, 1-20-2009, and latest OSHA standards. Do not permit noise
levels to interfere with the Work or create a nuisance to surrounding areas.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-10
March 31, 2011
B. Conduct construction operations during daylight hours except as approved
by Public Works.
C. Select construction equipment that operates with minimum noise and
vibration. When directed by Public Works, correct objectionable noise or
vibration produced by operation of equipment at no additional cost to the
City. Sound Power Level (PWL) of equipment shall not exceed 85 dbA (re:
10-12 watts) measured five feet from the equipment, or at a lower level.
Equipment noise requirements are contained in equipment specifications.
3.16 DUST CONTROL
A. Use water or other methods approved by Public Works to control amount of
dust generated by vehicle and equipment operations.
3.17 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL
A. Comply with requirements of section 01410 -TPDES Requirements.
B. Conduct fill, grading and ditching operations and provide adequate methods
necessary to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water from
excavations and structures in order to prevent damage to the Work, the site,
or adjoining properties.
1. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods that control
surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste
disposal areas.
2. Minimize area of bare soil exposed at one time.
3. Provide temporary control measures, such as berms, dikes, and
drains.
4. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate
size to control surface water.
5. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement of materials to
eliminate erosion of surface silts or clays that may erode.
6. Direct water away from excavation, pits, tunnels, and other
construction areas to prevent erosion, sedimentation or damage.
7. Maintain existing drainage patterns adjacent to the site by
constructing temporary earth berms, sedimentation basins, retaining
areas, and temporary ground cover.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TEMPORARY FACILITIES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND CONTROLS
01504-11
March 31, 2011
8. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion,
or other damage to the site or adjoining areas, in conformance with
environmental requirements.
9. Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of erosion.
Take corrective measures as required to control erosion.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DIVERSION PUMPING
01506-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01506
DIVERSION PUMPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DEFINITIONS
A. Diversion-pumping: Installation and operation of bulkheads, plugs, hoses,
piping, and pumps required to maintain sewer flow and prevent backups
and overflows.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provides continuous sewer service to users of sewer systems while
maintenance or construction operations are in progress, by diverting flow
around construction locations. Maintain sewer flow to prevent backup or
overflow onto streets, yards, and unpaved areas or into buildings, adjacent
ditches, storm sewers, and waterways. Do not divert sewage outside of
sanitary sewer system.
B. When pumps are operating, have an experiences operator on site to
monitor operation, adjust pumps, make minor repairs to system, and report
problems.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittals Procedures.
B. For systems that bypass sanitary sewer line segments of 42-inch diameter
to larger, submit a Diversion Pumping Plan prior to installation. Show
location, number and size of pumps, number, location, size and type of
hoses or rigid piping, and location of downstream, discharge; and special
features where pipes or hoses cross roadways, temporary trenches, support
bridges.
1.04 SCHEDULING
A. When the City operates or maintains diversion pumping in construction
areas, coordinate construction activities with Public Works.
B. Cease operation of diversion pumping when approved by Public Works.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DIVERSION PUMPING
01506-2
March 31, 2011
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Design piping, joints and accessories to withstand at least twice maximum
system pressure or 50psi, whichever is greater.
B. Use self-priming type or submersible electric pumps, with a working
pressure gauge on the discharge.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. During diversion pumping, do not allow sewage to leak, dump, or spill into or
onto areas outside of existing sanitary sewer systems.
B. In the event of an accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop discharge
and take action to clean up and disinfect spill. Promptly notify Public Works
so required reporting can be made to the Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA).
3.02 CLEANING
A. When diversion-pumping operations are complete, drain sewage within
piping into sanitary sewers prior to disassembly.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01555
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements for signs, signals, control devices, traffic barriers, flares,
lights and traffic signals; construction parking control, designated haul
routes, and bridging of trenches and excavations.
B. Qualifications and requirements for use of flagmen.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Price Contracts.
1. Traffic control and regulation. Payment for traffic control and
regulation is on a lump sum basis. Include preparation and submittal
of traffic control plan if different than shown on Drawings, and
provision of traffic control devices, equipment, and personnel
necessary to protect the Work and public. Payment will be based on
Contractor’s Schedule of Values for traffic control and regulation.
2. Flagmen. Payment for flagmen is on a lump sum basis. Partial
payments will be based on Contractor’s Schedule of Values for
flagmen.
3. New Portable Concrete Low Profile Traffic Barrier Provided. Payment
is on a unit price basis for each linear foot of low profile traffic barrier
provided, installed with hardware assemblies and connected together
in accordance with the approved traffic control plan.
4. Portable Concrete Low Profile Traffic Barrier. Payment is on a unit
price basis for each linear foot of low profile traffic barrier picked up
from designated stockpile, moved onto the project, set at location and
connected together.
5. Portable Concrete Low Profile Traffic Barrier Installed. Payment is on
a unit price basis for each linear foot of low profile traffic barrier
delivered to the project location, installed with hardware assemblies
and connected together in accordance with the approved traffic
control plan.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-2
March 31, 2011
6. Portable Concrete Low Profile Traffic Barrier Moved and Reset.
Payment is on a unit price basis for each linear foot of low profile
traffic barrier disassembled, moved on the project, reset at the new
locations and connected together. Include cost to repair roadway in
the unit price.
7. Portable Concrete Low Profile Traffic Barrier Removed. Payment is
on a unit price basis for each linear foot of low profile traffic barrier
removed from the project, including hardware assemblies, and
stockpiling at location listed in Section 01110-Summary of Work.
Include cost to repair roadway in the unit price.
8. Refer to Section 01270-Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price Contracts. Include payment for work under this
section in the total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
B. Article 4413 (29bb), commonly referred to as Private Investigators and
Private Security Agencies Act, and Article 2.12, Texas code of Criminal
Procedure.
C. Code of Ordinances, City of Schertz, Texas.
1. Chapter 78, Article V., Section 78-121 Right-of-Way Construction
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures.
B. Traffic control plans:
1. If using traffic control plan contained in the Contract without
modification, submit a letter confirming use of the plan.
2. If using a different traffic control plan, submit the plan for approval.
The plan must conform to TMUTCD requirements and be sealed by a
Registered Texas Professional Engineer.
C. Submit copies of traffic control plan at least 48 hours prior to implementing
traffic control devices.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-3
March 31, 2011
1.05 FLAGMEN
A. Use Uniformed Peace Officers and Certified Flagmen to control movement
of vehicular and pedestrian traffic when construction operations encroach
on public traffic lanes.
B. Uniformed Peace Officer: Individual employed full-time as a peace officer
who received separate compensation as a privately employed flagman.
Private employment may be an employee-employer relationship or on an
individual basis. Flagman may not be in the employ of another peace
officer nor be a reserve peace officer.
1. Uniformed Peace Officers may be:
a. sheriffs and their deputies;
b. constables and deputy constables;
c. marshals or police officers of an incorporated city, town or
village; or
d. as otherwise provided by Article 2.12, Code of Criminal
Procedure.
2. The Uniformed Peace Officer must be a full-time peace officer, must
work a minimum average of 32 paid hours per week, and must be
paid a rate not less than the prevailing minimum hourly wage rate set
by the Federal Wage and Hour Act. The individual must be entitled
to vacation, holidays, and insurance and retirement benefits.
C. Certified Flagman: Individual who receives compensation as a flagman and
meets the following qualifications:
1. Formally trained and certified in traffic control procedures by the
City’s requirements.
2. Speaks English, Ability to speak Spanish is desirable but not
required.
3. Paid for flagman duty at an hourly rate not less than the wage rate
set for Rough Carpenter under the City’s Wage Scale for Engineering
Construction.
D. Certified Flagmen must wear a distinctive uniform, bright-colored vest, and
be equipped with appropriate flagging and communication devices while at
the Work site. They must also have in their possession while on duty, a
proof of training identification card issued by the appropriate training
institute.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-4
March 31, 2011
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES
A. Comply with TMUTCD requirements.
B. Traffic cones and drums, flares and lights: Conform to local jurisdictions’
requirements.
2.02 PORTABLE LOW PROFILE CONCRETE BARRIERS
A. The low profile concrete barrier is a patented design. Information
concerning this barrier may be obtained from Texas Transportation Institute,
Texas A&M University System, College Station, Texas 77843-3135, (409)
845-1712.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PUBLIC ROADS
A. Submit traffic control plan to Public Works for approval at least 5 days prior
to need for blocking vehicular lanes or sidewalks. Do not block lanes or
sidewalks without approval.
B. Follow laws and regulations of governing jurisdictions when using public
roads. Pay for and obtain permits from jurisdiction before impeding traffic or
closing lanes. Coordinate activities with Public Works.
C. Give Public Works 5 days notice before implementing approved traffic
control phases. Inform local businesses of impending traffic control
activities.
D. Notify Emergency Services in writing a minimum of five business days prior
to beginning work.
E. Maintain 10-foot-wide all-weather lanes adjacent to the Work for emergency
vehicle use. Keep all-weather lanes free of construction equipment and
debris.
F. Do not obstruct flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to
6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by Public Works.
G. Maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties
adjacent to work areas at all times. Use all-weather materials approved by
Public Works to maintain temporary driveway access to commercial and
residential driveways.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-5
March 31, 2011
H. Keep streets entering and leaving job site free of excavated material, debris,
and foreign material resulting from construction operations in compliance
with applicable ordinances.
I. Remove existing signage and striping that conflict with construction
activities or that may cause driver confusion.
J. Provide safe access for pedestrians along major cross streets.
K. Alternate closures of cross streets so that two adjacent cross streets are not
closed simultaneously.
L. Do not close more than two consecutive esplanade openings at a time
without prior approval from Public Works.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL
A. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and
parking, access by emergency vehicles, and the City’s operations.
B. Monitor parking of construction personnel’s vehicles in existing facilities.
Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas.
C. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas.
3.03 FLARES AND LIGHTS
A. Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic
lanes and to guide traffic.
3.04 HAUL ROUTES
A. Utilize haul routes designated by authorities or shown on Drawings for
construction traffic.
B. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes.
C. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and
minimize interference with public traffic.
3.05 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
A. Construct necessary traffic control devices for temporary signals required
to complete the Work including loop detectors, traffic signal conduits,
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-6
March 31, 2011
traffic signal wiring and crosswalk signals. Notify the Public Works a
minimum of 60 days in advance of need for control boxes and switchgear.
The City will perform necessary service, programming or adjustments, to
signal boxes and switchgear if required during construction.
B. Install and operate traffic control signals to direct and maintain orderly traffic
flow in areas under Contractor's control affected by Contractor's operations.
Post notices, signs and traffic controls before moving into next phase of
traffic control.
C. Relocate traffic signs and signals as the Work progresses to
maintain effective traffic control.
D. Unless otherwise approved by Public Works, provide driveway signs with
name of business that can be accessed from each crossover. Use two
signs for each crossover.
E. Replace existing traffic control devices in Project area.
F. Public Works may direct Contractor to make minor adjustments to traffic
control signage to eliminate driver confusion and maintain orderly traffic
flow during construction at no additional cost to the City.
3.06 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS
A. When necessary, construct bridges over trenches and excavation to permit
an unobstructed flow of traffic across construction areas and major drives.
Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading and install
to operate with minimum noise.
B. Shore trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic
C. Secure bridging against displacement with adjustable cleats, angles, bolts
or other devices when:
1. bridging is placed under existing bus routes,
2. more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial
or truck traffic,
3. more than two separate plates are used for bridging, and
4. when bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days.
D. Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of 1 foot beyond edges
of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials such as premix
to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-7
March 31, 2011
3.07 REMOVAL
A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required.
B. Repair damage caused by installation.
C. Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet.
3.08 TRAFFIC CONTROL, REGULATION AND DIRECTION
A. Use Flagmen to control, regulate and direct an even flow and movement of
vehicular and pedestrian traffic, for periods of time as may be required to
provide for public safety and convenience, where:
1. multi-lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single lane
vehicular traffic,
2. vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly,
3. construction equipment must enter or cross vehicular traffic lanes
and walks,
4. construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular
traffic lanes and unprotected walks and crosswalks,
5. traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic
around the Work site, and
6. where construction activities might affect public safety
and convenience.
B. Use of Flagmen to assist in the regulation of traffic flow and movement
does not relieve Contractor of responsibility to take other means
necessary to protect the Work and public.
3.09 INSTALLATION STANDARDS
A. Place temporary pavement markings for single lane closures, in
accordance with TMUTCD.
B. Reinstall temporary and permanent pavement markings as approved by
Public Works. When weather conditions do not allow application according
to manufacturer's requirements, alternate markings may be considered.
Submit proposed alternate to Public Works for approval prior to installation.
No additional payment will be made for use of alternate markings.
CITY OF SCHERTZ TRAFFIC CONTROL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND REGULATION
01555-8
March 31, 2011
3.10 MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL
A. Submit name, address and telephone number of individual designated to
be responsible for maintenance of traffic handling at construction site to
Public Works. Individual must be accessible at all times to immediately
correct deficiencies in equipment and materials used to handle traffic
including missing, damaged, or obscured signs, drums, barricades, or
pavement markings.
B. Inspect signs, barricades, drums, lamps and temporary pavement
markings daily to verify that they are visible, in good working order, and
conform with traffic handling plans as approved by Public Works.
Immediately repair, clean, relocate, realign, or replace equipment or
materials that are not in compliance.
C. Keep equipment and materials, signs and pavement markings, clean and
free of dust, dirt, grime, oil, mud, or debris.
D. Obtain approval of Public Works to reuse damaged or vandalized signs,
drums, and barricades.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
01562-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01562
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Tree and plant protection and maintenance.
B. Planting new trees and relocating and replanting existing trees.
C. Maintenance of planted or replanted trees.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit name and experience of qualified Arborist, proposed for use on
the Work, to Public Works.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants that are to remain;
from damage to foliage, branches, trunk, or roots; that could result
from construction operations.
B. Do not remove any Tree unless Parks and Recreation Department grants
written permission for removal.
C. Prevent following types of damage:
1. Compaction of root zone by foot, vehicular traffic, or material
storage.
2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or
from nailing or bolting.
3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires.
4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and
other noxious materials.
5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming.
6. Damage from lack of water due to:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
01562-2
March 31, 2011
a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root
zones.
b. Failure to provide adequate watering.
7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime,
concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots.
8. Cutting of roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
A. When an ornamental tree on private property or an otherwise protected or
heritage tree, as defined by the Code, other than those permitted for
removal, are destroyed or badly damaged as result of construction
operations, remove and replace according to the City’s requirements for tree
mitigation as outlined in Article 21.9.9.D. Mitigation will be at Contractors
expense.
B. If any oak tree is wounded by intentional damage or pruning or as a result of
natural causes, the damaged area shall be immediately treated with tree
wound dressing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Obtain approval from Parks Department for tree wound dressing, fungicide,
or insecticide.
B. Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping.
C. Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus,
and 5 percent potash.
D. Obtain Public Works approval of replacement trees.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION
A. Trees within Project area, except for trees shown on Drawings or directed
by Public Works to be removed and relocated, are to remain in place.
Protect from damage and maintain trees that are to remain.
B. Perform the following for trees or shrubs that are to remain:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
01562-3
March 31, 2011
1. Trim trees and shrubs under supervision of a professional
tree surgeon or horticulturist.
a. Prune trees according to International Society of Arbor
culture specifications.
b. Prune trees and shrubs requiring pruning for
construction operations for balance and to maintain
proper form and branching habit.
c. Cut limbs at branch collar and remove stubs. Do not
gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk.
d. Prior to construction, prune all trees to remain of new or
recent growth to maintain basic branching form of trees.
Base extent of pruning upon proximity of pavement to trunk
and size of tree blockouts and requirements of construction
adjacent to tree.
e. Limit pruning of young branches to the maximum extent
possible. Maintain older branches that provide basic form
of tree. Prune in the presence of Public Works.
f. Paint exposed, living tissue of cuts over 3/4" in diameter
with tree paint.
2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems.
a. Cut tree roots in construction area smoothly with a trencher
before excavating. Do not allow ripping of roots with backhoes
or other equipment.
b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to
prevent roots from drying out.
c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible.
3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area below drip line)
by construction activities.
a. Do not allow equipment to scar trunks or limbs
b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or
excavated material under drip line of trees.
c. Do not pour liquid materials under drip line.
4. Water and fertilize remaining trees and shrubs to maintain their
health during construction period.
a. Water landscaping during construction operations at least
once every seven days in cold months and once every four
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
01562-4
March 31, 2011
days in hotter months.
b. Saturate soils to at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface.
5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems
while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain
health of existing landscapes.
6. With Public Works’ permission, shrubs to remain may be
temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions
under supervision of professional horticulturist.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Protection of Trees or Shrubs in Open Area:
1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately
8 feet on center, not closer than 4 feet to trunk of trees or stems
of shrubs.
2. Insert steel drive-in fence posts a minimum of 3 feet into
ground, leaving a minimum of 5 feet above ground.
3. Mount fluorescent orange construction fence on fence posts.
4. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use movable posts consisting
of two 1/2-inch minimum diameter concrete-filled steel pipe
mounted in rubber automobile tires filled with concrete.
B. Provide timber wrap protection for trees in close proximity to equipment
when work is required within construction fencing.
1. Wrap trunk with a layer of burlap.
2. Install vertical 5 to 6 foot long 2 by 4's or 2 by 5's, spaced 3 to 5
inches apart, around circumference of tree trunk.
3. Tie burlap in place with 12 to 9 gauge steel wire.
3.03 RELOCATING AND PLANTING NEW TREES
A. Employ a qualified Arborist, acceptable to Public Works, to plant and to
move and relocate trees. Arborist must be normally engaged in the field
and have a minimum of five years experience.
3.04 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES AND REPLANTED TREES
A. Provide proof of capability to water trees during dry periods.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
01562-5
March 31, 2011
B. Maintain newly planted trees, in healthy condition until end of one-
year warranty.
1. Straighten leaning trees.
2. Replace dead trees or trees that, in the opinion of Public Works, have
become unhealthy, unsightly or have lost their natural shape as result
of additional growth, improper pruning, maintenance or weather
conditions, within four weeks of notice from Public Works.
3. When a tree must be replaced, a new warranty period shall
commence on date of tree replacement, and Public Works’
approval. Minimum warranty period shall be one year.
4. Dispose of rejected trees.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01570
STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Implementation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans (SWP3)
described in Section 01410 - TPDES Requirement.
B. Installation and maintenance of storm-water pollution prevention
structures: diversion dikes, interceptor dikes, diversion swales, interceptor
swales, down spout extenders, pipe slope drains, paved flumes and level
spreaders. Structures are used during construction and prior to final
development of the site.
C. Filter Fabric Fences: Temporary filter fabric fences for erosion and sediment
control in non-channelized flow areas.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. UNIT PRICES
1. This item shall be paid as “Lump Sum” for Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan. This price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, supplies,
equipment and incidentals necessary to include payment of all
permit fees. The “Lump Sum” price shall also be full
compensation for removal and replacement and proper
disposal of control measures not incorporated as permanent
control measures. The lump sum will be pro-rated based on
the number of calendar days in the project contract. Failure to
complete the work within time allowed in the project contract
due to approving designs, testing, material shortages, closed
construction season, curing periods, and testing periods will
not qualify for additional compensation.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit
price procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) Contract. If Contract is Stipulated Price
Contract, payment for Work in this Section is included in total
Stipulated Price.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-2
March 31, 2011
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM
1. A 36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
2. D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3
(600 kN-m/m3)).
3. D3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for
Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics.
4. D 4355 - Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles
from Exposure to Ultraviolet Light and Water (Xenon-Arc Type
Apparatus).
5. D 4491 - Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of
Geotextiles by Permittivity.
6. D 4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load
and Elongation of Geotextiles.
7. D 4833 - Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance
of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products.
8. D 6382 - Standard Practice for Dynamic Mechanical Analysis and
Thermogravimetry of Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane
Material.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A. Filter Fabric Fence Type 1 and Type 2: Install to allow surface or
channel runoff percolation through fabric in sheet-flow manner and to
retain and accumulate sediment. Maintain Filter Fabric Fences to
remain in proper position and configuration at all times.
B. Interceptor Dikes and Swales: Construct to direct surface or channel
runoff around the project area or runoff from project area into sediment
traps.
C. Drop Inlet Baskets: Install to allow runoff percolation through the basket
and to retain and accumulate sediment. Clean accumulation of sediment
to prevent clogging and backups.
D. Sediment traps: Construct to pool surface runoff from construction area
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-3
March 31, 2011
to allow sediment to settle onto the bottom of trap.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and
installation instructions.
C. Submit manufacturers catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile
or filter fabrics, outlet pipe, perforated riser and connectors.
D. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials, and sequence of
operations for storm-water pollution prevention structures.
E. Submit shop drawings for Drop Inlet Baskets.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE
A. Concrete: Class B in accordance with Section 03315 - Concrete for
Utility Construction or as shown on the Drawings.
2.02 AGREGATE MATERIALS
A. Use poorly graded cobbles with diameter greater than 3 inches and less
than 5 inches.
B. Provide gravel lining in accordance with Section 2320 - Utility
Backfill Materials or as shown on the drawings.
C. Provide clean cobbles and gravel consisting of crushed concrete or stone.
Use clean, hard crushed concrete or stone free from adherent coatings,
salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic matter.
D. Sediment Pump Pit Aggregate: Use nominal 2-inch diameter river gravel.
2.03 PIPE
A. Polyethylene culvert pipe or PVC sewer pipe in accordance with Section
02505- High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid and Profile Wall Pipe
and Section 02506 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe or as shown on the
Drawings.
B. Inlet Pipes: Galvanized steel pipe in accordance with Section
02642 Corrugated Metal Pipe or as shown on the Drawings.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-4
March 31, 2011
C. Standpipe for Sediment Pump Pits: Galvanized round culvert pipe or round
PVC pipe, minimum of 12-inch and a maximum of 24-inch diameter,
perforate at 6 to 12 inch centers around circumference.
2.01 GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC
A. Woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene,
polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material, in continuous rolls of
longest practical length.
B. Filter Fabric for Temporary Sediment Control Fence to meet the following
minimum standards. Grab Tensile: 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM
D-4632), Mullen burst strength >200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and apparent
opening size between 20 and 50. Ultraviolet Resistence at 80% minimum at
500 hours
2.02 FENCING
A. Wire Fencing: Galvanized welded wire mesh, at least 12.5 gauge, max
opening size of 2-inch x 4-inch, minimum 24 inch roll or sheet width of
longest practical length.
B. Fence Stakes: Nominal 2 by 2 inch moisture-resistant treated wood or
steel posts (min. of 1.25 lbs. per linear foot and Brinell Hardness greater
than 140) with safety caps on top; length as required for minimum 18 inch
bury and full height of filter fabric.
2.03 SANDBAGS
A. Provide woven material made of polypropylene, polyethylene, or
polyamide material.
1. Minimum unit weight of four ounces per square yard.
2. Minimum grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction
(ASTM D4632)
3. Mullen burst strength exceeding 300 psi (ASTM D3786).
4. Ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent.
5. Size: Length:18 to 24 inches. Width: 12 to 18 inches. Thickness: 6 to
8 inches. Weight: 50 to 125 pounds.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-5
March 31, 2011
2.04 DROP INLET BASKET
A. Provide steel frame members in accordance with ASTM A36.
B. Construct top frame of basket with two short sides of 2 inch by 2 inch and
single long side of 1 inch by 1 inch, 1/8 inch angle iron. Construct basket
hangers of 2 inch by 1/4 inch iron bars. Construct bottom frame of 1 inch
by 1/4 inch iron bar or 1/4 inch plate with center 3 inches removed. Use
minimum 1/4 inch diameter iron rods or equivalent for sides of inlet basket.
Weld minimum of 14 rods in place between top frame/basket hanger and
bottom frame. Exact dimensions for top frame and insert basket will be
determined based on dimensions of type of inlet being protected.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTAINANCE
A. Provide erosion and sediment control structures at locations shown on
the Drawings.
B. Do not clear, grub or rough cut until erosion and sediment control systems
are in place unless approved by Public Works to allow installation of erosion
and sediment control systems, soil testing and surveying.
C. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within
project site until acceptance of Project or until directed by Public Works to
remove and discard existing system.
D. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of erosion
and sediment control structures. Unless otherwise directed, maintain
erosion and sediment control structure until project area stabilization is
accepted. Redress and replace granular fill at outlets as needed to
replenish depleted granular fill. Remove erosion and sediment control
structures promptly when directed by Public Works. Dispose of materials in
accordance with Section 01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
E. Remove and dispose sediment deposits at the designated spoil site for the
Project. If a project spoil site is not designated on Drawings, dispose of
sediment off site at approved location in accordance with Section 01576 -
Waste Material Disposal.
F. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, compact embankments,
excavations, and trenches in accordance with Section 02315
Roadway Excavation or Section 2317 Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities.
G. Prohibit equipment and vehicles from maneuvering on areas outside of
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-6
March 31, 2011
dedicated right of way and easements for construction. Immediately
repair damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment
control structures.
H. Protect existing trees and plants in accordance with Section 1562 - Tree
and Plant Protection.
3.02 SEDIMENT TRAPS
A. Install sediment traps so that surface runoff shall percolate through system in
sheet flow fashion and allow retention and accumulation of sediment.
B. Inspect sediment traps after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged
rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged
sections immediately.
C. Use fill material for embankment in accordance with Section 02320 -
Utility Backfill Materials.
D. Excavation length and height shall be as specified on Drawings. Use
side slopes of 2:1 or flatter.
E. Stone outlet sediment traps:
1. Maintain minimum of 6 inches between top of core material and top
of stone outlet, minimum of 4 inches between bottom of core material
and existing ground and minimum of 1 foot between top of stone
outlet and top of embankment.
2. Embed cobbles minimum of 4 inches into existing ground for
stone outlet. Core shall be minimum of 1 foot in height and in
width and wrapped in triple layer of geotextile filter fabric.
F. Sediment Basin with Pipe Outlet Construction Methods: Install outlet pipe and
riser as shown on the Drawings.
G. Remove sediment deposits when design basin volume is reduced by one-
third or sediment level is one foot below principal spillway crest, whichever
is less.
3.03 SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCE CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A. Trench in the toe of the fence lines so the downward face of the trenches is
flat and perpendicular to direction of flow.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-7
March 31, 2011
B. Attach filter fabric to wooden fence stakes spaced a maximum of 6 feet
apart or steel fence stakes spaced a maximum of 8 feet apart and
embedded a minimum of 18 inches. Install stakes at a slight angle toward
source of anticipated runoff.
1. Securely fasten filter fabric material to wire fence with tie wires at
spacing of 15” minimum. Attach welded wire fence and fabric to fence
stakes at minimum 4 evenly spaced staples or t-clips.
2. Connect successive reinforcement sheets/rolls a minimum of 6 times
with hog rings.
C. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches depth one-third height of
barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less.
D. Trench in toe of filter fabric fence with so that downward face of trench is flat
and perpendicular to direction of flow, 4” minimum against trench wall and
2” minimum against trench floor.
E. Backfill and compact trench upon completion of Construction.
F. Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum
height of 36 inches above natural ground.
F Cut length of fence to minimize use of joints. When joints are necessary,
splice fabric together only at support post with minimum 6 inch overlap
and seal securely.
3.04 DIKE AND SWALE
A. Unless otherwise indicated, maintain minimum dike height of 18 inches,
measured from cleared ground at up slope toe to top of dike. Maintain
side slopes of 2:1 or flatter.
B. Dike and Swale Stabilization: When shown on the Drawings, place gravel
lining 3 inches thick and compacted into the soil or 6 inches thick if truck
crossing is expected. Extend gravel lining across bottom and up both sides
of swale minimum height of 8 inches vertically, above bottom. Gravel lining
on dike side shall extend up the up slope side of dike a minimum height of 8
inches, measured vertically from interface of existing or graded ground and
up slope toe of dike, as shown on Drawings.
C. Divert flow from dikes and swales to sediment basins, stabilized outlets,
or sediment trapping devices of types and at locations shown on
Drawings. Grade dikes and swales as shown on Drawings, or, if not
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-8
March 31, 2011
specified, provide positive drainage with maximum grade of 1 percent to
outlet or basin.
D. Clear in accordance with Section 2233 - Clearing and Grubbing
Compact embankments in accordance with Section 2315 - Roadway
Excavation.
E. Carry out excavation for swale construction so that erosion and water
pollution is minimal. Minimum depth shall be 1 foot and bottom width shall
be 4 feet, with level swale bottom. Excavation slopes shall be 2:1 or flatter.
Clear, grub and strip excavation area of vegetation and root material.
3.05 DOWN SPOUT EXTENDER
A. Down spout extender shall have slope of approximately 1 percent. Use
pipe diameter of 4 inches or as shown on the Drawings. Place pipe in
accordance with Section 2317 - Bedding and Backfill for Utilities.
3.06 PIPE SLOPE DRAIN
A. Compact soil around and under drain entrance section to top of
embankment in lifts appropriately sized for method of compaction utilized.
B. Inlet pipe shall have slope of 1 percent or greater. Use pipe diameter
as shown on the Drawings.
C. Top of embankment over inlet pipe and embankments directing water to
pipe shall be at least 1 foot higher at all points than top of inlet pipe.
D. Pipe shall be secured with hold-down grommets spaced 10 feet on
centers.
E. Place riprap apron with a depth equal to pipe diameter with 2:1 side slopes.
3.07 PAVED FLUME
A. Compact soil around and under the entrance section to top of the
embankment in lifts appropriately sized for method of compaction
utilized.
B. Construct subgrade to required elevations. Remove and replace soft
sections and unsuitable material. Compact subgrade thoroughly and shape
to a smooth, uniform surface.
C. Construct permanent paved flumes in accordance with Drawings.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-9
March 31, 2011
D. Remove sediment from riprap apron when sediment has accumulated
to depth of one foot.
3.08 LEVEL SPREADER
A. Construct level spreader on undisturbed soil and not on fill. Ensure
that spreader lip is level for uniform spreading of storm runoff.
B. Maintain at required depth, grade, and cross section as specified
on Drawings. Remove sediment deposits as well as projections or
other irregularities which will impede normal flow.
3.09 INLET PROTECTION BARRIER
A. Place sandbags and filter fabric fences at locations shown on the SWP3.
3.10 DROP INLET BASKET CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A. Fit inlet insert basket into inlet without gaps around insert at locations
shown on the SWP3.
B. Support for inlet insert basket shall consist of fabricated metal.
C. Push down and form filter fabric to shape of basket. Use sheet of fabric
large enough to be supported by basket frame when holding sediment and
extend at least 6 inches past frame. Place inlet grates over basket/frame to
serve as fabric anchor.
D. Remove sediment deposit after each storm event and
whenever accumulation exceeds 1-inch depth during weekly
inspections.
3.11 STREET AND SIDEWALK CLEANING
A. Keep areas clean of construction debris and mud carried by construction
vehicles and equipment. If necessary, install stabilized construction exits
at construction, staging, storage, and disposal areas, following Section
01575-Stabilized Construction Exit.
B. In lieu of or in addition to stabilized construction exits, shovel or sweep
pavements as required to keep areas clean. Do not waterhose or sweep
debris and mud off street into adjacent areas, except, hose sidewalks
during off-peak hours, after sweeping.
3.12 WASTE COLLECTION AREAS
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-10
March 31, 2011
A. Prevent water runoff from passing through waste collection areas, and
prevent water runoff from waste collection areas migrating outside
collection areas.
3.13 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
A. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment
to areas specifically designated for that purpose, so fuels, lubricants,
solvents, and other potential pollutants are not washed directly into
receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. Provide these
areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid and solid waste.
Clean and inspect maintenance areas daily.
B. Where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible, take
precautions during each individual repair or maintenance operation to
prevent potential pollutants from washing into streams or conveyance
systems. Provide temporary waste disposal receptacles.
3.14 VEHICLE/ EQUIPMENT WASHING AREAS
A. Install wash area (stabilized with coarse aggregate) adjacent to stabilized
construction exit(s), as required to prevent mud and dirt run-off. Release
wash water into drainage swales or inlets protected by erosion and
sediment controls. Build wash areas following Section 01575- Stabilized
Construction Exit. Install gravel or rock base beneath wash areas.
B. Wash vehicles only at designated wash areas. Do not wash vehicles such
as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction
equipment at locations where runoff flows directly into watercourses or
storm water conveyance systems.
C. Locate wash areas to spread out and evaporate or infiltrate wash water
directly into ground, or collect runoff in temporary holding or seepage
basins.
3.15 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL
A. Control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water from
excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the site, or
adjoining properties.
B. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations,
pits, tunnels, and other construction areas, and to direct drainage to proper
runoff courses to prevent erosion, sedimentation or damage.
C. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-11
March 31, 2011
to control surface water.
D. Dispose of drainage water to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage
to the site or adjoining areas. Follow environmental requirements.
E. Retain existing drainage patterns external to the site by constructing
temporary earth berms, sedimentation basins, retaining areas, and
temporary ground cover as required to control conditions.
F Plan and execute construction and earth work to control surface
drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal
areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation.
1. Hold area of bare soil exposed at one time to a minimum.
2. Provide temporary controls such as berms, dikes, and drains.
G. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface
silts or clays which will erode.
H. Inspect earthwork periodically to detect start of erosion. Immediately
apply corrective measures as required to control erosion.
I. Dispose of sediments offsite, not in or adjacent to streams or floodplains,
nor allow sediments to flush into streams or drainage ways. Assume
responsibility for offsite disposal location.
J. Unless otherwise indicated, compact embankments, excavations, and
trenches by mechanically blading, tamping, and rolling soil in maximum of
8-inch layers. Provide compaction density at minimum 90 percent
Standard Proctor ASTM D-698-78 density. Make at least one test per 500
cubic yards of embankment.
K. Do not maneuver vehicles on areas outside of dedicated rights-of-way
and easements for construction. Immediately repair damage to erosion
and sedimentation control systems caused by construction traffic.
L. Do not damage existing trees intended to remain.
3.16 REMOVAL OF CONTROLS
A. Remove erosion and sediment controls when the site is finally stabilized or
as directed by Public Works.
B. Dispose of sediments and waste products following Section 01505-
Temporary Facilities.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STORM WATER
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLLUTION CONTROL
01570-12
March 31, 2011
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT
01575-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01575
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Installation of erosion and sediment control for stabilized construction exits
used during construction and prior to final development of site.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Price Contracts. If Contract is Unit Price Contract, payment for work
in this Section will be covered under the Lump Sum Item for Storm Water
Pollution Plan.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) Contracts. If the Contract is a Stipulated
Price Contract, include payment for work under this Section in the total
Stipulated Price.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures
B. Submit manufacturer’s catalog sheets and other Product Data on
Geotextile fabric.
C. Submit sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements of this
Specification.
1.04 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D 4632-Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
Elongation of Geotextiles.
B. Storm Water Quality Management Guidance Manual prepared by the
City of Schertz and Guadalupe County.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
A. Provide woven or non-woven geotextile fabric made of
polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT
01575-2
March 31, 2011
B. Geotextile fabric: Minimum grab strength of 200 psi in any principal
direction (ASTM D-4632) and equivalent opening size between 80 and
120.
C. Geotextile and threads: Resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and
is for satisfactory use in west soil and aggregate environment.
D. Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc. or equal.
2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES
A. Coarse aggregate: Crushed stone, gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, or
combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean,
hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings of, salt, alkali, dirt, clay,
loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter.
B. Coarse aggregates shall be open graded with a size of 4” to 8”
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A. Provide stabilized construction roads and exits at construction,
staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas to keep street clean of
mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment. Construct
erosion and sediment controls in accordance with Drawings and
Specification requirements.
B. Do not clear grub or rough cut until erosion and sediment control systems
are in place, unless approved by Public Works to allow soil testing and
surveying.
C. Maintain existing construction site erosion and sediment control systems
until acceptance of the Work or until removal of existing systems is
approved by Public Works.
D. Regularly inspect, repair or replace components of stabilized construction
exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain stabilized construction roads
and exits until the City accepts the Work. Remove stabilized construction
roads and exits promptly when directed by Public Works. Discard
removed materials off-site.
E. Remove and dispose of sediment deposits at designated spoil site for
Project. If a spoil site is not designated on Drawings, dispose of sediment
off-site at a location not in or adjacent to stream or flood plain. Assume
responsibility for off-site disposal.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT
01575-3
March 31, 2011
F. Spread compacted and stabilized sediment evenly throughout site. Do
not allow sediment to flush into streams or drainage ways. Dispose of
contaminated sediment in accordance with existing federal, state, and
local rules and regulations.
G. Prohibit equipment and vehicles from maneuvering on areas outside of
dedicated rights-of-way and easements for construction. Immediately
repair damage to erosion and sediment control systems caused by
construction traffic.
H. Conduct construction operations in conformance with erosion
control requirements of Specification 01570 – Storm Water Pollution
Control.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A. Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and
other on-site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Drawings.
B. Provide stabilized construction exits and truck washing areas, when
approved by Public Works, of sizes and at locations shown on Drawings or
as specified in this Section.
C. Clean tires to remove sediment on vehicles leaving construction areas
prior to entering public right-of-ways. Construct truck washing areas
needed to remove sediment. Wash trucks on stabilized areas that drain
into drainage systems protected by erosion and sediment control
measures.
D. Details for stabilized construction exits are shown on Drawings. Construct
other stabilized areas to same requirements. Maintain minimum roadway
widths of 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and of
sufficient width to allow ingress and egress. Place geotextile fabric as a
permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with
underlaying soil. Limit exposure of geotextile fabric to elements between
laydown and cover to a maximum 14 days to minimize potential damage.
E. Grade roads and parking areas to provide sufficient drainage away from
stabilized areas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar materials to
prevent sediment from entering public right-of-ways, receiving streams
or storm water conveyance systems.
F. Inspect and maintain stabilized areas daily. Provide periodic top dressing
with additional coarse aggregates to maintain required depth. Repair and
clean out damaged control systems used to trap sediment. Immediately
remove spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked sediment from public right-
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT
01575-4
March 31, 2011
of-ways.
G. Maintain lengths of stabilized areas as shown on Drawings or a minimum of
50 feet. Maintain a minimum thickness of 8 inches. Maintain minimum
widths at all points of ingress or egress.
H. Stabilize other areas with the same thickness, and width of coarse
aggregate required for stabilized construction exits, except where shown
otherwise on Drawings.
I. Stabilized areas may be widened or lengthened to accommodate
truck washing areas when authorized by Public Works.
J. Clean street daily before end of workday. When excess sediments have
tracked onto streets, Public Works may direct Contractor to clean street as
often as necessary. Remove and legally dispose of sediments.
K. Use other erosion and sediment control measures to prevent sediment
runoff during rain periods and non-working hours and when storm
discharges are expected.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
01576-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01576
WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Disposal of waste material and salvageable material.
1.02 1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Obtain a copy of approved “Floodplain Development Permit” prior to
disposal of excess material in areas designated as being in “100-year
Flood Hazard Area” within the City. Contact the City of Schertz Flood
Plain Manager, 10 Commercial Place at (210) 619-1800 for flood plain
information.
C. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites, if
required by local ordinances.
D. Submit copy of written permission from property owner, with description
of property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to project.
Submit written and signed release from property owner upon completion
of disposal work.
E. Describe waste materials expected to be stored on-site and a
description of controls to reduce Pollutants from these materials,
including storage practices to minimize exposure of materials to storm
water; and spill prevention and response measures in Project’s Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Refer to Section 01410-
TPDES Requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL
A. Excavated Material: When indicated on Drawings, load, haul, and
deposit excavated material at location or locations shown on Drawings
outside limits of Project.
B. Base, Surface, and Bedding Material: Load shell, gravel, bituminous, or
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
01576-2
March 31, 2011
other base and surfacing material designated for salvage into City trucks.
C. Pipe Culvert: Load culverts designated for salvage into City trucks.
D. Other Salvageable Materials: Conform to requirements of
individual Specification Sections.
E. Coordinate loading of salvageable material on City trucks with
Public Works.
3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Remove and legally dispose of vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris,
asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not
designated for salvage from job site.
B. Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to Project
when written permission is obtained from property owner. See Paragraph
1.02 D above.
C. Verify flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose
of excavated materials in area designated as within 100-year Flood
Hazard Area unless “Floodplain Development Permit” has been
obtained. Remove excess material placed in "100-year Flood Hazard
Area" within the City, without “Floodplain Development Permit”, at no
additional cost to the City.
D. Remove waste materials from site daily, in order to maintain site in neat
and orderly condition.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01578
CONTROL OF GROUND AND SURFACE WATER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trenches, shaft
excavations, structural excavations and foundation beds in stable
condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations.
B. Protecting work against surface runoff and rising floodwaters.
C. Trapping suspended sediment in the discharge form the surface and
ground water control systems.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. UNIT PRICES
1. Measurement for control of ground water, if included in Bid Form,
will be on either a lump sum basis or a linear foot basis for
continuous installations of wellpoints, eductor wells, or deep wells.
2. If not included in Bid Proposal, include the cost to control
ground water in unit price for work requiring such controls.
3. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water.
Include cost to control surface water in unit price for work
requiring controls.
4. Follow Section 01270 - Payment Procedures for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) Contract. If the Contract is a Stipulated
Price Contract, include payment for work under this section in the total
Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D 698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction of
Soils Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600kN-m/m3)
B. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-2
March 31, 2011
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Ground water control system: system used to dewater and
depressurize water-bearing soil layers.
1. Dewatering: lowering the water table and intercepting seepage that
would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or
into tunnels and shafts; and disposing of removed water. Intent of
dewatering is to increase stability of tunnel excavations and
excavated slopes, prevent dislocation of material from slopes or
bottoms of excavations, reduce lateral loads on sheeting and
bracing, improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated
material, prevent failure or heaving of bottom of excavations, and to
provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and
construction of structures and other installations.
2. Depressurization: includes reduction in piezometric pressure within
strata not controlled by dewatering alone, necessary to prevent
failure or heaving of excavation bottom or instability of tunnel
excavations.
B. Excavation drainage: includes keeping excavations free of surface
and seepage water.
C. Surface drainage: includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes
and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge
lines necessary to protect Work from any source of surface water.
D. Monitoring facilities for ground water control system: includes
piezometers, monitoring wells and flow meters for observing and
recording flow rates.
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to
provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater
control systems. Submit proposed method and spacing of readings for
review prior to obtaining water level readings.
B. Design ground water control system, compatible with requirements of
Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 02260 - Trench Safety
Systems, to produce following results:
1. Effectively reduce hydrostatic pressure affecting:
a. Excavations
b. Tunnel excavation, face stability or seepage into tunnels
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-3
March 31, 2011
2. Develop substantially dry and stable subgrade for
subsequent construction operations
3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures,
utilities, installed facilities and other work
4. Prevent loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening
of foundation strata
5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations
C. Provide ground water control systems that include single-stage or
multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems,
deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types.
D. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water
from other sources entering excavation. Excavation drainage may include
placement of drainage materials, crushed stone and filter fabric, together
with sump pumping.
E. Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert
and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas.
F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere
with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent
water wells.
G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any
loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective
measures and settlement or resultant damage caused by ground water
control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if
they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing
site improvements, adjacent property, adjacent water wells, or potentially
contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control
systems or resulting from failure of system to protect property as
required.
H. Install an adequate number of piezometers installed at proper locations and
depths, necessary to provide meaningful observations of conditions
affecting excavation, adjacent structures and water wells.
I. Install environmental monitoring wells at proper locations and depths
necessary to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and
possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into work area
or ground water control system.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-4
March 31, 2011
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittals Procedures.
B. Submit Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by Public
Works prior to start of excavation work. Include the following:
1. Results of subsurface investigations and description of extent and
characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water
control
2. Names of equipment Suppliers and installation Subcontractors
3. Description of proposed ground water control systems indicating
arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system
components, installation details and criteria and operation and
maintenance procedures
4. Description of proposed monitoring facilities indicating depths and
locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring
installation details and criteria, type of equipment and
instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics
5. Description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities
and manufacturer's application recommendations
6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems
for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of
ground water control operation near contaminated areas.
7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations
for dewatering and depressurization
8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers,
sump pump application and other means
9. Surface water control and drainage installations
10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water
C. Submit following records upon completion of initial installation:
1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors,
and deep wells
2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-5
March 31, 2011
and monitoring wells.
3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells
4. Initial flow rates
D. Submit the following records weekly during control of ground and
surface water operations:
1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during
monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to
Paragraph 3.02, Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep
Wells.
2. Maintenance records for ground water control
installations, piezometers and monitoring wells
1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction.
B. Comply with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality regulations
and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and
abandonment of wells used in dewatering system.
C. Obtain necessary permits from agencies with jurisdiction over use of
groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and
use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Since review and
permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to obtain required
approvals.
D. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing
pumping in vicinity of potentially contaminated sites.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. Select equipment and materials necessary to achieve desired results for
dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review by
Public Works through submittals required in Paragraph 1.06, Submittals.
B. Use experienced contractors, regularly engaged in ground water control
system design, installation, and operation, to furnish and install and
operate eductors, well points, or deep wells, when needed
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-6
March 31, 2011
C. Maintain equipment in good repair and operating condition.
D. Keep sufficient standby equipment and materials available to
ensure continuous operation, where required.
E. Portable Sediment Tank System: Standard 55-gallon steel or plastic
drums, free of hazardous material contamination.
1. Shop or field fabricate tanks in series with main inlet pipe, inter-
tank pipes and discharge pipes, using quantities sufficient to
collect sediments from discharge water.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A. Perform necessary subsurface investigation to identify water bearing layers,
piezometric pressures and soil parameters for design and installation of
ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to
determine draw down characteristics. Present results in the Ground Water
and Surface Water Control Plan. submittal
B. Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower,
control and handle ground water in manner compatible with construction
methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of installed system and
its effect on adjacent property.
C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance
with the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Notify Public Works
in writing of changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to
Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with notification.
D. Provide continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and
holidays. Arrange appropriate backup if electrical power is primary
energy source for dewatering system.
E. Monitor operations to verify systems lower ground water piezometric levels
at rate required to maintain dry excavation resulting in stable subgrade for
subsequent construction operations.
F Depressurize zones where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing
layers exist below excavations to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability
of excavation or installed works. Define allowable piezometric elevations in
the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan.
G. Removal of ground water control installations.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-7
March 31, 2011
1. Remove pumping system components and piping when ground
water control is no longer required.
2. Remove piezometers, including piezometers installed during
design phase investigations and left for Contractor's use, upon
completion of testing, as required in accordance with Part 3 of
applicable specification.
3. Remove monitoring wells when directed by Public Works.
4. Grout abandoned well and piezometer holes. Fill piping that is
not removed with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout.
H. During backfilling, maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below
prevailing level of backfill. Do not allow the water level to cause uplift
pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by
weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into
cement-stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement.
I. Provide uniform pipe diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for
dewatering. Remove pipe drains when no longer required. If pipe removal is
impractical, grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-
bentonite grout or cement-sand grout after removal from service.
J. The extent of ground water control for structures with permanent
perforated underground drainage systems may be reduced, for units
designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means to
drain affected portions of underground systems, including standby
equipment. Maintain drainage systems during construction operations.
K. Remove systems upon completion of construction or when dewatering
and control of surface or ground water is no longer required.
L. Compact backfill to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density
in accordance with ASTM D 698.
M. Foundation Slab: Maintain saturation line at least 3 feet below lowest
elevations where concrete is to be placed. Drain foundations in areas
where concrete is to be placed before placing reinforcing steel. Keep free
from water for 3 days after concrete is placed.
3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS
A. For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch
minimum length of clear, transparent piping between each eductor well or
well point and discharge header to allow visual monitoring of discharge from
each installation.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-8
March 31, 2011
B. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that trench or shaft
excavations in water bearing materials are pre-drained prior to excavation.
Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for
monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for
tunneling as appropriate for selected method of work.
C. Install piezometers or monitoring wells at least one week in advance of
the start of associated excavation.
D. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of under drains or other
excavations, where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells
show that soil is pre-drained by existing systems and that ground water
control plan criteria are satisfied.
E. Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments
after development.
F. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change method of
control if, ground water control plan does not provide satisfactory results
based on performance criteria defined by plan and by specifications.
Submit revised plan according to Paragraph 1.06B.
3.03 SEDIMENT TRAPS
A. Install sediment tank as shown on approved plan.
B. Inspect daily and clean out tank when one-third of sediment tank is filled
with sediment.
3.04 SEDIMENT SUMP PIT
A. Install sediment sump pits as shown on approved plan.
B. Construct standpipe by perforating 12 inch to 24 inch diameter
corrugated metal or PVC pipe.
C. Extend standpipe 12 inches to 18 inches above lip of pit.
D. Convey discharge of water pumped from standpipe to sediment
trapping device.
E. Fill sites of sump pits, compact to density of surrounding soil and
stabilize surface when construction is complete.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-9
March 31, 2011
3.05 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE
A. Use excavation drainage methods if well-drained conditions can be
achieved. Excavation drainage may consist of layers of crushed stone and
filter fabric, and sump pumping, in combination with sufficient ground water
control wells to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions.
3.06 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION
A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring
wells while ground water control installations or excavation drainage is
operating at the site, or water is seeping into tunnels, and maintain systems
in good operating condition.
B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with
new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedules.
C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping
is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation
proceeds. Continue to maintain and make specified observations
D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside of excavation area when
ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout
monitoring wells when directed by Public Works.
3.07 MONITORING AND RECORDING
A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for
each wellpoint or educator header used in dewatering system. Also, monitor
and record water level and ground water recovery. Record observations
daily until steady conditions are achieved and twice weekly thereafter.
B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water
control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until Work is
completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Public
Works determines more frequent monitoring and recording are required.
Comply with Public Work’s direction for increased monitoring and
recording and take measures necessary to ensure effective dewatering
for intended purpose.
3.08 SURFACE WATER CONTROL
A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of
dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means.
Requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining
properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONTROL OF GROUND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND SURFACE WATER
01578-10
March 31, 2011
B. Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage
channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction.
Provide settling basins when required by agencies.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
01580-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01580
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Project identification sign description.
B. Project sign installation.
C. Maintenance and removal of Project sign.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Sign Construction: Construct signs of new materials in accordance with
Standard Detail provided at the Pre-construction Conference.
B. Appearance: Maintain signs to present a clean and neat look throughout
Contract duration.
C. Sign Manufacturer: Experienced professional sign company.
D. Sign Placement: At locations shown in Drawings unless otherwise specified
by Public Works at pre-construction meeting.
1. Provide one sign at each end of a linear Project involving bridges,
paving, overlay, sewer line, storm drainage, or water main
construction located in rights-of-ways.
2. Provide one sign for site or building construction Contracts.
3. Provide one sign at each site for Contracts with multiple sites.
4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses, relocate signs if directed by
Public Works in writing. Include cost for one relocation of post-
mounted signs in Contract Price. Subsequent relocations, if directed
by Public Works in writing, will be subject to Change Order.
E. Skid-mounted signs: Use for projects with noncontiguous locations where
work progresses from one location to another. Design skid structure to
withstand a 60 mile-per-hour wind load to the face or back of sign using
stakes, straps, or ballast. Contractor shall be responsible for security of
signs at each site.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
01580-2
March 31, 2011
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings under provisions of Section 01330-Submittal
Procedures.
B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign
and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGN MATERIALS
A. Structure and Framing: Use new sign materials.
1. Sign Posts: 4 inch by 4 inch pressure treated wood posts, 9 feet long
for skid mounting and 12 feet long minimum for in-ground mounting.
2. Skid Bracing: 2 inch by 4 inch wood framing material.
3. Skid Members: 2 inch by 6 inch wood framing material.
4. Fasteners:
a. Galvanized steel
b. Attach sign to posts with ½ inch by 5 ½ inch button head
carriage bolts and secure with nuts and flat head washers.
c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to
match sign background.
d. Use metal brackets and braces and ¾ inch wood screws to
attach sign header.
B. Sign and Sign Header: ¾ inch thick marine plywood. Use 4 foot by 8 foot
sheet for the sign and a single piece for the header to minimize joints. Do
not piece wood sheets to fabricate sign face.
C. Paint and Primers: White industrial grade, fast-drying, oil-based paint with
gloss finish for structural and framing members, sign, and sign header
material surfaces. Paint all sign surfaces prior to adding adhesive
applications.
D. Colors:
1. Sign Background: Reflective white 3M Scotchlite Engineer Grade,
Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (White), or approved equal.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
01580-3
March 31, 2011
2. Sign Film: 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films, or approved
equal for legends, symbols, lettering and artwork. Match colors to
3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films. See Attachment 1.
2.02 SIGN LAYOUT
A. Lettering:
1. Style, Size and Spacing: Helvetica Regular Lettering.
2. Condensed Style: Text may be condensed if needed to maintain
sign composition.
B. Composition:
1. See Attachment 1 for sign template.
2. Lines with Standard Text
Obtain necessary information from plans and Public Works.
a. List the Project Name, and Cost, and Funding
b. List the names of the OWNER's, Mayor, Manager, Council
Members, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR
3. Schertz LOGO
a. In colors as provided by Public Works
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install Project identification signs within seven days after Date of
Commencement of the Work.
B. Erect signs at locations shown in Drawings unless otherwise designated by
Public Works at pre-construction meeting. Position sign so it is fully visible
and readable to general public.
C. Erect sign level and plumb.
D. If mounted on posts, sink posts 3 to 4 feet below grade and stabilize posts
to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above
existing grade for mounting of sign.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
01580-4
March 31, 2011
E. Erect sign so that top edge of sign is at a nominal 8 feet above existing
grade.
3.01 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL
A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage.
B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of at least 2
feet upon completion of Project. Restore area to a condition equal to or
better than before construction.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
01580-5
March 31, 2011
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01610-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01610
BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of
Products.
1.02 PRODUCTS
A. Products: Defined in General Conditions. Does not include machinery and
equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the
Work. Products may also include existing materials or components
designated for reuse.
B. Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated for removal, except as
specified by the Contract.
C. Provide Products from the fewest number of manufacturers as practical, in
order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum
interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same
size, type or application, use the same make and model of component
throughout the Work.
1.03 TRANSPORTATION
A. Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of Products
required for timely completion of the Work.
B. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
C. Consign and address shipping documents to proper party giving name of
the Project and its complete street address. Shipments shall be delivered to
Contractor.
1.04 DELIVERY
A. Arrange deliveries of Products to accommodate short-term site completion
schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to Installation.
Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage
space.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01610-2
March 31, 2011
B. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with the Work and conditions at the
site and to accommodate the following:
1. Work of other contractors or the City.
2. Limitations of storage space.
3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling Products.
4. The City’s use of premises.
C. Have Products delivered to the site in manufacturer’s original, unopened,
labeled containers.
D. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
1. Product complies with requirements of the Contract.
2. Quantities are correct.
3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible.
4. Products are properly protected and undamaged.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Coordinate off-loading of Products delivered to the site. If necessary during
construction, move and relocate stored Products at no additional cost to the
City.
B. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle Products, including
those provided by the City, by methods to prevent damage to Products or
packaging.
C. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent
breaking, scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging Products or surrounding
areas.
D. Handle Products by methods to prevent over-bending or overstressing.
E. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points.
F. Handle Products in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
G. Do not drop, roll or skid Products off delivery vehicles. Hand-carry or use
suitable materials handling equipment.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01610-3
March 31, 2011
1.06 STORAGE OF PRODUCTS
A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations and requirements of these Specifications.
B. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of Products. Place Products so
as to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to
maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service
company installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep Products neatly and
compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to
other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants.
Arrange storage in a manner so as to provide easy access for inspection.
C. Restrict storage to areas available on the site for storage of Products as
shown on Drawings or approved by Public Works.
D. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not
adequate. Provide addresses of, and access to, off-site storage locations
for inspection by Public Works.
E. Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes
without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control
of premises.
F. Protect stored Products against loss or damage.
G. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers.
H. Neatly, safely, and compactly stack Products delivered and stored along the
line of the Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and
general public, and maintain at least 3 feet clearance around fire hydrants.
Keep public, private driveways and street crossing open.
I. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets, or other
improvements at satisfaction of Public Works. Total length the Products
may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1000 linear
feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Public Works.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
PART 3 EXECUTION
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROCEDURES
01630-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01630
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Options for making Product or process selections.
B. Procedures for proposed equivalent Products or processes, including pre-
approved, pre-qualified, and approved Products or processes.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Product: As defined in General Conditions. Product does not include
machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and
erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or
components designated for reuse.
B. Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system
components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this
Section, the word Products includes Processes.
1.03 SELECTION OPTIONS
A. Pre-approved Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or
Suppliers designated in Specification as “pre-approved.” The City maintains
a list of pre-approved products. Pre-approved Products for this Project are
designated as pre-approved in Specifications. Products of other
manufacturers or suppliers are not acceptable for this Project and will not be
considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products.
B. Pre-qualified Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or
Suppliers designated in Specifications as “pre-qualified.” Pre-qualified
Products for this Project are designated as pre-qualified in Specifications.
Products of other manufacturers or suppliers are not acceptable for this
Project and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving
alternate products.
C. Approved Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or
Suppliers designated in Specifications followed by words “or approved
equal.” Approval of alternate products not listed in Specifications may be
obtained through provisions for product options and substitutions in General
Conditions, and by following submittal procedures specified in Section
CITY OF SCHERTZ PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROCEDURES
01630-2
March 31, 2011
01330-Submittal Procedures. The procedures for approval of alternate
products are not applicable to pre-approved or pre-qualified products.
D. Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide Products
that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or
source. Where more than one choice is available, select Product that is
compatible with other Products already selected, specified, or in use by the
City.
1.04 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Responsibility related to Product options and substitutions is defined in
General Conditions.
B. Furnish information Public Works deems necessary to judge equivalency of
alternate Product.
C. Pay for laboratory testing, as well as any other review or examination cost,
needed to establish equivalency between products in order to obtain
information upon which Public Works can base a decision.
D. If Public Works determines alternate product is not equal to that named in
Specifications, furnish one of the specified Products.
1.05 CITY REVIEW
A. Use alternate Products only when approved in writing by Public Works.
Public Works determination regarding acceptance of proposed alternate
Product is final.
B. Alternate Products shall be accepted if Products are judged by Public Works
to be equivalent to specified Product or to offer substantial benefit to the
City.
C. The City retains the right to accept any Product deemed advantageous to
the City, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the
City.
1.06 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE
A. Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed
Product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the approved
Product specified.
B. Submit a written request for a construction Product to be considered as an
alternate Product.
CITY OF SCHERTZ PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROCEDURES
01630-3
March 31, 2011
C. Submit Product information after the effective date of the Contract and
within the time period allowed for substitution submittals given in General
Conditions. After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate
Products shall be considered only when specified Product becomes
unavailable because of conditions beyond Contractor’s control.
D. Submit (5) five copies of each request for alternate Product approval.
Include the following information:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution
with the Contract.
2. For Products:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer’s name and
address.
b. Manufacturer’s literature with Product description,
performance and test data, and reference standards.
c. Samples, as applicable
d. Name and address of similar projects on which Product was
used and date of installation. Include names of Owner,
design consultant, and installing contractor.
3. For construction methods:
a. Detailed description of proposed method.
b. Drawings illustrating methods.
4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with Product or method
specified.
5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule.
6. Relation to separate contracts, if any.
7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with
Product or method specified.
8. Other information requested by Public Works.
E. Approved alternate Products will be subject to the same review process as
the specified Product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data,
and Samples.
CITY OF SCHERTZ PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROCEDURES
01630-4
March 31, 2011
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FIELD SURVEYING
01725-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01725
FIELD SURVEYING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors.
Employ a surveyor acceptable to Public Works if required by the Contract.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit name, address, and telephone numbers of Surveyor to Public Works
before starting survey work.
C. Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request.
D. Submit certificate signed by Surveyor, that elevations and locations of the
Work are in conformance with the Contract.
1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.
A. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it
progresses.
B. Prepare a certified survey setting forth dimensions, locations, angels, and
elevations of construction and site work upon completion of foundation walls
and major site improvements.
C. Submit record documents under provisions of Section 01785-Project Record
Documents.
1.04 EXAMINATION
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting the Work.
B. Notify Public Works immediately if any discrepancies are discovered.
1.05 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A. The City will establish survey control datum as provided in General
Conditions and as indicated on Drawings. Inform Public Works in advance
of time horizontal and vertical control points will be established so
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FIELD SURVEYING
01725-2
March 31, 2011
verification deemed necessary by Public Works may be done with minimum
inconvenience to the City or Contractor.
B. Locate and protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve
permanent reference points during construction.
C. Notify Public Works a minimum of 48 hours before relocation of reference
points is needed due to changes in grades or other reasons.
D. Promptly report loss or destruction of reference points to Public Works.
E. Reimburse the City of cost of reestablishment of permanent reference
points disturbed by construction operations.
1.06 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
B. Establish a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on site, referenced to
established control points. Record horizontal and vertical location data on
Project record documents.
C. Establish elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for
measurement and payment and for appropriate controls for the Work.
Locate and lay out the following with appropriate instruments:
1. Site improvements including grading, fill and topsoil placement,
utilities, and footings and slabs.
2. Grid or axis for structures.
3. Building foundation, column locations, and ground floor elevations.
D. Periodically verify layouts.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01731
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cutting, patching and fitting of the Work or work under construction.
Coordinating Installation or connection of the Work to existing facilities, or
uncovering work for access, inspection or testing and related submittals.
1.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Perform activities to avoid interference with facility operations and work of
others in accordance with General Conditions of Contract.
B. Execute cutting and patching, including excavation, backfill and fitting to:
1. Remove and replace defective work or work not conforming to
Drawings and Specifications;
2. Take samples of installed work as required for testing;
3. Remove construction required to provide for specified alterations or
additions to existing work.
4. Uncover work to allow inspection or re-inspection by Public Works or
regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.
5. Connect uninstalled work to completed work in proper sequence;
6. Remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes that obstruct work;
7. Make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities;
8. Provide openings, channels, chases and flues and cut, patch, and
finish, if required; or
9. Provide protection for other portions of the Work.
C. Restore existing work to a condition equal to or better than that which
existed prior to cutting and patching, and to standards required by
Specifications.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731-2
March 31, 2011
D. Support, anchor, attach, match, trim and seal materials to work of others.
Unless otherwise specified. Furnish and Install sleeves, inserts, and
hangers required for excavation of the Work.
E. Provide shoring, bracing and support necessary to maintain structural
integrity and to protect adjacent work from damage during cutting and
patching. Request written approval from Public Works, before cutting
structural members such as beams, anchors, lintels, or other supports.
Follow approved submittals, as applicable.
F. Match new materials to existing materials by bonding, lapping, mechanically
tying, anchoring or other effective means in order to prevent cracks and to
minimize evidence of patching. Conceal effects of demolition and patching
by blending new construction to existing surfaces. Avoid obvious breaks,
joints, or changes of surface appearance unless shown on Drawings or
authorized by Public Works.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit a written request to Public Works for consent to proceed, before
conducting cutting operations that might affect structural integrity, design
function, City operations, or work of another contractor.
C. Include the following in submittal:
1. Identification of Project
2. Description of affected work
3. Necessity for cutting
4. Effect on other work and on structural integrity
5. Describe the proposed work including:
a. Scope of cutting and patching
b. Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier who will execute the
work
c. Proposed Products
d. Extent of refinishing
e. Schedule of operations
6. Alternatives to cutting and patching
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731-3
March 31, 2011
D. When work conditions or schedule dictate the need for change of materials
or methods, submit a written recommendation to Public Works that includes:
1. Conditions necessitating the change;
2. Recommendations for alternative materials or methods; and
3. Submittals required for proposed substitutions.
E. Notify Public Works in writing when work will be uncovered for observation.
Do not begin cutting or patching operations until authorized by Public
Works.
1.04 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES
A. Perform construction operations necessary to complete connections and tie-
ins to existing facilities. Keep existing facilities in continuous operation
unless otherwise permitted in the Specifications or approved in writing by
Public Works.
B. Coordinate interruption of service requiring connection to existing facilities
with Public Works. Do not bypass wastewater or sludge to waterways.
Provide temporary pumping facilities to handle wastewater if necessary.
Use temporary bulkheads to minimize disruption. Provide temporary power
and piping to facilitate construction where necessary.
C. Submit a detailed schedule of proposed connections, including shut-downs
and tie-ins. Include proposed time and date as well as anticipated duration
of work. Coordinate the connection schedule with the construction
schedule.
1. Submit specific times and dates to Public Works at least 48 hours in
advance of proposed work.
D. Procedures and Operations:
1. Operate existing pumps, valves, and gates in required sequence
under supervision of Public Works. Do not operate valves, gates or
other items of equipment without Public Works knowledge.
2. If possible, test equipment under operating conditions before making
final tie-ins to connect equipment to existing facilities.
3. Coordinate work and schedules. Notify Public Works at least 48
hours before shutdowns or bypasses are required.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731-4
March 31, 2011
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SITE RESTORATION
01740-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01740
SITE RESTORATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Restoration of site affected by the Work in public or private property,
including pavement, esplanades, sidewalks, driveways, fences, lawns and
landscaping.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Payment for restoration of Project site disturbed by utility
construction operations is on a linear foot basis. Measurement will
be as provided for corresponding utility in each Specification section.
No separate payment made for branch pipe, valves and, other
associated work for utilities. Measurement for restoration with
multiple utilities within the same right-of-way will be on a linear foot
basis for only one utility.
2. No separate payment made for facility or roadway projects.
Include cost in the surface improvements associated with the
facility or roadway construction.
3. Payment includes required site restoration within the right-of-way or
easement regardless of size or type of pipe, method of
construction, paved or unpaved areas or thickness and width of
pavement.
4. No separate payment made for site restoration for service
connections under this Section. Include cost in appropriate utility
section.
5. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for Unit Price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) Contracts. If Contract is Stipulated Price
Contract, include payment for work under this section in total Stipulated
Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SITE RESTORATION
01740-2
March 31, 2011
A. Phase: Locations identified on the plans and listed in Section 1110 -
Summary of Work under Work Sequence.
B. Site Restoration: Replacement or reconstruction of Site Improvements
located in rights-of-way, easements, public property, and private property
affected or altered by the Work.
C. Site Improvement: Includes pavement, curbs and gutters, esplanades,
sidewalks, driveways, fences, lawns, irrigation systems, landscaping, and
other improvements in existence at the Project site before commencement of
construction operations.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Schedule of testing, service connections, abandonment, backfill, and site
restoration.
C. Sample of notices to residents outlining their responsibility for maintenance of
site improvements adjacent to the Project that are not disturbed by construction
operations
1.05 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule testing, service connections, abandonment, backfill and site
restoration immediately following completion of pipe laying work or paving
within each block or line segment.
B. Phased Construction:
1. Commencement of subsequent Phase will follow scheduling of site
restoration of prior Phase. Limit work to a maximum of two Phases of the
project.
C. Construction of Projects with no Phases listed in Section 01110- Summary of
Work:
1. Complete site restoration prior to disturbing over 50% of total project
linear feet or 2,000 linear feet, whichever is greater, of right-of-way or
easement.
2. Limit work to a maximum of 50% of total project linear feet or
2,000 linear feet, whichever is greater, of right-of-way and easement.
Commence work in additional right-of-way or easement after
completion of site restoration.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SITE RESTORATION
01740-3
March 31, 2011
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Pavement, Sidewalks and Driveways: Materials specified in Section
02951-Pavement Repair and Resurfacing.
B. Seeding and Sodding: Sod specified in Section 02922-Sodding and
Seed specified in Section 02921-Hydromulch Seeding.
C. Trees, Shrubs and Plantings: Conform to requirements of Section
01562-Tree and Plant Protection.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATORY WORK
A. Provide cleanup and restoration crews to work closely behind pipe laying
and roadway construction crews, and where necessary, during testing,
service restoration, abandonment, backfill and surface restoration.
B. Water Lines: Unless otherwise approved by Public Works, comply with
the following:
1. Once Public Works approves work within a Phase, immediately
begin preparatory work for disinfection effort.
2. No later than three days after completing disinfection
preparatory work, submit to City appropriate request for
disinfection.
3. If City fails to perform initial disinfection of lines in accordance with
Section 2514 – Disinfection of Water Lines, within seven days from
submission of appropriate request, and if approved by Public Works,
pipe laying operations may continue beyond approved limits until the
City responds.
4. Immediately after transfer of services, begin abandonment of old
water lines and site restoration.
C. Wastewater Lines:
1. Once Public Works approves work within a Line Segment,
immediately begin preparatory work for testing effort.
2. No later than three days after completing preparatory work for
testing, initiate testing work.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SITE RESTORATION
01740-4
March 31, 2011
3. Immediately after transfer of service connections, begin
abandonment of old wastewater lines, and site restoration.
D. Street Construction and Paving Projects
1. Once Public Works approves work within a Line Segment or block,
immediately begin preparatory work for testing effort.
2. No later than three days after completing preparatory work for
testing, initiate testing work.
3. Immediately after testing begin site restoration.
E. Street Construction and Paving Projects
1. Once Public Works approves work within a block, immediately
begin preparatory work for sidewalk construction, sodding and
hydromulching and tree planting.
2. No later than seven days after completing preparatory work,
initiate construction.
3.02 CLEANING
A. Remove debris and trash to maintain a clean and orderly site in
accordance with requirements of General Conditions and Section 01576 -
Waste Material Disposal.
3.03 LANDSCAPING AND FENCES
A. Seeding and Sodding.
1. Remove construction debris and level area with bank sand so that
new grass surface matches level of existing grass and maintains pre-
construction drainage patterns. Level and fill minor ruts or
depressions caused by construction operations with bank sand,
where grass is still viable.
2. Restore previously existing turfed areas with sod and fertilize in
accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. Sod to match existing
turf.
3. Restore unpaved areas not requiring sodding with hydromulch seeding
conforming to Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding.
B. Trees, Shrubbery and Plants.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION SITE RESTORATION
01740-5
March 31, 2011
1. Remove and replant trees, shrubs, and plants in accordance with
requirements of Section 01562-Tree and Plant Protection.
C. Fence Replacement.
1. Replace removed or damaged fencing to equal or better condition than
existed prior to construction, including concrete footings and mow
strips. Provide new wood posts, top and bottom railing and panels.
Metal fencing material, not damaged by the Work, may be reused.
2. Remove and dispose of damaged or substandard material.
3.04 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain shrubs, plantings, sodded areas and seeded areas.
B. Replace shrubs, plantings and seeded or sodded areas that fail to become
established.
C. Refer to Section 01562-Tree and Plant Protection, Section 02921-
Hydromulch Seeding and Section 02922-Sodding for Maintenance
Requirements.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01770
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures to establish Date of Substantial Completion.
B. Closeout procedures for final submittals, O&M data, warranties, spare parts
and maintenance materials.
C. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) inspection for Texas
Accessibility Standards (TAS) compliance.
1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Comply with General Conditions regarding Date of Substantial Completion
when Contractor considers the Work, or portion thereof designated by
Public Works, to be substantially complete.
B. Insure the following items have been completed when included in the Work,
prior to presenting a list of items to be inspected by Public Works for
issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion:
1. Cutting, plugging, and abandoning of water, wastewater, and storm
sewer lines, as required by Contract documents for each item;
2. Construction of, and repairs to, pavement, driveways, sidewalks, and
curbs and gutters;
3. Sodding and hydromulch seeding, unless waived by Public Works in
writing;
4. General clean up including pavement markings, transfer of services,
successful testing and landscape;
5. Additional requirements contained in Section 01110-Summary of
Work.
C. Assist Public Works with inspection of Contractor’s list of items and
complete or correct the items, including items added by Public Works, within
specified time period.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770-2
March 31, 2011
D. Should Public Works inspection show failure of Contractor to comply with
requirements to obtain Date of Substantial Completion, including those items in
Paragraph 1.02 B. of this section, Contractor shall complete or correct the
items, before requesting another inspection by Public Works.
1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Comply with General Conditions regarding final completion and final
payment when the Work is complete and ready for Public Works final
inspection.
B. Provide Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01785-
Project Record Documents.
C. Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Address
new items during warranty period.
D. The City will occupy portions of the Work as specified in other sections.
1.04 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection
B. For facilities, clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view;
remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent
and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.
C. Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary condition.
D. Clean or replace filters of operating equipment.
E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, down spouts, and drainage systems.
F. Clean site, sweep paved areas, and rake clean landscaped surfaces.
G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction
facilities from site following final test of utilities and completion of the Work.
1.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
Value of this testing and adjusting is five percent of Lump Sum Price in the
Schedule of Values for items being tested.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770-3
March 31, 2011
1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit O&M data as noted in Section 01330-Submittal Procedures.
B. Five percent of lump sum amount of each piece of equipment as indicated
in Schedule of Unit Price Work or Schedule of Values will be paid after the
required O&M data submittals are received and approved by Public Works.
1.07 WARRANTIES
A. Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
manufacturers.
B. Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in a 3-ring/D binder
with durable plastic cover.
C. Submit warranties prior to final progress payment.
D. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements in
Document 00700-General Conditions.
1.08 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Provide Products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in
quantities specified in individual Specification sections.
B. Deliver to a location within the City limits as directed by Public Works.
Applicable items must be delivered prior to issuance of a final Certificate for
Payment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ OPERATIONS AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE DATA
01782-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01782
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittal requirements for equipment and facility Operations and
Maintenance (O&M) Manuals.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement for equipment O&M Manuals is on a lump sum basis equal to
five percent of the individual equipment value contained in Schedule of Unit
Prices or Schedule of Values. The lump sum amount may be included in
the first Progress Payment following approval of the O&M Manuals by
Public Works.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330-Submittals Procedures. Submit
a list of O&M Manuals and parts manuals for equipment to be incorporated
into the Work.
B. Submit documents with 8 ½ x 11 inch text pages, bound in 3 ring/ D binders
with durable plastic covers.
C. Print “OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTURCTIONS”, Project, name,
and subject matter of binder on covers when multiple binders are required.
D. Subdivide contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized
according to the Table of Contents, with tab titling clearly printed under
reinforced laminated plastic tabs.
E. O&M Manual contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with
each Product or system description identified.
1. Part 1 – Directory: Listing of names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of Design Consultant, Contractor, Subcontractor, and major
equipment suppliers.
2. Part 2 – O&M instructions arranged by system. For each category,
identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
Subcontractors and Suppliers and include the following:
CITY OF SCHERTZ OPERATIONS AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE DATA
01782-2
March 31, 2011
a. Significant design criteria.
b. List of equipment
c. Parts list for each component
d. Operating instructions
e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems
f. Maintenance instructions for special finished, including
recommended cleaning methods and materials and special
precautions identifying detrimental agents.
3. Part 3 – Project documents and certificates including:
a. Shop Drawings and relevant data.
b. Air and water balance reports
c. Certificates
d. Photocopies of warranties
F. Submit two copies of O&M Manuals and parts manuals, for review, within
one month prior to placing the equipment or facility in service.
G. Submit one copy of complete volumes in final form 10 days prior to final
inspection. One copy with Public Works comments will be returned after
final inspection. Revise content of documents based on Public Works
comments prior to final submittal.
H. Revise and resubmit three final volumes within 10 days after final
inspection.
1.04 EQUIPMENT O&M DATA
A. Furnish O&M Manuals, prepared by manufacturers for all equipment.
Manuals must contain, as a minimum, the following:
1. Equipment functions, normal operating characteristics, and limiting
conditions.
2. Assembly, Installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking
instructions.
3. Operating instructions for start up, normal operation, regulation and
control, normal shutdown, and emergency shutdown.
4. Detailed drawings showing the location of each maintainable part and
lubrication point with detailed instructions on disassembly and
reassembly of the equipment.
CITY OF SCHERTZ OPERATIONS AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE DATA
01782-3
March 31, 2011
5. Troubleshooting guide.
6. Spare parts list, predicted life of parts subject to wear, lists of spare
parts recommended to be on hand for both initial start-up and for
normal operating inventory, and local or nearest source of spare
parts availability.
7. Outline, cross-section, and assembly drawings with engineering data
and wiring diagrams.
8. Test data and performance curves.
B. Furnish parts manuals for all equipment, prepared by the equipment
manufacturer, which contain, as a minimum, the following:
1. Detailed drawings giving the location of each maintainable part.
2. Spare parts list, predicted life of parts subject to wear, lists of spare
parts recommended to be on hand for both initial start-up and for
normal operating inventory, and local or nearest source of spare
parts availability.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION – Not Used
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01785-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 01785
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Maintenance and submittal of record documents and Samples.
1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Maintain one record copy of documents at the site in accordance with a
Article 3.4 of General Conditions.
B. Store record documents and Samples in field office, if a field office is
required by the Contract, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and
secure storage for record documents and Samples.
C. Label each document “PROJECT RECORD” in neat, large, printed letters.
D. Maintain record documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not
use record documents for construction purposes. Do not use permit
drawings to record Modifications to the Work.
E. Keep record documents and Samples available for inspection by Public
Works.
F. Bring record documents to progress review meetings for viewing by Public
Works and, if applicable, Design Consultant.
1.03 RECORDING
A. Record information legibly with red ink pen on a set of drawings stamped
“Approved For Construction”, concurrently with construction progress.
Maintain an instrument on site at all times for measuring elevations
accurately. Do not conceal work until required information is recorded.
B. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Mark each item to record completed
Modifications, or when minor deviations exist, the actual construction
including:
1. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first
floor datum.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01785-2
March 31, 2011
2. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of Underground
Facilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface
improvements.
3. Elevations of Underground Facilities referenced to City benchmark
utilized for the Work.
4. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed
in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the
Work.
5. Dimensions and details of field changes.
6. Changes made by Modifications.
7. Details not on original Drawings.
8. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications.
C. Measure fitting to fitting of water mains at the time of construction. Record
lengths, top of pipe elevations, and centerline horizontal location relative to
baseline and or fixed features such as curb, manhole, etc. on Drawings
D. For larger diameter water mains, mark specifications and addenda to
record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and Supplier of each
Product actually installed.
2. Changes made by Modification or field order.
3. Other matters not originally specified.
E. Annotate Shop Drawings to record changes made after review.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. At closeout of the Contract, deliver Project record documents to Public
Works.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02082
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Precast concrete manholes for sanitary sewers, storm sewers, and water
lines.
B. Pile-supported concrete foundation used for unstable subgrade treatment
for manhole base.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Payment for normal depth manholes, up to 6-Ft. deep, is on a unit
price basis for each manhole installed. Manhole depth is measured
from top of cover to sewer invert. Air release manhole depth is
measured from top of cover to inside base for air release or vacuum
release manholes.
2. Payment for shallow depth manholes is on a unit price basis for
each manhole installed. Shallow manholes have a depth of 5-Ft. or
less measured from top of cover to sewer invert.
3. Payment for extra depth manholes is on a unit price basis per
vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 6-Ft. Sewer
manhole depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. Air
release manhole depth is measured from top of cover to inside
base for air release or vacuum release manholes.
4. Payment for normal depth corrosion resistant manholes is on a unit
price basis for each manhole installed
5. Payment for standard manhole drops is on a unit price basis for
each drop installed. Standard manhole drops include internal drops
only.
6. Payment for watertight manholes, including vented manholes is on
a unit price basis for each.
7. Payment for air-release manhole with valves and fittings installed is
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-2
March 31, 2011
on a unit price basis for each manhole with air-release valves and
fittings installed.
8. Payment for pile supported concrete foundation used for unstable
sub-grade treatment for manhole base is on a unit price basis for
each foundation installed.
9. Pay estimates for partial payments will be made as measured
above according to the following schedule for sanitary sewer
manholes:
a. Estimate for 90 percent payment will be authorized when the
manhole is completely installed and surrounding soil
backfilled
b. Estimate for 100 percent payment will be authorized when
manhole has been tested as specified in Section 02533 -
Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers
10. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASME B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B. ASTM A 307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile
C. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
D. ASTM C 270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry
E. ASTM C 443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete
Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets.
F. ASTM C 478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete
Manhole Sections
G. ASTM C 923 - Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors Between
Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-3
March 31, 2011
H. ASTM C 1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-
Cement Grout (Non- shrink)
I. ASTM D 698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3)
J. ASTM D 2665 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings
K. ASTM D 2996 - Standard Specification for Filament-Wound “Fiberglass”
(Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe
L. ASTM D 2997 - Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast “Fiberglass”
(Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe
M. AWWA C 213 - Standard for Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for Interior
and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines
N. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval:
1. Shop drawings of manhole sections, base units and construction
details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and
dimensions.
2. Summary of criteria used in manhole design including, as minimum,
material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions
assumed. Include certification from manufacturer that precast
manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design
criteria as established in Paragraph 2.01E of this Specification.
3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers
4. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections
5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls
6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required
7. Materials and procedures for corrosion-resistant liner and coatings,
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-4
March 31, 2011
if required.
8. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing
9. Manufacturer's data for pre-mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel
inverts and benches
C. Seal submittal drawings by Professional Engineer registered in the State
of Texas.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
A. Provide manhole sections, base sections, and related components
conforming to ASTM C 478. Provide base riser section with integral floors,
unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard
components of manufacturer of manhole sections. Mark date of
manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel.
B. Construct barrels for precast manholes from standard reinforced concrete
manhole sections of diameter indicated on Drawings. Use various lengths
of manhole sections in combination to provide correct height with fewest
joints. Design wall sections for depth and loading conditions in Paragraph
2.01 E, with minimum thickness of 5-in. Base section shall have minimum
thickness of 12-In. under invert.
C. Provide tops to support HS-20 vehicle loading, and receive cast iron frame
covers, as indicated on Drawings.
D. Where manholes larger than 60-In. diameter are indicated on Drawings,
provide precast base sections with flat slab top precast sections used to
transition to 60-in. diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition is to
be concentric unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Locate transition to
provide minimum of 5-ft. head clearance from base to underside of
transition unless otherwise approved by Public Works.
E. Design Loading Criteria: Manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and
manhole base slab shall be designed, by manufacturer, to requirements of
ASTM C 478 for depth as shown on Drawings and to resist following
loads.
1. AASHTO HS-20 vehicle loading applied to manhole cover and
transmitted down to transition and base slabs
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-5
March 31, 2011
2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above portions of manhole,
including base slab projections
3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing
an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf
4. Internal liquid pressure based on unit weight of 63 pcf
5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by transition and
base slabs.
F. Design: Manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base
slab shall be designed according to requirements of ASTM C 478 and
following:
1. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings.
Area of steel to be no less than shown on Drawings.
2. Wall loading conditions:
a. Saturated soil pressure acting on empty manhole
b. Manhole filled with liquid to a halfway depth as measured
from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure
3. Minimum clear distance between two wall penetrations shall be 12-
In. or half diameter of smaller penetration, whichever is greater
G. Provide joints between sections with o-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM
C 443.
H. When base is cast monolithic with portion of vertical section, extend
reinforcing in vertical section into base.
I. Precast Concrete Base: Suitable cutouts or holes to receive pipe and
connections. Lowest edge of holes or cutouts: For water line manhole, no
less than 6-In. above inside surface of floor of base.
2.02 CONCRETE
A. Conform to requirements of Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility
Construction.
B. Channel Inverts: Use 5 sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete for
inverts not integrally formed with manhole base, with minimum
compressive strength of 4000 psi.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-6
March 31, 2011
C. Cement Stabilized Sand Foundation: Provide cement stabilized sand
foundation under base section in lieu of foundation slab, as shown on
Drawings, conforming to requirements of Section 02321 - Cement
Stabilized Sand.
D. Concrete Foundation: Provide Class A concrete with minimum
compressive strength of 4000 psi for concrete foundation slab under
manhole base section where indicated on Drawings.
2.03 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Conform to requirements of Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility
Construction.
2.04 MORTAR
A. Conform to requirements of Section 04061 - Mortar.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS
A. Provide cast-iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of
Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers.
2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS
A. Provide drop connections and stubs conforming to same pipe material
requirements used in main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLE
A. Sanitary Sewers.
1. Provide Resilient connectors, ring waterstops, and seals at
connections of wastewater pipes to pre-cast and cast-in-place
manholes and junction boxes shall be watertight, flexible, resilient
and non-corrosive, conforming to ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical
devices for securing the connectors, ring waterstops, and seals in
place shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
2. Where rigid joints between pipe and cast-in-place manhole base
are specified or shown on Drawings, provide polyethylene-isoprene
water-stop meeting physical property requirements of ASTM C 923,
such as Press-Seal WS Series, or approved equal.
B. Storm Sewer Connections:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-7
March 31, 2011
A. Provide watertight connections in accordance with ASTM C 923.
C. Water Lines
A. Where smooth exterior pipes, i.e., steel, ductile iron, or PVC pipes are
connected to manhole base or barrel, seal space between pipe and
manhole wall with assembly consisting of rubber gasket or links
mechanically compressed to form a watertight barrier. Assemblies: Press-
Wedge, Res-Seal, Thunderline Link-Seal, or approved equal. See Drawings
for placement of assembly in manhole sections.
B. When connecting concrete or cement mortar coated steel pipes, or as
option for connecting smooth exterior pipes to manhole base or barrel,
space between pipe and manhole wall may be sealed with an assembly
consisting of a stainless steel power sleeve, stainless steel take-up clamp
and a rubber gasket. Take-up clamp: Minimum of 9/16-In. wide. Provide
PSX positive seal gasket system by Press-Seal Gasket Corporation or
approved equal.
2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Approved products in accordance with Section 01630 - Product
Substitution Procedures.
B. Provide sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and
manhole cover frame, Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal.
C. Provide approved external sealing material from Canusa Wrapid Seal
manhole encapsulation system, or approved equal.
D. Provide Butyl Sealant: Provide Press-Seal EZ Stick, or equal, for HDPE
rings.
2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS
A. Where corrosion-resistant manholes manholes are indicated on Drawings,
provide one of following:
1. The interior walls coated with a City approved sewer structural
coating. Approved products are as followed:
x Raven 400 Series High Build Epoxy Liner: Required
thickness 100 mils minimum thickness
x Sprayroq, SprayWall polyurethane System: Required
thickness 100 mils minimum thickness
x Sewpercoat 200 HS Regular: minimum ½” thickness.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-8
March 31, 2011
2. Precast base sections, as specified above, lined with PVC or equal
and fiberglass manholes in accordance with Section 02083 -
Fiberglass Manholes.
2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities.
2.11 NON-SHRINK GROUT
A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non-gas-liberating, non-
metallic, cement-based grout requiring only addition of water.
B. Meet requirements of ASTM C 1107 and have minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 7000 psi.
2.12 VENT MANHOLES
A. Provide vented manhole lids for manholes where indicated on Drawing B.
2.13 PROHIBITED MATERIALS
A. Do not use brick masonry for construction of sanitary sewer manholes,
including adjustment of manholes to grade. Use only specified materials
listed above.
2.14 MANHOLE LADDER FOR WATERLINE MANHOLES
A. Manhole Ladder: Fiberglass with 300-Lb. rating at appropriate length;
conform to requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Standards
(OSHA), U.S. Department of Labor except where shown on Drawings
1. Use components, including rungs, made of fiberglass, fabricated
with nylon or aluminum rivets and/or epoxy. Apply non-skid coating
to ladder rungs. Mount ladder using manufacturer’s recommended
hardware.
2. Provide ladder as manufactured by Saf-Rail or approved equal.
Locate ladder as shown on Drawings.
3. Fiberglass: Premium type polyester resin, reinforced with fiberglass;
constructed to provide complete wetting of glass by resin; resistant
to rot, fungi, bacterial growth and adverse effects of acids, alkalis
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-9
March 31, 2011
and residential and industrial waste; yellow in color.
B. Provide approved petroleum-based tape encapsulating bolts in access
manhole.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that lines and grades are correct.
B. Determine if subgrade, when scarified and re-compacted, can be
compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according
to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base
section. When proper density is not reached, moisture condition subgrade
until that density is reached or treat as unstable subgrade.
C. Do not build manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless
approved by Public Works.
3.02 PLACEMENT
A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on
Drawings.
B. Place sanitary and storm manholes at points of change in alignment,
grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer unless otherwise shown
on Drawings.
3.03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS
A. Place precast base on 6-inch thick (minimum) foundation of crushed
stone, cement stabilized sand, or concrete foundation slab. Compact
cement-sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02321 - Cement
Stabilized Sand.
B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered,
notify Public Works for examination of subgrade to determine if subgrade
has heaved upwards after being excavated. When heaving has not
occurred, over-excavate subgrade to allow for 24-In. thick layer of crushed
stone wrapped in filter fabric as foundation material under manhole base.
When there is evidence of heaving, provide pile-supported concrete
foundation, as detailed on Drawings, under manhole base.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-10
March 31, 2011
3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS
A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's
printed recommendations.
B. To provide a watertight seal, all manhole riser joints shall be sealed with a
minimum nine (9) inch wide exterior joint wrap meeting this specification
and installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
C. Install precast adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat-top sections as
required to adjust finished elevation and to support manhole frame.
D. Seal any lifting holes with non-shrink grout.
E. Where liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES
A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting
manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Where smooth exterior pipes, i.e. steel, ductile iron or PVC pipes
are connected to manhole base or barrel, space between pipe and
manhole wall shall be sealed with an assembly consisting of rubber
gaskets or links mechanically compressed to form watertight
barrier. Assemblies: “Press-Wedge,” “Res-Seal,” “Thunderline Link-
Seals,” or approved equal. See Drawings for placement of
assembly in manhole sections.
2. When connecting concrete or cement mortar coated steel pipes, or
as an option for connecting smooth exterior pipes to manhole base
or barrel, space between pipe and manhole wall may be sealed
with an assembly consisting of stainless steel power sleeve,
stainless steel take-up clamp and rubber gasket. Take-up clamp:
Minimum of 9/16-In. wide. Provide PSX positive seal gasket
system by Press-Seal Gasket Corporation or approved equal.
B. Grout storm sewer connections to manhole unless otherwise shown on
Drawings. Grout pipe penetration in place on both inside and outside of
manhole.
C. Ensure no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is
allowed to enter space between pipe and edge of wall opening at and
around resilient connector on either interior or exterior of manhole. If
necessary, fill space with compressible material to ensure full flexibility
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-11
March 31, 2011
provided by resilient connector.
D. Where new manhole is constructed on existing sewer, rigid joint pipe may
be used. Install waterstop gasket around existing pipe at center of cast-in-
place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at pipe springline using an
adhesive recommended and supplied by waterstop manufacturer.
E. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling.
3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS
A. Construct invert channels to provide smooth flow transition waterway with
no disruption of flow at pipe-manhole connections. Conform to following
criteria:
1. Slope of invert bench: 1-In. per foot minimum; 1-1/2-In. per foot
maximum
2. Depth of bench to invert:
a. Pipes smaller than 15-In.: one-half of largest pipe diameter
b. Pipes 15 to 24-In.: three-fourths of largest pipe diameter
c. Pipes larger than 24-In.: equal to largest pipe diameter
3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-Ft. drop across manhole with
smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise
indicated on Drawings.
B. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base
section. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to
mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side
inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts.
3.07 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS
A. Construct drop assembly in accordance with City of Schertz Standard
Detail.
B. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 30-In.
above invert of manhole.
3.08 STUBS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS
A. In manholes, where future connections are indicated on Drawings, install
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-12
March 31, 2011
resilient connectors and pipe stubs with approved watertight plugs.
3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS
A. Combine at a minimum of 2 precast concrete or HDPE adjustment rings of
2-inch thickness each so elevation of installed casting cover matches
pavement surface or elevation shown in drawings. Maximum combined
height of rings to be no more than 21 inches. Seal between concrete
adjustment ring and precast top section with non-shrink grout; do not use
mortar between adjustment rings. Apply latex-based bonding agent to
precast concrete surfaces joined with non-shrink grout. Set cast iron frame
on adjustment ring in bed of approved sealant material. Install sealant bed
consisting of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum
dimensions of 1/2-In. and 1/2-In. wide.
B. Wrap manhole frame and adjustment rings with external sealing material,
minimum 3 inches beyond joint between ring and frame and adjustment
rings and precast section. Encase rings and frame with type B concrete,
per drawings.
C. For manholes in unpaved areas, set top of frame level with encasement
and existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Encase
manhole frame with type B concrete, placed flush with face of manhole
ring and top edge of frame. Provide rounded corner around perimeter.
3.10 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill materials in area of excavation surrounding
manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation
and Backfill for Utilities. Provide embedment zone backfill material, as
specified for adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation
12-In. over each pipe connected to manhole. Provide trench zone backfill,
as specified for adjacent utilities, above embedment zone backfill.
B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to manhole,
backfill under existing sewer up to springline of pipe with Class B concrete
or flowable fill.
C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to
natural grade. Provide minimum of 4-In. of topsoil conforming to
requirements of Section 02911 - Topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section
02921 - Hydromulch Seeding. When shown on Drawings, sod disturbed
areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
02082-13
March 31, 2011
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Conduct leakage testing of sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with
requirements of Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers.
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been accepted. Repair
damage to manholes at no additional cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS AND COVERS
02084-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02084
FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates,
catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment
rings, and extensions.
B. Ring grates.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No payment will be made for frames, grates, rings, covers, and
seals under this Section. Include payment in unit price for related
item.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for Work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials Standard Specification for Highway Bridges
B. ASTM A 48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings
C. ASTM A 615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
D. AWS - D 12.1 Welding Reinforcing Steel.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension
diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS AND COVERS
02084-2
March 31, 2011
C. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of casting assemblies
that are not included in Drawings or standard City details. Include plans,
elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and
accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of
castings and anchorage devices.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CASTINGS
A. Use castings for frames, grates, rings and covers conforming to ASTM
A 48, Class 35B. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings.
B. Use clean castings capable of withstanding application of AASHTO
M306- 40,000-Lb. proof loading without detrimental permanent
deformation.
C. Fabricate castings to conform to shapes, dimensions, and with wording or
logos shown on Drawings. Standard dimensions for manhole covers are 32-
In. in diameter.
D. Use clean castings, free from blowholes and other surface
imperfections. Use clean and symmetrical cast holes in covers, free of
plugs.
2.02 BEARING SURFACES
A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective
frames so that even bearing is provided for position in which casting may
be seated in frame.
2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS
A. Where indicated on Drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and
covers with minimum of four bolts and gasket designed to seal cover to
frame. Supply approved watertight manhole covers and frames.
B. Where shown on Drawing, provide manhole frames and covers with 48-In.
diameter clear opening, with inner cover for 30-In. diameter clear opening.
Provide approved inner cover with pattern shown on Drawings.
2.04 FINISH
A. Unless otherwise specified, uncoated coat iron.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS AND COVERS
02084-3
March 31, 2011
2.05 FABRICATED RING GRATES
A. Fabricate ring grates from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615.
B. Conform to welds connecting bars to AWS D 12.1.
2.06 ADJUSTMENT RINGS FOR ASPHALT OVERLAYS
A. Use castings conforming Section 2.01.
B. One piece casting with dimensions to fit frame and cover.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions in
related specifications, and applicable directions from manufacturer's
printed materials.
B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and
elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true, and free of rack. Measure
location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor
frames temporarily in form work until permanently set.
C. Install adjustment rings in existing frames with clean bearing surfaces
that are free from rocking.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ ADJUSTING MANHOLES,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE
02086-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02086
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Adjusting elevation of manholes, inlets, and valve boxes to new
grades.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for adjusting inlets and
valve boxes to grade for new construction under this Section.
Include payment in unit price for related item.
2. Payment for adjusting existing manhole and frame and
cover to new grade is on a unit price basis for each
manhole and frame and cover.
3. Payment for adjusting existing utility structures to grade is on
unit price basis for each inlet adjusted or valve box adjusted
4. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit
price procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for Work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Provide concrete, conforming to requirements of Section 03315 -
Concrete for Utility Construction.
B. Provide precast concrete manhole sections and adjustment rings
conforming to requirements of Section 02082 - Precast Concrete
Manholes.
C. Provide mortar conforming to requirements of Section 04061 - Mortar.
CITY OF SCHERTZ ADJUSTING MANHOLES,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE
02086-2
March 31, 2011
2.02 CAST-IRON MATERIALS
A. Provide cast-iron materials conforming to requirements of Section
02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers.
2.03 PIPING MATERIALS
A. For riser pipes and fittings, refer to Sections 02501 - Ductile-iron Pipe
and Fittings through 02528 - Polyethylene Wrap.
2.04 MASONRY MATERIALS FOR STORM SEWER MANHOLES AND INLETS
A. Provide brick masonry units conforming to the requirements of Section
04210 – Brick Masonry for Utility Construction.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine existing structure, valve box, frame and cover or inlet box,
frame and cover or inlet, piping and connections for damage or
defects affecting adjustment to grade. Report damage or defects to
Public Works.
3.02 ESTABLISHING GRADE
A. Coordinate grade related items with existing grade and finished grade
or paving, and relate to established bench mark or reference line.
3.03 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND INLETS
A. Rebuild adjustment portion of manhole or inlet by adding or removing
Adjustments. Follow procedures for the type of structure being
adjusted detailed in the following Sections:
1. Section 02081 - Cast-In-Place Concrete Manholes
2. Section 02082 - Precast Concrete Manholes
3. Section 02083 - Fiberglass Manholes
4. Section 02632 - Cast-In-Place Inlets, Headwalls and Wingwalls
5. Section 02633 - Precast Concrete, Inlets, Headwalls and
Wingwalls
B. Salvage and reuse cast-iron frame and cover or grate.
CITY OF SCHERTZ ADJUSTING MANHOLES,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE
02086-3
March 31, 2011
C. Protect or block off manhole or inlet bottom using wood forms shaped
to fit so that no debris or soil falls to bottom during adjustment.
D. Verify that manholes and inlets are free of visible leaks as result of
reconstruction. Repair leaks in manner subject to Project Manger's
approval.
3.04 ADJUSTING VALVE BOXES
A. Salvage and reuse valve box and surrounding concrete block as
approved by Project Manger. No separate pay.
B. Remove and replace 6 inch ductile iron riser pipe with suitable
length for depth of cover required to establish adjusted elevation
to accommodate actual finish grade.
C. Reinstall valve box and riser piping plumbed in vertical position.
Provide minimum 6-In. telescoping freeboard space between riser
pipe top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box for vertical
movement damping.
D. After valve box has been set, aligned, and adjusted so that top lid is
level with final grade.
3.05 BACKFILL AND GRADING
A. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjusted manhole,
inlet, and valve box and compact according to requirements of
Section 02316 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures.
B. Grade ground surface to drain away from each manhole and valve
box. Place earth fill around manholes to level of upper rim of
manhole frame. Place earth fill around valve box concrete slab.
C. In unpaved areas, grade surface at uniform slope of 1 to 5 from
manhole frame to natural grade. Provide minimum of 4-In. of topsoil
conforming to requirements of Section 02911- Topsoil. Provide
seeding in accordance with Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding, or
if sodding in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ REMOVING EXISTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES
02221-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02221
REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, brick pavement
and base courses.
B. Removing concrete curbs, concrete curbs and gutters, sidewalks and
driveways.
C. Removing pipe culverts, sewers, and sewer leads.
D. Removing existing inlets and manholes.
E. Removing and disposing of pre-stressed concrete beams and drill shafts.
F. Removing miscellaneous structures of concrete or masonry.
G. Removing existing bridge.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Payment for removing and disposing of asphaltic surfacing with
or without base, regardless of thickness encountered, is on
square yard basis measured between lips of gutters.
2. Payment for removing and disposing of reinforced concrete
pavement, with or without asphalt overlay, regardless of its
thickness, is on square yard basis measured from back- to-back
of curbs. Payment includes concrete pavement, esplanade
curbs, curbs and gutters, and paving headers.
3. Payment for removing and disposing of flexible base or
cement stabilized base course, with or without asphaltic
surfacing, is on square yard basis.
4. Payment for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalks and
driveways is on square yard basis.
5. Payment for removing asphaltic surface course only is on a
CITY OF SCHERTZ REMOVING EXISTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES
02221-2
March 31, 2011
square yard basis paid under item description "Asphalt Surface
Mill." This includes removal of existing surface to pavement base.
6. Payment for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete
and masonry is on cubic yard basis of structure in place.
7. Payment for removing and disposing of pipe culverts,
sewers, and sewer leads is on linear foot basis for each
diameter and each material type of pipe removed.
8. Payment for removing and disposing of existing inlets is on unit
price basis for each inlet removed.
9. Payment for removing and disposing of prestressed concrete
piles and drill shafts is on linear foot basis.
10. Payment for removing and disposing of existing bridge, including
piles and abutments to minimum of 4-Ft. below ground level, is on
a lump sum basis.
11. Payment for removing and disposing of existing manholes is on
unit price basis for each manhole removed.
12. No payment for saw cutting of pavement, curbs, or curbs and
gutters will be made under this section. Include cost of such work
in unit prices for items listed in bid form requiring saw cutting.
13. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits
indicated on Drawings, or for pavements or structures removed for
Contractor's convenience.
a. For utility installations: Match actual pavement replaced but
no greater than maximum pavement replacement limits shown on
Drawings.
14. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris.
B. Coordinate removal work with utility companies.
CITY OF SCHERTZ REMOVING EXISTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES
02221-3
March 31, 2011
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Obtain advance approval from Public Works for dimensions and limits of
removal work.
B. Identify known utilities below grade. Stake and flag locations.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Protect following from damage or displacement:
1. Adjacent public and private property.
2. Trees, plants, and other landscape features designated to remain.
3. Utilities designated to remain.
4. Pavement and utility structures designated to remain.
5. Bench marks, monuments, and existing structures designated to
remain.
3.03 REMOVALS
A. Remove pavements and structures by methods that will not damage
underground utilities. Do not use drop hammer near existing
underground utilities.
B. Minimize amount of earth loaded during removal operations.
C. Where existing pavement is to remain, make straight saw cuts in
existing pavement to provide clean breaks prior to removal. Do not
break concrete pavement or base with drop hammer unless concrete
or base has been saw cut to minimum depth of 2-In..
D. When street and driveway saw cut location is greater than one-half of
pavement lane width, remove pavement for full lane width or to nearest
longitudinal joint as directed by Public Works.
E. Remove sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing dummy, expansion, or
construction joint.
CITY OF SCHERTZ REMOVING EXISTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES
02221-4
March 31, 2011
F. Where existing end of pipe culvert or end of sewer is to remain, install 8-
In. thick masonry plug in pipe end prior to backfill in accordance with
requirements of Section 02316 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures.
3.04 BACKFILL
A. Backfill of removal areas shall be in accordance with requirements
of Section 02316 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures.
3.05 DISPOSAL
A. Inlet frames, grates, and plates; and manhole frames and covers, may
remain City property. Disposal shall be in accordance with
requirements of Section 01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
B. Remove from site, debris resulting from work under this section
in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 - Waste
Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
02222-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02222
ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Abandonment in place of existing sewers, junction structures, manholes,
and force mains.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Payment for grout fill and abandonment of existing sewers, including
boxes and elliptical shaped sewers, is on linear foot basis for each
diameter of sewer being abandoned. Measurement will be along
centerline of sewer from centerline to centerline of manholes.
2. Payment for grout fill and abandonment of sewer manholes or
junction structure is by each manhole or junction structure
abandoned in conformance with this Section.
3. Payment will be full compensation for all material, equipment,
and labor required for complete abandonment grouting, including
air venting, testing, temporary plugs, PVC pipes and incidentals.
4. No separate payment will be made for plugging and
abandoning sewer force mains. Include cost of such
abandonment in related work.
5. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
6. Acceptability of grout material is based on achieving average
strength within range of 75 to 150 psi as defined in Paragraph
2.01B.1. Grout that is out of range after placement may be
accepted with price adjustment of 1.0 percent price deduction for
each psi average compressive strength below 75 psi and 0.5
percent price deduction for each psi average compressive strength
above 150 psi, as applicable to material volume represented by test
series. Shrinkage in grout material placements shall be remedied by
Contractor according to Paragraph 3.04H without additional
compensation.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
02222-2
March 31, 2011
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Abandonment. Sewer abandonment consists of demolition and removal of
portion of manholes existing within specified depth of surface, and
abandonment in place of sewer lines and manholes as specified in this
Section.
B. Flowable Fill. Flowable fill (abandonment grout) shall be controlled low-
strength material consisting of fluid mixture of cement, fly ash, aggregate,
water and with admixtures as necessary to provide workable properties.
Placement of flowable fill may be by grouting techniques in sewer pipes or
other restricted areas, or as mass placement by chutes or tremie methods
in unrestricted locations with open access. Long-term hardened strength
shall be within specified range.
C. Ballast. Large aggregate either replaced with voids subsequently filled
with flowable fill injected by grouting method; or in areas with open
access, placed individually and sequentially at same time as flowable
fill placement.
D. Backgrouting. Secondary stage pressure grouting to ensure that voids
have been filled within abandoned sewer. Backgrouting will only be
required at critical locations indicated on Drawings or if there is evidence of
incomplete flowable fill placements.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
B. ASTM C 494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for Concrete.
C. ASTM C 618 - Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated
Natural Pozzolan for use as Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement
Concrete.
D. ASTM C 937 - Standard Specification for Grout Fluidifier for Pre-placed
Aggregate Concrete.
E. ASTM C 940 - Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of
Freshly Mixed Grout for Replaced Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory.
F. ASTM C 1017 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for Use in
Producing Flowing Concrete.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
02222-3
March 31, 2011
G. ASTM C 1107 - Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout
(Non-shrink)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Flowable fill mix design report:
1. Flowable fill type and production method. Describe if fill will be
mixed to final proportions and consistency in batch plant or if
constituents will be added in transit mixer at placement location.
2. Use of ballast. Provide percentage of ballast of total placement and
size limits for ballast if fill is intended to be used with ballast.
3. Aggregate gradation of fill. Aggregate gradation of mix (excluding
ballast) shall be used as pilot curve for quality control during
production.
4. Fill mix constituents and proportions including materials by weight
and volume, and air content but excluding ballast. Give types and
amounts of admixtures including air entrainment or air generating
compounds.
5. Fill densities and viscosities, including wet density at point of
placement.
6. Initial time of set.
7. Bleeding and shrinkage.
8. Compressive strength.
C. Technical information for equipment and operational procedures
including projected slurry injection rate, grout pressure, method of
controlling grout pressure, bulkhead and vent design, and number of
stages of grout application.
D. Experience record for proposed crew, showing minimum of 100 cubic
yards of flowable fill placed using proposed or similar equipment and
methods.
E. At least 60 days prior to commencing abandonment activities, submit plan
for abandonment, describing proposed grouting sequence, bypass
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
02222-4
March 31, 2011
pumping requirements and plugging, if any, and other information
pertinent to completion of work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FLOWABLE FILL
A. Design Mix Criteria per Section 02320 – Utility Backflow Materials.
B. Flowable Fill Requirements: Low Strength: Minimum 75 psi and maximum
150 psi at 28 days
2.02 BALLAST
A. Ballast Material: Natural rock or concrete pieces with minimum size equal
to at least 10 times maximum aggregate size of flowable fill and
maximum size of 24-In.. Maximum dimension shall not be more than 20
percent of minimum dimension of space to be filled.
B. Ballast Composition: Free of regulated waste material.
2.03 PLUGS FOR FORCE MAINS
A. Grout Plugs: Cement-based dry-pack grout conforming to ASTM C 1107,
Grade B or C.
B. Manufactured Plug: Commercially available plug or cap
specifically designed and manufactured to be used with pipe
being abandoned.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Have fill mix design reports and other submittals required by Paragraph
1.05 accepted by Public Works prior to start of placement. Notify Public
Works at least 24 hours in advance of grouting with flowable fill.
B. Select fill placement equipment and follow procedures with sufficient safety
and care to avoid damage to existing underground utilities and structures.
Operate equipment at pressure that will not distort or imperil portion of
work, new or existing.
C. Clean sewer lines and video with closed circuit television to identify
connections, locate obstructions, and assess condition of pipe. Locate
previously unidentified connections, which have not been redirected and
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
02222-5
March 31, 2011
reconnected as part of this project, and report them to Public Works.
During placement of fill, compensate for irregularities in sewer pipe, such
as obstructions, open joints, or broken pipe to ensure no voids remain
unfilled.
D. Perform demolition work prior to starting fill placement. Clean placement
areas of sewers and manholes of debris that may hinder fill placement.
Remove excessive amounts of sludge and other substances that may
degrade performance of fill. Do not leave sludge or other debris in place if
filling more than 2 percent of placement volume. Dispose of waste material
in compliance with Section 01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
E. Remove free water prior to starting fill placement.
3.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Mix flowable fill in automated batch plant and deliver it to site in
ready-mix trucks. Performance additives may be added at
placement site if required by mix design.
B. Use concrete or grout pumps capable of continuous delivery at planned
placement rate.
3.03 DEMOLITION OF SEWER MANHOLES, PIPELINE STRUCTURES, AND FORCE
MAINS PRIOR TO ABANDONMENT
A. Remove manhole frames and covers and castings from other existing
pipeline structures. Deliver castings to nearest City maintenance
facility for future use. Alternatively, salvaged castings may be used
upon approval by Public Works, for constructing new manholes on this
project.
B. Demolish and remove precast concrete adjustment rings and corner
section, or brick and mortar corbel and chimney, or other pipeline
structure, to minimum depth of 4-Ft. below finished grade. Structure
may be removed to greater depth, but not deeper than 18-In. above
crown of abandoned sewer.
C. When adjacent sewer lines are not to be filled, place temporary plugs in
each line connecting to manhole, in preparation for filling manhole.
D. Excavate overburden from force mains to be abandoned at locations
indicated on Drawings, conforming to Section 02317 - Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities. Cut existing force main, when necessary, to provide
an end surface perpendicular to axis of pipe and suitable for plug to be
installed. Remove force main piping material remaining outside of
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
02222-6
March 31, 2011
segment to be abandoned.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Sanitary sewer pipes smaller than 12" in diameter, are generally not
required to be filled with flowable fill unless it is required by the plans.
Pipes to be abandoned shall be filled, only if required on plans, by
completely filling sewer line with flowable fill. Abandon manholes and other
structures by filling with flowable fill, together with ballast as applicable,
within depth of structures left in place.
B. Place flowable fill to fill volume between manholes. Continuously place
flowable fill from manhole to manhole with no intermediate pour points,
but not exceeding 500-Ft. in length.
C. Have filling operation performed by experienced crews with equipment to
monitor density of flowable fill and to control pressure.
D. Temporarily plug sewer lines which are to remain in operation during
pouring/pumping to keep lines free of flowable fill.
E. Pump flowable fill through bulkheads constructed for placement of 2-In.
PVC pipes or use other suitable construction methods to contain flowable
fill in lines to be abandoned. These pipes will act as injection points or
vents for placement of flowable fill.
F. Place flowable fill under pressure flow conditions into properly vented
open system until flowable fill emerges from vent pipes. Pump flowable
fill with sufficient pressure to overcome friction and to fill sewer from
downstream end, to discharge at upstream end.
G. Inject flowable fill through replaced ballast using grouting equipment and
series of grout pipes discharging at bottom of placement, allowing fill to
rise through ballast effectively filling all voids. Alternatively, sequentially
place individual pieces of ballast at same time as flowable fill is placed. Do
not fill with ballast more than 50 percent of volume at any level, to prevent
nesting and void formation.
H. Remediate placement of flowable fill which does not fill voids in sewer, in
manhole or other structures, or where voids develop due to excessive
shrinkage or bleeding of fill, by using pressure grouting either from inside
sewer or from surface.
I. Plug each end of force main being abandoned.
J. Force main abandonment
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION ABANDONMENT OF SEWERS
02222-7
March 31, 2011
1. Clean inside surface of force main at least 12-In. from ends to
achieve firm bond and seal grout plug or manufactured plug to pipe
surface. Similarly, clean and prepare exterior pipe surface if
manufactured cap is to be used.
2. When using grout plug, place temporary plug or bulkhead
approximately 12-In. inside pipe. Fill pipe end completely with dry-
pack grout mixture.
3. When using manufactured plug or cap, install fitting as
recommended by manufacture's instructions, to form water tight
seal.
K. Backfill to surface, above pipe or structures left in place, with flowable fill in
restricted areas, compacted bank run sand in unrestricted areas to be
paved or select fill in unrestricted areas outside of pavement. Place and
compact backfill, other than flowable fill, in compliance with Section 02317 -
Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
L. Collect and dispose of excess flowable fill material and other debris in
accordance with Section 01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide batch plant tickets for each truck delivery of flowable fill. Note on
tickets addition of admixtures at site.
B. Check flow characteristics and workability of fill as placement proceeds.
C. Obtain at least three test cylinders for each placement area for
determination of 56-day compressive strength and bleeding.
Acceptance of placement will be based on average strength of three
tests.
D. Record volume of ballast together with flowable fill placement
for same space to demonstrate that voids have been filled.
3.06 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
A. Provide safe working conditions for employees throughout
demolition and removal operations. Observe safety requirements
for work below grade.
B. Maintain safe access to adjacent property and buildings. Do not
obstruct roadways, sidewalks or passageways adjacent to work.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CLEARING AND GRUBBING
02233-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02233
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Removing surface debris and rubbish.
B. Clearing site of plant life and grass.
C. Removing trees and shrubs.
D. Removing root system of trees and shrubs.
E. Fence removal.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Payment for clearing and grubbing is on per acre basis.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris.
B. Coordinate clearing work with utility companies.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Verify that existing plant life and features designated to remain are identified
and tagged.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CLEARING AND GRUBBING
02233-2
March 31, 2011
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Protect following from damage or displacement:
1. Living trees located 3-Ft. or more outside of intersection of side
slopes and original ground line.
2. Plants other than trees and landscape features designated to remain.
3. Utilities designated to remain.
4. Bench marks, monuments, and existing structures designated to
remain.
3.03 CLEARING
A. Remove stumps, main root ball, and root system to:
1. Depth of 24-In. below finished subgrade elevation in area bounded
by lines 2-Ft. behind back of curbs.
2. Depth of 24-In. below finished surface of required cross section for
other areas.
B. Clear undergrowth and deadwood without disturbing subsoil.
C. Remove vegetation from top soil scheduled for reuse and in areas
designated to receive embankment.
3.04 REMOVAL
A. Remove debris, rubbish, and extracted plant material life from site in
accordance with requirements of Section 01576 - Waste Material
Disposal.
B. Remove on site fences. Materials generated from removal of fences become
property of Contractor. Properly dispose of in accordance with applicable
local, state and federal laws.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
02260-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02260
TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Trench Safety System for the construction of trench excavations.
B. Trench Safety System for structural excavations that fall under provisions of
State and Federal trench safety laws.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No payment will be made under this section for trench safety systems.
Include payment for trench safety systems in applicable structural or utility
installation sections.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price
Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total
Stipulated Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. A trench shall be defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth)
made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater
than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not
greater than 15 feet.
B. The Trench Safety System requirements will apply to larger open
excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the
space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions
equivalent of a trench as defined.
C. Trench Safety Systems include but are not limited to sloping, sheeting,
trench boxes or trench shields, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring,
dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench
excavation. Design the Trench Safety Program to be in accordance with
OSHA 29 CFR standards governing the presence and activities of
individuals working in and around trench excavations.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
02260-2
March 31, 2011
B. Construction and shop drawings containing deviations from OSHA
standards or special designs shall be sealed by a licensed Engineer
retained by the Contractor.
C. Review of the safety program by the Owner will only be in regard to
compliance with this specification and will not constitute approval by the
Owner nor relieve the Contractor of obligations under State and Federal
trench safety laws.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Install and maintain Trench Safety Systems in accordance with the detail
specifications set out in the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and
Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
Standards, 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P.
B. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a reproduction of the OSHA
standards included in “Subpart P-Excavations” from the Federal register Vol.
54, No. 209.
C. Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to
trench safety systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these
specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code § 756.023.
1.06 INDEMNIFICATION
A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees and
agents, form any and all damages, cost (including, without limitation, legal
fees, court cost, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by
anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of
trenches constructed under this Contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install and maintain Trench Safety Systems in accordance with provisions of
OSHA 29 CFR.
B. Install specially designed Trench Safety Systems in accordance with the
Contractor’s trench excavation safety program for the locations and
conditions identified in the program.
C. A competent person, as identified in the Contractor’s trench safety program,
shall verify that trench boxes and other pre-manufactured systems are
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
02260-3
March 31, 2011
certified for the actual installation conditions.
3.02 INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall make daily inspection of Trench Safety Systems to ensure
that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29 CFR and other
personnel protection regulations requirements.
B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, Contractor shall
immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations
until necessary precautions have been taken by the Contractor to safeguard
personnel entering the trench.
C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor shall verify specific applicability of the selected or specially
designed Trench Safety Systems to each field condition encountered on the
project.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02316
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Excavation, backfilling, and compaction of backfill for structures.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No payment will be made for structural excavation and backfill under this
Section. Include payment in unit price or lump sum for construction of
structures.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Unsuitable Material: Unsuitable soil materials are the following:
1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH, and OL
according to ASTM D 2487.
2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to
gradation, plasticity, or moisture content.
3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones
greater than 4-In. in any dimension, debris, vegetation,
waste or any other deleterious materials.
4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical
contaminants.
B. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting
specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification
requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement shall
be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-2
March 31, 2011
C. Select Material: Material as defined in Section 02320 - Utility Backfill
Materials.
D. Backfill: Select material meeting specified quality requirements,
placed and compacted under controlled conditions around structures.
E. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate
meeting Class I requirements and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to
control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is
placed and compacted as backfill where needed to provide stable
support for structure foundation base. Foundation backfill materials may
include concrete fill and seal slabs.
F. Foundation Base: For foundation base material, use crushed stone
aggregate with filter fabric as required, cement stabilized sand, or
concrete seal slab. Foundation base provides smooth, level working
surface for construction of concrete foundation.
G. Foundation Subgrade: Foundation subgrade is surface of natural soil
which has been excavated and prepared to support foundation base or
foundation backfill, where needed.
H. Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to excavation such
as well points, educators, or deep wells. Ground water control includes
dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would
otherwise emerge from side or bottom of excavation, and depressurization
to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01578
- Control of Ground Water and Surface Water.
I. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and
rain water away from excavation. Remove rain water and surface water
which accidentally enters excavation as part of excavation drainage.
J. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in
excavation by sump pumping and using French drains surrounding
foundation to intercept water.
K. Over-Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with
unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable
materials below foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with
foundation backfill material.
L. Shoring System: Structure that supports sides of an excavation to
maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-3
March 31, 2011
1.04 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D 698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction of Soil
Using Standard Effort (12,400 Ft.-Lb./Ft3 (600kN-m/m3)).
B. ASTM D 1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by Sand-
Cone Method.
C. ASTM D 2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
D. ASTM D 3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depths).
E. ASTM D 4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils.
F. TxDOT Tex-101-E - Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing.
G. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
H. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR, Part 1926, Standards - Excavation,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit work plan for excavation and backfill for each structure with
complete written description which identifies details of proposed method
of construction and sequence of operations for construction relative to
excavation and backfill activities. Use descriptions, with supporting
illustrations, sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to Public Works that
procedures meet requirements of Specifications and Drawings.
C. Submit excavation safety system plan.
1. Submit excavation safety system plan in accordance with applicable
OSHA requirements for excavations.
2. Submit excavation safety system plan in accordance with
requirements of Section 02260 - Trench Safety System, for
excavations that fall under State and Federal trench safety laws.
D. Submit ground and surface water control plan in accordance with
requirements in this Section and Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-4
March 31, 2011
and Surface Water.
E. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in
accordance with requirements of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill
Materials.
F. Submit project record documents under provisions of Section 01785 -
Project Record Documents. Record location of utilities, as installed,
referenced to survey benchmarks. Include location of utilities encountered
or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients.
1.06 TESTS
A. Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and
compaction during construction will be performed by an independent
laboratory provided in accordance with requirements of Section 01454 -
Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section.
B. Perform embedment and backfill material source qualification testing in
accordance with requirements of Section 02320- Utility Backfill
Materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT
A. Perform excavation with equipment suitable for achieving requirements of
this Specification.
B. Use equipment which will produce degree of compaction specified. Compact
backfill within 3-Ft. of walls with hand operated equipment. Do not use
equipment weighing more than 10,000-Lb. closer to walls than a horizontal
distance equal to depth of fill at that time. Use hand operated power
compaction equipment where use of heavier equipment is impractical or
restricted due to weight limitations.
2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Use backfill materials conforming to classifications and product descriptions
of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. Use classification or product
description for backfill applications as shown on Drawings and as specified.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Conduct an inspection to determine condition of existing structures
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-5
March 31, 2011
and other permanent installations.
B. Set up necessary street detours and barricades in preparation for
excavation if construction will affect traffic. Conform to requirements of
Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and
warning devices at all times for streets and intersections where work is
in progress, or where affected by work, and is considered hazardous to
traffic movements.
C. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ an excavation
safety system as specified in Section 02260 - Trench Safety Systems.
D. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks
and driveways, in accordance with requirements of Section 02221 -
Removing Existing Pavements and Structures.
E. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control
measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01578 - Control of
Ground Water and Surface Water.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent
objects outside of grading limits and within grading limits as designated
on Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 -
Tree and Plant Protection.
B. Protect and support above-grade and below-grade utilities which are to
remain.
C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions
unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on
Drawings.
D. Prevent erosion of excavations and backfill. Do not allow water to pond in
excavations.
E. Maintain excavation and backfill areas until start of subsequent work.
Repair and recompact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of
density at no additional cost to the City.
3.03 EXCAVATION
A. Perform excavation work so that underground structure can be installed
to depths and alignments shown on Drawings. Use caution during
excavation work to avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-6
March 31, 2011
facilities and improvements. Keep excavation to absolute minimum
necessary. No additional payment will be made for excess excavation
not authorized by Public Works.
B. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not
designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that
location. Notify Public Works and obtain instructions before proceeding in
such areas.
C. Immediately notify agency or company owning any line which is
damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from Public Works and
agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent.
D. Avoid settlement of surrounding soil due to equipment operations,
excavation procedures, vibration, dewatering, or other construction
methods.
E. Provide surface drainage during construction to protect work and to
avoid nuisance to adjoining property. Where required, provide proper
dewatering and piezometric pressure control during construction.
F. Conduct hauling operations so that trucks and other vehicles do not
create dirt nuisance in streets. Verify that truck beds are sufficiently tight
and loaded in such a manner such that objectionable materials will not
spill onto streets. Promptly clear away any dirt, mud, or other materials
that spill onto streets or are deposited onto streets by vehicle tires.
G. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other
reference points. Unless otherwise directed, replace those which
are damaged or destroyed by work.
H. Provide sheeting, shoring, and bracing where required to safely complete
work, to prevent excavation from extending beyond limits indicated on
Drawings, and to protect work and adjacent structures or improvements.
Use sheeting, shoring, and bracing to protect workmen and public
conforming to requirements of Section 02260 - Trench Safety Systems.
I. Prevent voids from forming outside of sheeting. Immediately fill voids
with grout, cement stabilized sand, or other material approved by Public
Works and compact to 95 percent standard density.
J. After completion of structure, remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing
unless shown on Drawings to remain in place or directed by Public
Works in writing that such temporary structures may remain. Remove
sheeting, shoring and bracing in such a manner as to maintain safety
during backfilling operations and to prevent damage to work and
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-7
March 31, 2011
adjacent structures or improvements.
K. Immediately fill and compact voids left or caused by removal of
sheeting with cement stabilized sand or other material approved by
Public Works and compact to 95 percent standard density.
3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. Classify excavated materials. Place material which is suitable for use as
backfill in orderly piles at sufficient distance from excavation to prevent
slides or cave-ins.
B. Provide additional backfill material in accordance with requirements of
Section 02319 - Borrow, if adequate quantities of suitable material are
not available from excavation and trenching operations at site.
3.05 DEWATERING
A. Provide ground water control per Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water
and Surface Water.
B. Keep ground water surface elevation minimum of 2-Ft. below bottom of
foundation base.
C. Maintain ground water control as directed by Section 01578 - Control of
Ground Water and Surface Water and until structure is sufficiently
complete to provide required weight to resist hydrostatic uplift with
minimum safety factor of 1.2.
3.06 FOUNDATION EXCAVATION
A. Notify Public Works at least 48 hours prior to planned completion of
foundation excavations. Do not place foundation base until excavation is
accepted by Public Works.
B. Excavate to elevations shown on Drawings, as needed to provide space
for foundation base, forming level undisturbed surface, free of mud or soft
material. Remove pockets of soft or otherwise unstable soils and replace
with foundation backfill material or material as directed by Public Works.
Prior to placing material over it, recompact subgrade where indicated on
Drawings, scarifying as needed, to 95 percent of maximum Standard Dry
Density according to ASTM D 698. If specified level of compaction cannot
be achieved, moisture condition subgrade and recompact until 95 percent
is achieved, over-excavate to provide minimum layer of 24-In. of
foundation backfill material, or other means acceptable to Public Works.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-8
March 31, 2011
C. Fill unauthorized excessive excavation with foundation backfill material or
other material as directed by Public Works.
D. Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater, or
excessive drying so as to maintain foundation subgrade in satisfactory,
undisturbed condition. Keep excavations free of standing water and
completely free of water during concrete placement.
E. Remove soils which become unsuitable due to inadequate dewatering or
other causes, after initial excavation to required subgrade, and replace
with foundation backfill material, as directed by Public Works, at no
additional cost to the City.
F. Place foundation base, or foundation backfill material where needed, over
subgrade on same day that excavation is completed to final grade. Where
base of excavations are left open for longer periods, protect them with
seal slab or cement-stabilized sand.
G. Use filter fabric as specified in Section 02621 - Geotextile to separate
crushed aggregate, and other free draining Class I materials from native
soils or select material backfill. Overlap fabric minimum of 12-In. beyond
where another material stops contact with soil.
H. Place crushed aggregate, and other Class I materials, in uniform layers
of 8-In. maximum thickness. Perform compaction by means of at least
two passes of vibratory compactor.
3.07 FOUNDATION BASE.
A. Place foundation base after subgrade is properly prepared, including
placement of foundation backfill where needed. Use foundation base
consisting of 12-In. layer of crushed stone aggregate or cement stabilized
sand. Alternately, seal slab with minimum thickness of 4-In. may be placed.
Extend foundation base minimum of 12-In. beyond edge of structure
foundation, unless shown otherwise on Drawings.
B. Where foundation base and foundation backfill are of same material,
both can be placed in one operation.
3.08 BACKFILL
A. Complete backfill to surface of natural ground or to lines and grades shown
on Drawings. Remove forms, lumber, trash and debris from structures. Use
select fill for backfill. Existing material that qualifies as select material may
be used, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. Deposit backfill in
uniform layers and compact each layer as specified.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-9
March 31, 2011
B. Do not place backfill against concrete walls or similar structures until
laboratory test breaks indicate that concrete has reached minimum of 85
percent of specified compressive strength. Where walls are supported by
slabs or intermediate walls, do not begin backfill operations until slab or
intermediate walls have been placed and concrete has attained sufficient
strength.
C. Remove concrete forms before starting backfill and remove shoring
and bracing as work progresses.
D. Maintain backfill material at no less than 2 percent below nor more than 2
percent above optimum moisture content, unless otherwise approved by
Public Works. Place fill material in uniform 8-In. maximum loose layers.
Compact fill to at least 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density
according to ASTM D 698 below paved areas. Compact fill to at least 95
percent around structures below unpaved areas.
E. Where backfill is placed against sloped excavation surface, run compaction
equipment across boundary of cut slope and backfill to form compacted
slope surface for placement of next layer of backfill.
F. Place backfill using cement stabilized sand in accordance with Section
02321 – Cement Stabilized Sand.
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01454 - Testing
Laboratory Services.
B. Tests will be performed initially on minimum of one different sample of
each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM
D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E
and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever
there is noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity.
C. In-place density tests of compacted subgrade and backfill will be
performed according to ASTM D 698, Tex 114-E, or ASTM D 2922 and
ASTM D 3017, and at following frequencies and conditions:
1. Minimum of one test for every 50 to 100 cubic yards of
compacted backfill material or as directed by Public Works.
2. A minimum of three density tests for each full work shift.
3. Density tests will be performed in all placement areas.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURES
02316-10
March 31, 2011
4. Number of tests will be increased when inspection determines that
soil types or moisture contents are not uniform or when compacting
effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform
density.
5. Identify elevation of test with respect to natural ground.
6. Record approximate depth of lift tested.
D. At least one test for moisture-density relationships will be initially
performed for each type of backfill material in accordance with ASTM D
698. Perform additional moisture-density relationship test once a month
or whenever there is noticeable change in material gradation or
plasticity.
E. When tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction
requirements, recondition, re-compact, and retest at Contractor's
expense.
3.10 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 –
Waste Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02317
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation
of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No additional payment will be made for trench excavation,
embedment and backfill under this Section. Include cost in unit
price for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work.
2. When Public Works directs Contractor to overexcavate trench
bottom, Contractor will be paid by unit price bid per linear foot under
bid item - 6" Overexcavation of Trench Bottom.
a. No payment will be paid if Public Works does not direct
Contractor to overexcavate trench bottom.
b. No overexcavation will be measured or paid when unsuitable
conditions result from dewatering system not in conformance
with Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water and Surface
Water.
3. No additional payment will be made for performing Critical Location
exploratory excavation. Include cost for unit price for work requiring
critical location.
4. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at
trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of bedding as shown
on Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-2
March 31, 2011
over-excavations.
B. Pipe Bedding: Portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of
foundation up to level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one
trench sidewall to opposite sidewall.
C. Haunching: Material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up
to springline of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite
sidewall.
D. Initial Backfill: Portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from
springline of pipe (top of haunching) up to level line 12-inch above top of
pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall.
E. Pipe Embedment: Portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding,
haunching and initial backfill.
F. Trench Zone: Portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of
pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not
beneath pavement.
G. Unsuitable Material: Unsuitable soil materials are the following:
1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH, and OL
according to ASTM D 2487.
2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to
gradation, plasticity, or moisture content.
3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than
4-inch in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other
deleterious materials.
4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other
chemical contaminants.
H. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification
requirements. Materials mixed with lime or cement that can be compacted
to required density and meeting requirements for suitable materials may
be considered suitable materials, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements placed
and compacted under controlled conditions.
J. Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to trench, such as
well points, educators, or deep wells. Ground water control includes
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-3
March 31, 2011
dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would
otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and
depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer
to Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water.
K. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and
rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water
accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as part of
excavation drainage.
L. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by
sump pumping and using drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321,
placed on foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of
Class I material.
M. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to stability of trench bottom and
trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that
provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material
directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where
structural trench support is necessary.
1. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions
exist in pipe embedment zone as result of typically dry soils or
achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization)
for trenches extending below ground water level.
2. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water
seepage is controlled by excavation drainage.
a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation
drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water
control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench
subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding
placement.
b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is
provided in embedment zone in combination with ground
water control in predominately sandy or silty soils.
3. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in pipe
embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content
causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling,
heaving or loss of density.
N. Sub-trench: Sub-trench is special case of benched excavation. Sub-trench
excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-4
March 31, 2011
allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials
directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of sub-trench depends upon
trench stability and safety as determined by Contractor.
O. Trench Dam: Placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment
zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along trench.
P. Over-excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with
unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable
materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled
with foundation backfill material.
Q. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of
controlled gradation, and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to control
drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed
and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding.
Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs.
R. Trench Safety Systems include both protective systems and shoring
systems as defined in Section 02260 - Trench Safety Systems.
S. Trench Shield (Trench Box): Portable worker safety structure moved along
trench as work proceeds, used as protective system and designed to
withstand forces imposed on it by cave- in, thereby protecting persons
within trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in
series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected.
T. Shoring System: Structure that supports sides of an excavation to
maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent
movement of ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements.
U. Special Shoring: Shoring system meeting special shoring as specified in
Paragraph 1.08, Special Shoring Design Requirements, for locations
identified on Drawings.
1.04 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 12 - Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines.
B. ASTM D 558 - Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soil Cement Mixtures.
C. ASTM D 698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft).
D. ASTM D 1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-5
March 31, 2011
in Place by Sand-Cone Method.
E. ASTM D 2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications.
F. ASTM D 2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
G. ASTM D 2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
H. ASTM D 3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock
in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
I. ASTM D 4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils.
J. TxDOT Tex-101-E - Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for
Testing.
K. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
L. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
1.05 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on same day
that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe
installation, manhole, or other structures.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and
compaction including:
1. Trench widths.
2. Procedures for foundation and pipe zone bedding placement, and
trench backfill compaction.
3. Procedures for assuring compaction against undisturbed soil when
pre-manufactured trench safety systems are proposed.
C. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-6
March 31, 2011
accordance with requirements of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials.
D. Submit trench excavation safety program in accordance with requirements
of Section 02260 - Trench Safety System. Include designs for special
shoring meeting requirements defined in Paragraph 1.08, Special Shoring
Design Requirements contained herein.
E. Submit record of location of utilities as installed, referenced to survey
control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give
stations, horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts, and gradients.
F. Submit 11-inch by 17-inch or 12-inch by 18-inch copy of Drawing with
plotted utility or obstruction location titled "Critical Location Report" to
Public Works.
1.07 TESTS
A. Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and
compaction during construction will be performed by an independent
laboratory provided in accordance with requirements of Section 01454 -
Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section.
B. Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with
requirements of Section 02320- Utility Backfill Materials.
1.08 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Have special shoring designed or selected by Contractor's Professional
Engineer to provide support for sides of excavations, including soils and
hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground
movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as
structures, pavements and utilities. Special shoring may be a pre-
manufactured system selected by Contractor's Professional Engineer to
meet project site requirements based on manufacturer's standard design.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT
A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable
for achieving requirements of this Section.
B. Use only hand-operated tamping equipment until minimum cover of 12-
inch is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy
compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage
to pipes, conduits, or ducts.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-7
March 31, 2011
C. Use trench shields or other protective systems or shoring systems which
are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of
backfill directly against undisturbed native soil.
D. Use special shoring systems where required which may consist of braced
sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other
systems meeting requirements as specified in Paragraph 1.08, Special
Shoring Design Requirements.
2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to classifications
and product descriptions of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials.
B. Concrete Backfill: Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as
specified in Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility Construction.
C. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02621-
Geotextile.
D. Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag)
concrete.
E. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 STANDARD PRACTICE
A. Install flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid" pipe, to conform to standard
practice described in ASTM D 2321, and as described in this Section.
Where an apparent conflict occurs between standard practice and
requirements of this Section, this Section governs.
B. Install rigid pipe to conform to standard practice described in ASTM C 12,
and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs
between standard practice and requirements of this Section, this Section
governs.
C. Classification of material will be determined by Public Works.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Establish traffic control to conform to requirements of Section 01555 -
Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for
streets and intersections affected by work, and are considered hazardous
to traffic movements.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-8
March 31, 2011
B. Perform work to conform to applicable safety standards and regulations.
Employ trench safety system as specified in Section 02260 - Trench
Safety Systems.
C. Immediately notify agency or company owning any existing utility line
which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from Public
Works and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or
permanent.
D. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and
driveways, to conform to requirements of Section 02221 - Removing
Existing Pavements and Structures, as applicable.
E. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface-water control
measures to conform to Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water and
Surface Water. Provide stable trench to allow installation in accordance
with Specifications.
F. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference
points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are
damaged or destroyed.
3.03 CRITICAL LOCATION INVESTIGATION
A. Horizontal and vertical location of various underground lines shown on
Drawings, including but not limited to water lines, gas lines, storm sewers,
sanitary sewers, telecommunication lines, electric lines or power ducts,
pipelines, concrete and debris, are based on best information available but
are only approximate locations. At Critical Locations shown on Drawings,
field verify horizontal and vertical locations of such lines within zone 2-foot
vertically and 4-foot horizontally of proposed work.
1. Verify location of existing utilities minimum of 7 working days in
advance of pipe laying activities based on daily pipe laying rate.
Use extreme caution and care when uncovering these lines.
2. Notify Public Works in writing immediately upon identification of
obstruction. In event of failure to identify obstruction in minimum of
7 days, Contractor will not be entitled to extra cost for downtime
including, but not limited to, payroll, equipment, overhead,
demobilization and remobilization, until 7 days has passed from
time Public Works is notified of obstruction.
B. Notify involved utility companies of date and time that investigation
excavation will occur and request that their respective utility lines be
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-9
March 31, 2011
marked in field. Comply with utility or pipeline company requirements that
their representative be present during excavation. Provide Public Works
with 48 hours notice prior to field excavation or related work.
C. Survey vertical and horizontal locations of obstructions relative to project
baseline and datum and plot on 12-inch by 18-inch copy of Drawings. For
large diameter water lines, submit to Public Works for approval, horizontal
and vertical alignment dimensions for connections to existing lines, tied
into project baseline, signed and sealed by R.P.L.S.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent
objects outside of grading limits and within grading limits as designated on
Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Tree
and Plant Protection.
B. Protect and support above-grade and below-grade utilities which are to
remain.
C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions
unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on Drawings.
D. Take measures to minimize erosion of trenches. Do not allow water to
pond in trenches. Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss
of density or pavement failures or potholes occur, repair, recompact, and
pave those areas at no additional cost to the City.
3.05 EXCAVATION
A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on Drawings, install underground
utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides.
B. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed
to depths and alignments shown on Drawings. Avoid disturbing
surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements.
C. Determine trench excavation widths using following schedule as related to
pipe outside diameter (O.D.).
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-10
March 31, 2011
Nominal
Pipe Size, Inches
Minimum Trench
Width, Inches
Less than 18 O.D. + 12
18 to 30 O.D. + 24
36 to 42 O.D. + 36
Greater than 42 O.D. + 48
D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above embedment zone for
installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of
trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from surface
elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit
equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and
backfill, and other materials.
E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not
designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that
location. Notify Public Works and obtain instructions before proceeding.
F. Shoring of Trench Walls.
1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or
simultaneously with trench excavation, so that soils within full
height of trench excavation walls will remain laterally supported at
all times.
2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in pipe embedment
zone throughout installation. Provide trench wall supports
sufficiently tight to prevent washing trench wall soil out from behind
trench wall support.
3. Leave sheeting driven into or below pipe embedment zone in place
to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials,
unless otherwise directed by Public Works. Leave rangers, walers,
and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which
has been cut off, and trench wall in vicinity of pipe zone.
4. Employ special methods for maintaining integrity of embedment or
foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact
embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and
stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and
compacting embedment.
5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of pipe embedment
zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by
subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-11
March 31, 2011
extending into embedment zone shall be equivalent of 1-inch thick
steel plate. As sheeting is removed, fill in voids left with grouting
material.
G. Use of Trench Shields. When trench shield (trench box) is used as worker
safety device, the following requirements apply:
1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be
lifted or pulled freely, without damage to trench sidewalls.
2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after
placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor
degree of compaction reduced. Re-compact after shield is moved if
soil is disturbed.
3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and
bedding materials beneath shield. For backfill above bedding, lift
shield as each layer of backfill is placed and spread. Place and
compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and
foundation.
4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to
be performed in safe manner.
5. Conform to applicable Government regulations.
H. Voids under paving area outside shield caused by Contractor's work will
require removal of pavement, consolidation and replacement of pavement
in accordance with Contract Documents. Repair damage resulting from
failure to provide adequate supports.
I. Place sand or soil behind shoring or trench shield to prevent soil outside
shoring from collapsing and causing voids under pavement. Immediately
pack suitable material in outside voids following excavation to avoid
caving of trench walls.
J. Coordinate excavation within 15 feet of pipeline with company's
representative. Support pipeline with methods agreed to by Pipeline
Company’s representative. Use small, rubber- tired excavator, such as
backhoe, to do exploratory excavation. Bucket that is used to dig in close
proximity to pipelines shall not have teeth or shall have guard installed
over teeth to approximate bucket without teeth. Excavate by hand within
1-foot of Pipeline Company’s line. Do not use larger excavation equipment
than normally used to dig trench in vicinity of pipeline until pipelines have
been uncovered and fully exposed. Do not place large excavation and
hauling equipment directly over pipelines unless approved by Pipeline
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-12
March 31, 2011
Company’s representative.
K. When, during excavation to uncover pipeline company's pipelines,
screwed collar or an oxy- acetylene weld is exposed, immediately notify
Public Works. Provide supports for collar or welds. Discuss with Pipeline
Company’s representative and determine methods of supporting collar or
weld during excavation and later backfilling operations. When collar is
exposed, request Pipeline Company to provide welder in a timely manner
to weld ends of collar prior to backfilling of excavation.
3.06 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. Use only excavated materials, which are suitable as defined in this
Section and conforming to Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. Place
material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at distance from trench to
prevent slides or cave-ins.
B. When required, provide additional backfill material conforming to
requirements of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials.
C. Do not place stockpiles of excess excavated materials on streets and
adjacent properties. Protect backfill material to be used on site. Maintain
site conditions in accordance with Section 01504 - Temporary Facilities
and Controls. Excavate trench so that pipe is centered in trench. Do not
obstruct sight distance for vehicles utilizing roadway or detours with
stockpiled materials.
3.07 TRENCH FOUNDATION
A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench
conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials.
B. When wet soil is encountered on trench bottom and dewatering system is
not required, overexcavate an additional 6-inch with approval by Public
Works. Place non-woven geotextile fabric and then compact 12-inch of
crushed stone in one lift on top of fabric. Compact crushed stone with four
passes of vibratory-type compaction equipment.
C. Perform over excavation, if directed by Public Works, in accordance with
Paragraph 3.07B above. Removal of unstable or unsuitable material may
be required if approved by Public Works;
1. Even though Contractor has not determined material to be
unsuitable, or
2. If unstable trench bottom is encountered and an adequate ground
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-13
March 31, 2011
water control system is installed and operating according to Section
01578 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water.
D. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than
100-foot between manholes and not less than one in every 500-foot of
pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable
construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5-foot from
manholes.
3.08 PIPE EMBEDMENT, PLACEMENT, AND COMPACTION
A. Remove loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil from
bottoms and sidewalls of trenches immediately prior to placement of
embedment materials.
B. Place embedment including bedding, haunching, and initial backfill as
shown on Drawings.
C. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around pipe
to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Protect
flexible pipe from damage during placing of pipe zone bedding material.
Perform placement and compaction directly against undisturbed soils in
trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place.
D. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of embedment zone
unless means to maintain density of compacted embedment material are
used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift supports
incrementally to allow placement and compaction of material against
undisturbed soil.
E. Place geotextile to prevent particle migration from in-situ soil into open-
graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers.
F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and
compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not
use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates.
G. Place haunching material manually around pipe and compact it to provide
uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small-diameter or
lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and
placement beside pipe with sand bags or other suitable means.
H. Place electrical conduit, if used, directly on foundation without
bedding.
I. Shovel in-place and compact embedment material using pneumatic
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-14
March 31, 2011
tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory-plate compactors or engine-
powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. Compact each lift before
proceeding with placement of next lift. Water tamping is not allowed.
J. Use bedding material as detailed below and as specified in Section 02320
- Utility Backfill Material.
1. Water line installation: Class I, and II Embedment Materials as
specified in Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Material. The City
requires water and sewer utilities to be encased in six (6") inches of
sand.
a. Maximum 6-inch compacted lift thickness.
b. Compact to achieve minimum of 80 percent of maximum dry
density as determined according to ASTM D 698. Avoid
damaging pipe.
c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective
compaction without softening soil of trench bottom,
foundation or trench walls.
2. Sewer line installation: Class I Embedment Materials. The City
requires water and sewer utilities to be encased in six (6") inches of
sand.
a. Maximum 6-inch compacted lift thickness.
b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating
equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to
effectively embed pipe to meet deflection test criteria.
c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective
compaction without softening soil of trench bottom,
foundation or trench walls.
3. Storm sewer installation: Class II Embedment or Cement Stabilized
Sand.
a. Maximum 6-inch compacted thickness.
b. Compact to achieve minimum of 80 percent of maximum dry
density as determined according to ASTM D 698. Avoid
damaging pipe.
c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-15
March 31, 2011
compaction without softening soil of trench bottom,
foundation or trench walls. Moisture content of cement
stabilized sands on dry side of optimum as determined
according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective
hydration.
K. Place trench dams in Class I embedment in line segments longer than
100-foot between manholes, and not less than one in every 500-foot of
pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable
construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5-foot from
manholes.
3.09 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as
practicable. Leave only minimum length of trench open as necessary for
construction.
B. In unpaved areas, backfill trench zone, including auger pits, intermediate
and site pits, with native material from trench, Class III material, Select
Backfill, or random backfill material as specified in Section 02320 - Utility
Backfill materials.
1. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact. Fully compact each
lift before placement of next lift. Maximum 12-inch compacted lift
thickness.
2. Compact by vibratory equipment to minimum of 90 percent of
maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698.
3. Moisture content within zero percent to +5 percent of optimum
determined according to ASTM D 698, unless otherwise approved
by Public Works
C. For trench zone backfill of in paved areas and to within 1-foot back of
curb, use material excavated from trench that meets the requirements of
Select Backfill, Select Backfill, or flexible base material, as specified in
Section 02320 - Utility Backfill materials. The use of flowable fill may be
required in areas subjected to traffic, per Drawings and Section 02320 –
Utility Backfill Materials.
1. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact. Fully compact each
lift before placement of next lift. Place in maximum 8-inch loose
layers.
2. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to
minimum of 95 percent of maximum dry density determined
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-16
March 31, 2011
according to ASTM D 698.
3. Moisture content within 2 percent below or 5 percent above
optimum determined according to ASTM D 698, unless approved
by Public Works.
D. Cement-Stabilized Sand may be used as trench zone back fill under paved
areas.
1. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve
uniform placement and required compaction, but do not exceed 12-
inch Refer to Section 02321.
2. Compact by vibratory equipment to minimum of 95 percent of
maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558.
3. Moisture content on dry side of optimum determined according to
ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration.
E. Fat Clay (CH)
1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved
areas at Contractor's option. When required density is not
achieved, at any additional cost to City, rework, dry out, use lime
stabilization or other approved methods to achieve compaction
requirements, or use different suitable material.
2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and
maximum 12-inch lift thickness for granular soils.
3. Compact to minimum of 95 percent of maximum dry density
determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content as
necessary to achieve density.
F. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from
withdrawal of sheeting, leave sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5-foot
or more above crown of pipe. Remove trench supports within 5-foot from
ground surface.
G. For electric conduits, remove form work used for construction of conduits
before placing trench zone backfill.
3.10 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES
A. Meet requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline
structures, as shown on Drawings.
B. Below paved areas, encapsulate manhole with cement stabilized sand or
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-17
March 31, 2011
flowable fill; minimum of 1-foot below base, minimum 1-foot around walls,
up to within 12-inch of pavement subgrade. Compact in accordance with
Paragraph 3.10.D of this Section
C. In unpaved areas, use Select Backfill, or flexible base material, for backfill.
Existing material that qualifies as select material may be used, unless
indicated otherwise on Drawings. Deposit backfill in uniform layers and
compact each layer as specified. Maintain backfill material at no less than
2 percent below nor more than 5 percent above optimum moisture
content, unless otherwise approved by Public Works. Place fill material in
uniform 8-inch maximum loose layers. Compact fill to at least 95 percent of
maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02320 - Utility
Backfill Materials.
B. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths
required for testing and retesting during construction at no additional cost
to City.
C. Tests will be performed on minimum of three different samples of each
material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D
4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and
Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever
there is noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity, or when
requested by Public Works.
D. At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be performed
initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for
cement- stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Perform
additional moisture-density relationship tests once a month or whenever
there is noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity.
E. In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and
trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D
698, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at following frequencies
and conditions.
1. For open cut construction projects and auger pits: Unless otherwise
approved by Public Works, successful compaction to be measured
by one test per 400-foot measured along pipe.
2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of work.
CITY OF SCHERTZ EXCAVATION AND
STANDARD SPECIFICATION BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
02317-18
March 31, 2011
3. Density tests will be distributed among placement areas. Placement
areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench
zone.
4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that
soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort
is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density,
as specified.
5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below fill surface
by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore
be subject to acceptance/rejection.
6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests
showing density less than acceptance criteria. Placement will be
rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results.
7. Recompacted placement will be retested at same frequency as first
test series, including verification tests.
8. Identify elevation of test with respect to natural ground or
pavement.
F. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests
indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For
hardened soil cement with nonconforming density, core and test for
compressive strength at Contractor's expense.
G. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection.
3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section
01576 – Waste Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02320
UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Material Classifications.
B. Utility Backfill Materials: Concrete sand, Gem sand, Pea gravel, Crushed stone, Crushed concrete, Bank run sand, Select backfill, Random backfill, Flowable fill
C. Material Handling and Quality Control Requirements.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No payment will be made for backfill material. Include
payment in unit price for applicable utility installation.
2. Payment for backfill material, when included as separate pay item
or when directed by Public Works, is on cubic yard basis for
material placed and compacted within theoretical trench width
limits and thickness of material according to Drawings, or as
directed by Public Works.
3. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Unsuitable Material:
1. Materials classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH, and OL according to ASTM D 2487.
2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to
gradation, plasticity, or moisture content.
3. Materials containing large clods, aggregates, or stones
greater than 4-in. in any dimension; debris, vegetation, or
waste; or any other deleterious materials.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-2
March 31, 2011
4. Materials contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants.
B. Suitable Material:
1. Materials meeting specification requirements.
2. Unsuitable materials meeting specification requirements for
suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement.
C. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate
meeting Class I requirements and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to
control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is
placed and compacted as backfill where needed to provide stable
support for structure foundation base. Foundation backfill materials may
include concrete fill and seal slabs.
D. Foundation Base: Crushed stone aggregate with filter fabric as required,
cement stabilized sand, or concrete seal slab. Foundation base provides
smooth, level working surface for construction of concrete foundation.
E. Backfill Material: Classified soil material meeting specified quality
requirements for designated application as embedment or trench
zone backfill.
F. Embedment Material: Soil material placed under controlled conditions
within embedment zone extending vertically upward from top of foundation
to an elevation 12-In. above top of pipe, and including pipe bedding,
haunching and initial backfill.
G. Trench Zone Backfill: Classified soil material meeting specified quality
requirements and placed under controlled conditions in trench zone
from top of embedment zone to base course in paved areas or to
surface grading material in unpaved areas.
H. Foundation: Either suitable soil of trench bottom or material placed as
backfill of over- excavation for removal and replacement of unsuitable
or otherwise unstable soils.
I. Source: Source selected by Contractor for supply of embedment or
trench zone backfill material. Selected source may be project
excavation, off-site borrow pits, commercial borrow pits, or sand and
aggregate production or manufacturing plants.
J. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities for other
definitions regarding utility installation by trench construction.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-3
March 31, 2011
1.04 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregate.
B. ASTM C 40 - Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete.
C. ASTM C 123 - Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate.
D. ASTM C 131 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in Los Angeles Machine.
E. ASTM C 136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
F. ASTM C 142 - Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates.
G. ASTM D 1140 - Standard Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer Than No. 200 Sieve.
H. ASTM D 2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System).
I. ASTM D 4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils.
J. ASTM D 4643 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by Microwave Oven Method.
K. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Determining Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
L. TxDOT Tex-460-A - Material Finer Than 75 Fm (No.200) Sieve In Mineral Aggregates (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates).
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit description of source, material classification and product
description, production method, and application of backfill materials.
C. Submit test results for samples of off-site backfill materials. Comply with
Paragraph 2.03, Material Testing.
D. Before stockpiling materials, submit copy of approval from
landowner for stockpiling backfill material on private property.
E. Provide delivery ticket which includes source location for each delivery
of material that is obtained from off-site sources or is being paid as
specific bid item.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-4
March 31, 2011
1.06 TESTS
A. Perform tests of sources for backfill material in accordance with Paragraph 2.03B.
B. Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the City in accordance with Section 01454 - Testing Laboratory Services and in accordance with Paragraph 3.03.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Classify materials for backfill for purpose of quality control in accordance
with Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487.
Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications
and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.01B, or by
product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2.02.
B. Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing:
1. Class I: Well-graded gravels and sands, gravel-sand mixtures,
crushed well-graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW):
a. Plasticity index: non-plastic.
b. Gradation: D60/D10 - greater than 4 percent; amount passing
No. 200 sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent.
2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines (GM, GP, SP, SM):
a. Plasticity index: non-plastic to 4.
b. Gradations: 1. Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent.
2. Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve -
between 12 percent and 50 percent.
3. Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-
SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and
12 percent.
3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel,
sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC):
a. Plasticity index: greater than 7.
b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-5
March 31, 2011
4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL).
a. Plasticity Indexes:
1. Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line.
2. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI
between 4 and 7.
b. Liquid limit: less than 50.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH)
a. Plasticity index: above A line.
b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
6. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and
which are not defined above, according to more restrictive class.
2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
A. Soils classified as silt (ML) silty clay (CL-ML with PI of 4 to 7), elastic silt
(MH), organic clay and organic silt (OL, OH), and organic matter (PT)
are not acceptable as backfill materials. These soils may be used for
site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by Public
Works. Soils in Class IVB, fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill
materials where allowed by applicable backfill installation specification.
Refer to Section 02316 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and
Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
B. Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 6-In., free
of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non-
soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to
following limits for deleterious materials:
1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0
percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142.
2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-6
March 31, 2011
3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40.
C. Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for
natural soil or rock products where indicated in product specification, and
approved by Public Works, provided that physical property criteria are
determined to be satisfactory by testing.
D. Bank Run Sand: Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting following requirements:
1. Less than 15 percent passing number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. Amount of clay lumps or balls may not exceed 2 percent.
2. Material passing number 40 sieve shall meet the following
requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318:
Plasticity index: not exceeding 7.
E. Concrete Sand: Natural sand, manufactured sand, or combination of
natural and manufactured sand conforming to requirements of ASTM C
33 and graded within following limits when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 136:
Sieve Percent Passing
3/8" 100
No. 4 95 to 100
No. 8 80 to 100
No. 16 50 to 85
No. 30 25 to 60
No. 50 10 to 30
No. 100 2 to 10
F. Gem Sand: Sand conforming to requirements of ASTM C 33 for course
aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following
limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
Sieve Percent Passing
3/8” 95 to 100
No. 4 60 to 80
No. 8 15 to 40
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-7
March 31, 2011
G. Pea Gravel: Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded
stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 136:
Sieve Percent Passing
1/2” 100
3/8” 85 to 100
No. 4 10 to 30
No. 8 0 to 10
No. 16 0 to 5
H. Crushed Aggregates: Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles
obtained from an approved source and meeting the following
requirements:
1. Materials of one product delivered for same construction activity from single source, unless otherwise approved by Public Works.
2. Non-plastic fines.
3. Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131.
4. Crushed aggregate shall have minimum of 90 percent of particles retained on No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Tex-460-A, Part I.
5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel is not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on applicable utility embedment drawing details.
6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris.
7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with Tex-110-E.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-8
March 31, 2011
SIEVE Percent Passing by Weight for Pipe Embedment
by Ranges of Nominal Pipes Sizes
>15” 15” – 8” <8”
1” 95 – 100 100 -
¾” 60 – 90 90 – 100 100
½” 25 – 60 - 90 – 100
3/8” - 20 – 55 40 – 70
No. 4 0 – 5 0 – 10 0 – 15
No. 8 - 0 – 5 0 - 5
I. Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with
plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in
accordance with Section 02951 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to
meet plasticity criteria.
J. Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, III
and IV; or fat clay (CH) where allowed by applicable backfill installation
specification. Refer to Section 02316 - Excavation and Backfill for
Structures and Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
K. Cement Stabilized Sand: Conform to requirements of Section 02321 -
Cement Stabilized Sand.
L. Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B concrete as specified in Section
03315 - Concrete for Utility Construction.
M. Flexible Base Course Material: Conform to requirements of applicable
portions of Section 02711 - Hot Mix Asphaltic Base Course, Section 02712
- Cement Stabilized Base Course, and Section 02713 - Crushed Concrete
Base Course.
N. Flowable Fill:
1. Design Mix Criteria. Provide design of one or more mixes to meet
design criteria and conditions for placement. Present information
required by Paragraph 1.05B in mix design report including
following:
a.Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I or II. Volume and weight per
cubic yard of fill. Provide minimum cement content of 100-
Lb. per cubic yard.
b. Fly ash: ASTM C 618 Class C or F. Volume and weight per
cubic yard of fill. Provide minimum Fly ash content of 200-Lb.
per cubic yard.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-9
March 31, 2011
c. Potable water: Volume and weight per cubic yard of fill.
Amount of water determined by mix design testing.
d. Aggregate gradation: 100 percent passing 3/8-In. sieve and
not more than 10 percent passing No. 200 sieve. Mix design
report shall define pilot gradation based on following sieve
sizes 3/8-In., Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50, 100, and 200. Do not
deviate from pilot gradation by more than plus or minus 10
percentage points for any sieve for production material.
e. Aggregate source material: Screened or crushed aggregate,
pit or bank run fine gravels or sand, or crushed concrete. If
crushed concrete is used, add at least 30 percent of natural
aggregate to provide workability.
f. Admixtures: Use admixtures meeting ASTM C 494 and
ASTM C 1017 as needed to improve pumpability, to control
time of set, and reduce bleeding.
g. Fluidifier: Use fluidifier meeting ASTM C 937 as necessary to
hold solid constituents in suspension. Add shrinkage
compensator if necessary.
h. Performance additive: Use flowable fill performance additive,
such as Darafill or approved equal, to control fill properties.
2. Flowable Fill Requirements
a. Unconfined compressive strength as determined based on
an average of three tests for same placement. Present at
least three acceptable strength tests for proposed mix
design in mix design report.:
i. Low Strength: Minimum 75 psi and maximum 150 psi @
28 days
ii. High Strength: Greater than 500 psi @ 28 days. For
emergency repairs, strength shall be greater than 50 psi
@ 2 hours.
b. Placement characteristics: self-leveling.
c. Shrinkage characteristics: Limit shrinkage to 0.5% or less
based upon the results from ASTM C 827, “Change in
Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from
Cementitious Mixtures”.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-10
March 31, 2011
d. Water bleeding for fill to be placed by grouting method in
sewers: Not to exceed 2 percent according to ASTM C 940.
2.03 MATERIAL TESTING
A. Source Qualification. Perform testing to obtain tests by suppliers for
selection of material sources and products not from the project site. Test
samples of processed materials from current production representing
material to be delivered. Use tests to verify that materials meet
specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each
time source characteristics change or there is planned change in source
location or supplier. Include the following qualification tests, as
applicable:
1. Gradation. Report complete sieve analyses regardless of
specified control sieves from largest particle through No. 200
sieve.
2. Plasticity of material passing No. 40 sieve
3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of material retained on No. 4 sieve
4. Clay lumps
5. Lightweight pieces
6. Organic impurities
B. Production Testing. Provide reports to Public Works from an
independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed
in work meet applicable specification requirements.
C. Assist Public Works in obtaining material samples for verification testing
at source or at production plant.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SOURCES
A. Use of existing material in trench excavations is acceptable, provided
applicable specification requirements are satisfied.
B. Identify off-site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of
intended use so that Public Works may obtain samples for verification
testing.
C. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing
after delivery. Materials which do not meet requirements of specifications
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-11
March 31, 2011
will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become
unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by
contamination. Once material is approved by Public Works, expense for
sampling and testing required to change to different material will be
credited to the City through change order.
D. Bank run sand, select backfill, and random backfill, if available in project
excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance
testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other
materials required to complete work from off-site sources.
E. The City does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in
excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material.
3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING
A. When backfill material is obtained from either commercial or non-
commercial borrow pit, open pit to expose vertical faces of various strata
for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate
selected material by vertical cuts extending through exposed strata to
achieve uniformity in product.
B. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling,
control, and verification testing by Public Works in advance of final
placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill
material on adjacent private property.
C. When stockpiling backfill material near project site, use appropriate
covers to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent
runoff containing sediments from entering drainage system.
D. Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials.
Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of
stockpile.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Control
1. The Public Works may sample and test backfill at:
a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and
Contractor's designated off-site stockpiles.
b. On-site stockpiles.
c. Materials placed in work.
2. The Public Works may re-sample material at any stage of work or
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
02320-12
March 31, 2011
location if changes in characteristics are apparent.
B. Production Verification Testing: City's testing laboratory will provide
verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by Public Works.
Samples may be taken at source or at production plant, as applicable.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02321
CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cement stabilized sand.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this
Section. Include cost of such work in Contract unit prices for items
listed in bid form requiring cement stabilized sand.
2. Refer to Paragraph 3.04 for material credit.
3. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates (Fine
Aggregate).
B. ASTM C 40 - Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggregates for Concrete.
C. ASTM C 42 - Standard Test Methods for Obtaining and Testing Drilled
Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
D. ASTM C 94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
E. ASTM C 123 - Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate.
F. ASTM C 142 - Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles
in Aggregates.
G. ASTM C 150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-2
March 31, 2011
H. ASTM D 558 - Standard Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil
Cement- Mixtures.
I. ASTM D 1632 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement
Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory
J. ASTM D 1633 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded
Soil-Cement Cylinders.
K. ASTM D 2487 - Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for
Engineering Purposes Unified Soil Classification System).
L. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
M. ASTM D 3665 - Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction
Materials.
N. ASTM D 4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit proposed target cement content and production data for sand-
cement mixture in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 2.03,
Materials Qualifications.
1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Use sand-cement mixture producing minimum unconfined compressive
strength of 100 pounds per square inch (psi) in 48 hours.
1. Design will be based on strength specimens molded in accordance
with ASTM D 558 at moisture content within 3 percent of optimum
and within 4 hours of batching.
2. Determine minimum cement content from production data
and statistical history. Provide no less than 1.1 sacks of
cement per ton of dry sand.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-3
March 31, 2011
A. Cement: Type I Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150.
B. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine
aggregates of ASTM C 33, or requirements for bank run sand of Section
02320 - Utility Backfill Materials, and the following requirements:
1. Classified as SW, SP, SW-SM, SP-SM, or SM by Unified
Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487.
2. Deleterious materials:
a. Clay lumps, ASTM C 142 - less than 0.5 percent.
b. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C 123; less than 5.0
percent.
c. Organic impurities, ASTM C 40, color no darker than
standard color.
3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with
ASTM D 4318.
C. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other
deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94.
2.02 MIXING MATERIALS
A. Add required amount of water and mix thoroughly in pugmill-type mixer.
B. Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading. Reject material not placed
and compacted within 4 hours after mixing.
2.03 MATERIAL QUALIFICATION
A. Determine target cement content of material as follows:
1. Obtain samples of sand-cement mixtures at production
facility representing range of cement content consisting of at
least three points.
2. Complete molding of samples within 4 hours after addition
of water.
3. Perform strength tests (average of two specimens) at 48
hours and 7 days.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-4
March 31, 2011
4. Perform cement content tests on each sample.
5. Perform moisture content tests on each sample.
6. Plot average 48-hour strength vs. cement content.
7. Record scale calibration date, sample date, sample time,
molding time, cement feed dial settings, and silo pressure (if
applicable).
B. Test raw sand for following properties at point of entry into pug-mill:
Gradation
Plasticity index
Organic impurities
Clay lumps and friable particles
Lightweight pieces
Moisture content
Classification
C. Present data obtained in format similar to that provided in sample data form
attached to this Section.
D. The target content may be adjusted when statistical history so indicates. For
determination of minimum product performance use formula:
f'c% 1/2 standard deviation
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACING
A. Place sand-cement mixture in maximum 12-In. thick loose lifts and compact
to 95 percent of maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM
D 558, unless otherwise specified. Refer to related specifications for
thickness of lifts in other applications. Target moisture content during
compaction is +3 percent of optimum. Perform and complete compaction of
sand-cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at plant.
B. Do not place or compact sand-cement mixture in standing or free water.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01454 - Testing
Laboratory Services.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-5
March 31, 2011
B. One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons
of material placed per day with no less than one sample per day of
production. Random samples of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be
taken in the field at point of delivery in accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain
three individual samples of approximately 12 to 15-Lb. each from the first,
middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into one sample for
test purpose.
C. Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in
accordance with ASTM D 558, Method A, without adjusting moisture
content. Samples will be molded at approximately same time material is
being used, but no later than 4 hours after water is added to mix.
D. After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in
accordance with ASTM D 1632.
E. Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with
ASTM D 1633, Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or
minus 2 hours and two specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4
hours.
F. A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from
same sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength
will be average of strengths of all specimens molded during one day's
production and tested at same age.
G. Precision and Bias: Test results shall meet recommended guideline for
precision in ASTM D 1633 Section 9.
H. Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum, the following
information:
Supplier and plant number
Time material was batched
Time material was sampled
Test age (exact hours)
Average 48-hour strength
Average 7-day strength
Specification section number
Indication of compliance / non-compliance
Mixture identification
Truck and ticket numbers
The time of molding
Moisture content at time of molding
Required strength
Test method designations
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-6
March 31, 2011
Compressive strength data as required by
ASTM D 1633
Supplier mixture identification
Specimen diameter and height, in.
Specimen cross-sectional area, sq. in.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE
A. Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if:
1. The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with
no individual strength test below 70 psi.
2. All 7-day individual strength tests (average of two
specimens) are greater than or equal to 100 psi.
B. Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test
(average of two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi.
See Paragraph 3.04 Adjustment for Deficient Strength.
C. The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and
replacement at Contractor’s expense when individual strength test (average
of two specimens) has 7-day strength less than 70 psi.
D. When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi,
discontinue shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material,
which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be
made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100
psi.
E. Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor, Public Works, and material
supplier by facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified
strength requirements within 24 hours.
F. If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified
strength, Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled
from the area in question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases,
three (3) cores shall be taken for each strength test that falls below the
values given in 3.03.A.
G. Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be
considered satisfactory if the average of three (3) cores is equal to at least
100 psi and if no single core is less that 70 psi. Additional testing of cores
extracted from locations represented by erratic core strength results will be
permitted.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-7
March 31, 2011
3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH
A. When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal
to 100 psi, then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be
paid in full.
B. When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and
greater than or equal to 70 psi, material shall be accepted contingent on
credit in payment. Compute credit by the following formula:
Credit per Cubic Yard= $30.00 x 2 (100 psi - Actual psi)
100
C. When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds
per square inch, then remove and replace cement-sand mixture and paving
and other necessary work at no cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
02321-8
March 31, 2011
Supplier: City Stabilized Sand Plant No: 1 - Main Street Date of Tests: January 1, 1997
Item RawSand 1.1Sack 100 psi1.5 Sack 2.0Sack
Moisture Content10.915.714.013.813.7
Cement Feed Dial Setting -- 2.252.52.753.75
Silo Pressure(psi)--44 4 4
Batch Time10:0010:1010:1510:2010:25
Sample Time--10:1010:1510:2010:25
Molding Time--12:3012:451:001:15
Cement Content (sacks/ton)--1.11.31.62.1
Compressive Strength at 48 hrs.(avg of 2)--80120160220
Compressive Strength at 7 days(avg of 2) -- 135200 265 365
Sieve sizePercent PassingSpec. Section 02320
3/8 Inch100--
No. 16100--
No. 40100--
No. 5099--
No. 10041--
No. 200110 to 15
Raw Sand TestsResultCity of Schertz
Plasticity IndexNon-Plastic4 Maximum
Organic ImpuritiesPassingNo Darker Than
Clay Lumps & Friable Parts(%)0.00.5 % Maximum
Lightweight Pieces(%)0.05.0 % Maximum
ClassificationSP-SMSW, SP, SW-SM, SP-SM, SM
Compressive Strength vs Cement Content
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02447
AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Installing water service pipe by methods of augering or casing by jacking
and boring.
B. Installing Telecommunication Conduit along or under Public Ways
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for augering pipe for water lines
under this Section. Include payment in unit price for Section 02511 -
Water Lines.
2. When open-cut construction is requested by Contractor for his
convenience in areas designated for augering, and when approved in
advance by Public Works, such areas shall be paid for at Unit Price
for Section 02511 - Water Lines.
3. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Auger Method: Installation of steel casing by excavating soil at advancing
end of casing and transporting spoil through casing by otherwise uncased
auger, while advancing casing by jacking at same rate as auger excavation
progresses.
B. Slurry Auger Method: Installation of casing or pipe by first drilling small
diameter pilot hole from pit to pit, followed by removing excess soil and
installing pipe or conduit by pull-back or jacking method.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D 638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-2
March 31, 2011
B. ASTM D 648 - Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics
under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position.
C. ASTM D 695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid
Plastics.
D. ASTM D 790 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced
and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to TxDOT for installations under state highways. The City will
obtain required permits for State Highway crossings.
B. Installations Under Railroads:
1. Secure and comply with requirements of right-of-entry for crossing
Railroad Company’s easement or right-of-way from railroad
companies affected. Comply with railroad permit requirements.
2. Use auger method only.
3. Damages due to delays caused by railroad requesting work to be
done at hours which will not inconvenience railroad will be at no
additional cost to the City.
4. Maintain equipment and excavations minimum 35-Ft. clearance from
centerline of tracks or as required by RR permit.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit product data for casing insulators, spacing of insulators for specific
pipe and location on project.
C. Prior to installation of pits obtain Public Works approval for pit locations,
size, depth, and areas for storage, material, and spoil handling. Acceptance
of Public Works does not relieve Contractor from responsibility to obtain
specified results.
D. Show actual pit locations dimensioned on as-built drawings so that they can
be identified in field.
E. Submit copy of executed railroad company rights of entry to Public Works.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-3
March 31, 2011
1.07 CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF MATERIAL
A. Contractor shall be responsible for selection of casing, pipe, and pipe joints
to carry anticipated thrust of jacks or loads.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Piping and Fittings: As required by Specification or Drawings.
B. Casings: Where shown on Drawings, in accordance with Section 02502 -
Steel Pipe and Fittings.
C. Casing Spacers: Where casings are shown on Drawings, use casing spacer
width 8-In. for pipe sizes 4 to 12-In.; 12-In. for pipe sizes 14-In. and larger.
Wood skids or concrete "donuts" are not acceptable.
1. For welded steel pipe 12-In. and smaller, use Pipeline Seal &
Insulator Model PE, or approved equal.
2. For other pipe materials, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C8G-2
or approved equal for pipe sizes up to 12-In.
3. For all pipe sizes above 12-In., use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model
C12G-2 or approved equal.
4. Obtain approval for equal product in writing from Public Works prior
to bid.
5. Use ISO-9002 registered casing spacer manufacturer or supplier.
Submit copy of current certificate with submittal package.
D. Casing End Seals: Provide Pipeline Seal and Insulator Model C, or
approved equal.
E. Casing Spacers (For Pipes Diameters 16-In. or Greater): Bolt-on style with
shell made of two sections of 14-gauge carbon steel, hot rolled, cleaned,
and lined with PVC liner, 0.090-In. thick with Durometer A 85-90 overlapping
edges to secure liner to spacer; deep embossed flanges for added strength;
coated prior to installation of liner and runner with fusion-bonded PVC
powder of 14 to 20 mils thickness; electroplated studs, nuts, and washers.
1. Runners (For Pipe Diameters 16-In. or Greater): Supported by 10-
gauge carbon steel MIG risers welded to shell. Total length of weld
beads shall be at least 50 percent of the length of the runner. Fill bolt
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-4
March 31, 2011
holes with caulk or approved equal to provide a water-tight seal.
Minimum requirements: Glass reinforced plastic conforming to the
following tests:
a. Tensile Strength: ASTM D 638; 17,600 psi
b. Flexural Strength: ASTM D 790; 25,300 psi
c. Compression Strength: ASTM D 695; 18,000 psi
d. Deflection Temperature at 264 psi: ASTM D 648; 405 F
e. Polyethylene runners are not acceptable
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 LIMITS ON AUGER LENGTH WITHOUT CASING
A. Do not exceed 100-Ft. for length of auger hole without receiving pit.
B. Do not exceed 75-Ft. for length of auger hole for PVC pipe 12-In. and less in
diameter without receiving pit.
C. Do not exceed 40-Ft. for length of auger hole for PVC pipe 14-In. to 24 –In.
in diameter without receiving pit.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02233 - Clearing and Grubbing.
B. Utility Relocations: Relocate utility lines clear of pit and zone of potential
significant settlement or other ground disturbance.
C. Install casings as required by Drawings, in accordance with this Section.
D. Install temporary solid plug at open end of water line to prevent
contamination.
3.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and
Regulation.
B. Secure right-of-entry for crossing Railroad Company’s easement or right-of-
way.
C. During construction operations, furnish, and maintain barricades and lights
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-5
March 31, 2011
to safeguard traffic and pedestrians, until such time as backfill has been
completed and removed from site. Provide additional barricades and lights
as directed by Public Works.
3.04 PITS
A. Construct pits on segments of line and within right-of-way. Locate auger pits
where there is minimum interference with traffic or access to property. Avoid
locating pits close to storm drainage channels, ditches, storm water lines,
culverts, or near potentially contaminated areas.
B. Pit Size: Size pits to provide adequate room to meet operational
requirements for auger construction as well as structures indicated on
Drawings. Provide minimum 6-In. space between pipe and walls of auger
pit. Maximum allowable width of pit shall be 5-Ft.. Width of pit at surface
shall not be less than at bottom. Maximum allowable length of pit shall be no
more than 5-Ft. longer than one full section of pipe and shall not exceed 25-
Ft.
C. Excavate bore pits to finished grade at least 6-In. lower than grade indicated
by stakes.
D. Backfill in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities.
E. Auger pits that are excavated and backfilled as part of open-cut water line
construction shall be in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities.
F. Provide and properly maintain safety protection against traffic, and
accidental or unauthorized entry. Provisions to include concrete traffic
barriers or other suitable barrier around periphery of pit as appropriate. Fully
cover and secure pits where no construction activity is in progress.
G. Install sheeting, lining, shoring, and bracing required for protection of
workmen and public in accordance with Section 02260 - Trench Safety
Systems.
H. Provide groundwater control and drainage from pits while work is in
progress and until pit is properly backfilled. Conform to requirements of
Section 01578 - Control of Groundwater and Surface Water.
3.05 AUGERING (BORING)
A. Auger from approved pit locations. Excavate for pits and install shoring as
outlined above under Paragraph 3.04, Pits. Auger mechanically with use of
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-6
March 31, 2011
pilot hole entire length of crossing and check for line and grade. Diameter of
auger hole not to exceed pipe bell diameter plus 2-In.. Place excavated
material outside working pit and dispose of as specified. Use water or other
fluids in connection with boring operation only to lubricate cuttings; jetting is
not permitted.
B. In unconsolidated soil formations, gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid may be
used. Fluid is to consist of at least 10 percent of high-grade processed
bentonite and shall consolidate cuttings of bit, seal walls of hole, and shall
furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of
pipe.
C. Depending on character of soil encountered during augering operation,
conduct operations without interruption, insofar as practical, to prevent hole
from collapsing or pipe from seizing up in hole before installation is
complete.
D. Allowable variation from line and grade shall be as specified under
Paragraph 3.08, Jacking.
E. Remove and replace pipe damaged in augering operations.
3.06 AUGERING OF CASING
A. Provide jacks, mounted on frame or against backstop, of capacity suitable
for forcing excavating auger and casing through soil conditions to be
encountered. Operate jacks so that even pressure is applied to casing.
B. Provide steerable front section of casing to allow vertical grade adjustments.
Provide water level or other means to allow monitoring of grade elevation of
auger casing.
C. Bentonite slurry may be used to lubricate casing during installation. Use of
water to facilitate removal of spoil and to lubricate exterior casing is
permitted; however, water jetting for excavation of soil is not allowed when
jacking casing.
D. Tolerances from lines and grades shown on Drawings for gravity sewer pipe
installed in casing are plus or minus 6 inches in horizontal alignment, and
plus or minus 1 1/2-In. in elevation.
3.07 FILLING ANNULAR SPACE
A. For installation of water line, block void space around pipe in augered hole
with approximately 12-In. of packed clay or approved equal material to
prevent bedding or backfill from entering void around pipe in augered hole
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-7
March 31, 2011
when compacted. For pipe diameters 4-In. through 8-In. use minimum 1/2-
Cu.-Ft. clay; for pipe diameters 12-In. through 16-In. use minimum 3/4-Cu.-
Ft. clay.
3.08 JACKING
A. Comply with Section 02260 – Trench Safety for all pits, end trenches, and
other excavations relating to work required by specifications. Dewater as
required to provide safe working conditions.
B. Wherever end trenches are cut into sides of embankment or beyond it,
sheath securely and brace such work to prevent earth caving.
C. Make up only one joint at time in pit or trench prior to jacking.
D. Do not interfere with operation of railroad, street, highway, or other facility,
nor to weaken or damage embankment or structure.
E. Use heavy-duty jacks sized for forcing casing through embankment. Use
appropriate jacking head, usually of timber, and bracing between jacks and
jacking head and jacking frame or backstop. Apply jacking pressure
uniformly around ring of casing. Set casing to be jacked on guides, properly
braced together, to support section of casing and to direct it in proper line
and grade. Place jacking assembly in line with direction and grade of casing.
Excavate embankment material just ahead of casing and remove material
through casing. Force casing through embankment with jacks into
excavated auger hole.
F. Conform excavation for underside of casing to contour and grade of casing,
for at least one third of circumference of casing. Provide clearance of not
more than 2-In. for upper half of casing. Taper off upper clearance to zero at
point where excavation conforms to contour of casing.
G. Excavation may extend beyond end of casing depending on character of
material, but shall not exceed 2-Ft.. Decrease advance excavation at
direction of Public Works, when character of material being excavated
makes it desirable to keep advance excavation closer to end of casing.
H. Jack casing from low or downstream end. Lateral or vertical variation in final
position of casing from line and grade as shown on Drawings will be
permitted only to extent of 1-In. in 10-Ft., provided such variation is regular
and only in one direction and that final grade of flow line is in direction
indicated on Drawings.
I. Use cutting edge of steel plate around head end of casing extending short
distance beyond end of casing with inside angles or lugs to keep cutting
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-8
March 31, 2011
edge from slipping back onto casing.
J. Once jacking of casing is begun, carry on without interruption, insofar as
practicable, to prevent casing from becoming firmly set in embankment.
K. Remove and replace casing damaged in jacking operations.
L. Backfill pits or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking operations
immediately after completion of jacking of casing.
M. Grout annular space between casing and excavated hole when loss of
embankment occurs or when clearance of 2-In. is exceeded.
3.09 SPACER INSTALLATION
A. There must be no inadvertent metallic contact between casing and carrier
pipe. Place spacers to ensure that carrier pipe is adequately supported
throughout length, particularly at ends, to offset settling, and possible
electrical shorting unless otherwise approved by the City. Place end spacer
within 6-In. of end of casing pipe, regardless of size of casing and carrier
pipe or type of spacer used. Spacing between spacers depends largely on
load bearing capabilities of pipe coating and flexibility of pipe.
B. Grade bottom of trench adjacent to each end of casing to provide firm,
uniform, and continuous support for carrier pipe. When trench requires
some backfill to establish final trench bottom grade, place backfill material in
6-In. lifts and compact to density of undisturbed soil.
C. Install casing spacers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Take
special care to ensure that sub-components are correctly assembled and
evenly tightened, and that no damage occurs during tightening of insulators
or carrier pipe insertion.
D. Seal annulus between carrier pipe and casing with casing end seals at each
end of casing.
E. Insulator Spacing:
1. Spacing shall be as shown on Drawing with maximum distance
between spacers to be 10-Ft. for pipe sizes 4 to 14-In. and 8-Ft. for
pipe sizes 16 to 30-In.
2. For ductile iron pipe or bell-and-spigot pipe, install spacers within
1-Ft. on each side of bell or flange and one in center of joint when
18- to 20-Ft. long joints are used.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION AUGERING PIPE AND CONDUIT
02447-9
March 31, 2011
3. If casing or carrier pipe is angled, bent, or dented, reduce spacing as
directed by Public Works. Provide casing with smooth, continuous
interior surface.
3.10 SETTLEMENT MONITORING
A. Monitor ground surface elevation along length of augering operation. Locate
and record settlement monitoring points with respect to construction
baseline and elevations. Record elevations to accuracy of 0.01-Ft. for each
monitoring point location.
1. Railroads: Track subbase at centerline of each track.
2. Product pipelines: Directly above and 10-Ft. before and after pipeline
intersection
B. Reading Frequency and Reporting. Take settlement survey readings:
1. Prior to auger excavation reaching point
2. After auger reaches monitoring point in plan
3. After grouting of ground supporting casing is complete
C. Immediately report to Public Works movement, cracking, or settlement
which is detected.
D. Following substantial completion but prior to final completion, make final
survey of monitoring points.
3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01576 - Waste Material
Disposal.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
02448-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02448
PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Installation of casing for sewer pipe by dry augering or slurry boring
methods, together with installation of sewer pipe in casing.
B. Installation of sewer pipe by slurry boring methods. Construction casing may be used at Contractor's option.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Casing, including sewer pipe, installed by augering methods in
mid-run of open cut segments where shown on Drawings, will be
measured and paid by linear foot from end to end of casing.
Casing may be installed, at Contractor's option, at locations other
than shown on Drawings, at no additional cost to the City.
2. Sewer pipe installed by augering method in mid-run of open-cut
segments where shown on Drawings, will be measured and paid
by linear foot from end to end of augered section.
3. Pipe or casing segments installed by augering methods in locations
other than mid-run of open cut segments and shown on Drawings,
will be measured and paid by linear foot along centerline of
completed sewer from centerline to centerline of manholes to ends
of stubs or termination of pipe, and to inside face of lift stations and
other structures.
4. Payment will include and be full compensation for labor, equipment,
materials and supervision for excavation and construction of sewer,
complete in place including disposal of excess materials, shoring,
dewatering, utility adjustments, grouting, backfill, clean-up, and
other related work necessary for construction as indicated on
Drawings and specified in this Section.
5. Cost for pits and other excavations are included in unit price for
pipe with or without casing.
6. Trench safety systems for pits are paid as specified in Section 02260 - Trench Safety Systems.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
02448-2
March 31, 2011
7. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Augering means either “dry augering” or “slurry augering”.
B. Dry augering is jacking casing while excavating soil at heading and
transporting spoil back through casing by otherwise uncased auger.
C. Slurry Auger Method: Installation of casing or pipe by first drilling small
diameter pilot hole from shaft to shaft, followed by removing excess soil
and installing pipe or conduit by pull back or jacking method.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association
(AREMA) Manual for Railway Engineering.
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO).
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to Texas Department of Transportation requirements for
installations under state highways. The City will obtain required permits
for State Highway crossings.
B. Installations under Railroads:
1. Secure and comply with requirements of right-of-entry for crossing
railroad company's easement or right-of-way from railroad
companies affected. Comply with railroad permit requirements.
2. Use dry auger method only.
3. Damages due to delays caused by railroad requesting work to be
done at hours which will not inconvenience the railroad will be at
no additional cost to the City.
4. Maintain minimum 35-Ft. clearance from centerline of tracks.
1.06 SUBMITTAL
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
02448-3
March 31, 2011
B. For installation by augering, submit for review:
1. Description of mechanized excavating equipment.
2. Method of controlling line and grade.
3. Grouting techniques to be used for filling annular void between
sewer pipe and casing, and void between sewer pipe or casing
and ground, including equipment, pumping and injection
procedures, pressure grout types, and mixes.
4. Locations and dimensions of pits.
5. Pit design and construction drawings.
6. Identification of casings required and paid under Contract and
casings installed at Contractor's option.
7. Design of casings.
8. Copy of railroad company permits and right-of-entry.
C. Prepare auger pit and casing design submittals that are site specific.
Have auger pit and casing design submittals signed and sealed by
qualified Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas.
D. Include in construction phase submittals:
1. Daily logs of augering and boring operations.
2. Settlement monitoring data to meet requirements of paragraph
3.05, Settlement Monitoring.
3. Submit daily logs and settlement monitoring data within 5 days
after day of observation.
1.07 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING CASING INSTALLATION LOADS
A. Select and design casing pipe and pipe joints to carry thrust of jacks or
loads due to pulling mechanism in combination with overburden, earth
and hydrostatic loads. Select casings for dry augering to withstand action
of auger without damage.
B. Use Professional Engineer to determine design stresses, design
deflections and factors of safety for design of casing. Present such
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
02448-4
March 31, 2011
determination as part of design submittal. Apply the following maximum
casing pipe stresses and deflections to casings shown on Drawings:
1. Design stress in pipe wall: 50 percent of minimum yield point of
steel or 18,000 psi, whichever is less, when subjected to
applicable loading conditions.
2. Wall thickness: Maximum allowable deflection which does not
exceed 3 percent of nominal casing diameter.
C. Use Cooper E-80 locomotive loading distributions as criteria for railroad
crossings in accordance with AREMA specifications for culverts. In
design, account for additive loadings due to multiple tracks.
D. Use H-20 vehicle loading distributions as criteria for truck loading in
accordance with AASHTO.
E. When not specifically indicated on Drawings, select casing diameter to
permit practical installation (including skids when applicable) and
grouting.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Provide casing pipe which is straight, circular in section, uncoated,
welded steel pipe, in accordance with Section 02502 - Steel Pipe and
Fittings.
B. Provide sewer pipe in accordance with Section 02531 - Gravity Sanitary
Sewers. Do not use high density polyethylene pipe for augering.
C. Provide restrained-joint sewer pipe when installing sewer pipe in slurry
bored holes by pull- back method.
D. Supply grout as specified in Section 02431 - Tunnel Grout.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 LOCATION AND SIZE OF AUGER PITS
A. Show location of auger pits on auger pit construction drawings. Locate
auger pits for slurry boring so that distance between pits is no greater
than 80-Ft.; and for dry augering not more than 120-Ft. apart.
B. Locate auger pits and associated work areas to avoid blocking driveways
and cross streets and to minimize disruption to business and commercial
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
02448-5
March 31, 2011
interests. Avoid auger pit locations near areas identified as potentially
contaminated.
C. Make size adequate for construction of structures indicated on Drawings.
Provide adequate room to meet Contractor's operational requirements for
augering.
D. Provide portable concrete traffic barrier around periphery of pit, meeting
applicable safety standards. Properly maintain barrier throughout period
pit remains open. Angle traffic barriers in direction of lane flow; do not
place barriers perpendicular to on-coming traffic.
E. Provide full cover or other security fencing for each access pit in which
there is no construction activity or which is unattended by Contractor's
personnel.
3.02 DRY AUGERING OF CASING
A. Provide jacks, mounted on frame or against backstop, of capacity
suitable for forcing excavating auger and casing through soil conditions to
be encountered. Operate jacks so that even pressure is applied to
casing.
B. Provide steerable front section of casing to allow vertical grade
adjustments. Provide water level or other means to allow monitoring of
grade elevation of auger casing.
C. Bentonite slurry may be used to lubricate casing during installation. Use
of water to facilitate removal of spoil is permitted; however, water jetting
for excavation of soil is not allowed when jacking casing.
D. Tolerances from lines and grades shown on Drawings for gravity sewer
pipe installed in casing are plus or minus 6-In. in horizontal alignment,
and plus or minus 1 1/2-In. in elevation.
3.03 SLURRY BORING OF CASING OR PIPE
A. Drill small diameter pilot hole and check for line and grade at receiving
end. Redrill pilot hole when bored pipe does not meet specified
tolerances.
B. Using pilot hole as guide bore larger diameter hole of sufficient size for
pipe or casing installation. Water jetting is not permitted.
C. Bentonite slurry may be used to maintain stable hole and furnish
lubrication for pipe or casing installation.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
02448-6
March 31, 2011
D. Tolerances from lines and grades shown on Drawings for installed sewer
pipe are plus or minus 6-In. in horizontal alignment and plus or minus 1
1/2-In. in elevation.
E. Completely fill annular space between sewer pipe and surrounding soil or
casing with grout, without displacing pipe during grouting operation.
3.04 SEWER PIPE IN CASING
A. If indicated on plans, grout annular void between sewer pipe and casing
from end to end of casing. Block and brace sewer pipe to prevent
movement during grout placement and to maintain specified line and
grade. Grout as specified in Section 02431 - Tunnel Grout.
3.05 SETTLEMENT MONITORING
A. Monitor ground surface elevation along length of augering operation.
Locate and record settlement monitoring points with respect to
construction baseline and elevations. Record elevations to accuracy of
0.01-Ft. for each monitoring point location. Establish monitoring points at
locations and by methods that protect them from damage by construction
operations, tampering, or other external influences. As minimum, locate
survey points as follows:
1. For road crossings: Centerline and each shoulder
2. Railroads: Track subbase at centerline of each track
3. Utilities and Pipelines: Directly above and 10-Ft. before and after
utility or pipeline intersection
4. Long bores under improved areas such as pavements: Ground
surface elevations must be recorded on centerline ahead of
augering operations at locations not to exceed 50-Ft. apart
(including points located for roads, railroads, utilities, and
pipelines), or at least three locations per augering drive
B. Reading Frequency and Reporting. Take settlement survey readings:
1. Prior to auger excavation reaching point
2. After auger reaches monitoring point in plan
3. After grouting of ground supporting pipe or casing is complete
C. Immediately report to Public Works movement, cracking, or
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
02448-7
March 31, 2011
settlement which is detected.
D. Following substantial completion but prior to final completion, make final
survey of monitoring points.
3.06 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Remove and dispose of spoil from job site in accordance with Section
01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
3.07 LEAKAGE TESTING
A. Test sanitary sewers for leakage by low pressure air methods in
accordance with Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewer.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
02465-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02465
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Construction of foundations consisting of reinforced concrete drilled shafts.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for drilled shaft foundations
under this Section. Include cost in lump sum payment for
structure requiring drilled shaft foundations.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit work plan for each structure with complete written description which
identifies details of proposed method of construction and sequence of
operations for construction relative to drilled shaft activities. Descriptions,
with supporting illustrations, shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to
Public Works that procedures meet requirements of Specifications and
Drawings.
C. Submit project record documents under provisions of Section 01785 -
Project Record Documents. Record locations of drilled shafts, as installed
referenced to survey benchmarks. Include location of utilities encountered or
rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 336.1 - Standard Specification for Construction of Drilled Piers
B. TxDOT Standard Specification Item 416 - Drilled Shaft Foundations
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
02465-2
March 31, 2011
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT
A. Perform excavation with equipment suitable for achieving requirements of
this Specification.
2.02 MATERIAL
A. For cast-in-place concrete, use Class A concrete. Refer to Section 03310 –
Structural Concrete.
B. For reinforcing steel, refer to Section 03211 - Reinforcing Steel
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Conduct an inspection to determine condition and locations of existing
structures and other permanent installations, prior to commencing work.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. Perform excavation required for drilled cylindrical shafts, at locations shown
on Drawings through whatever materials encountered, to dimensions and
elevations shown or required by site conditions. When satisfactory material
is not encountered at plan depth, bottom of shaft will be adjusted or
foundation altered, as determined by Public Works, to satisfactorily comply
with design requirements.
B. Do not make shaft excavations within 3 shaft diameters (edge to edge) of
shafts which have been concreted within previous 24 hours.
C. Inspect drilled shaft excavations for verticality and side sloughing. Verticality
is specified at one inch in 10-Ft. of shaft length. Check to full depth of dry
auguring prior to introducing drilling mud. Straighten or add suitable
reinforcing steel to shafts not meeting specified tolerance.
D. Slurry is to contain 4 to 8 percent by weight of Bentonite additive and satisfy
slurry specifications set forth in ACI 336.1, Section 2.3.5.2e. These
requirements are more stringent than TxDOT Standard Specification Item
416.3.1. Stricter slurry specifications are required to assure suspension of
detritus from drilling operations, and to ensure adequate cleaning of slurry
prior to concreting. Cleaning of slurry is important to prevent deposition of
detritus on reinforcement cages and ensure that inclusions of detritus will
not be formed within concrete mass.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
02465-3
March 31, 2011
E. At final bearing elevation, clean bottom of each shaft and remove seepage
water for examination by Public Works before reinforcing steel and concrete
is placed. Suitable access and lighting for proper inspection of completed
excavation is to be provided. Reinforcing steel and concrete is to be placed
in drilled shaft without delay after approval of excavation by Public Works.
3.03 DRILLED SHAFT CONSTRUCTION
A. Drilled shaft construction and installation is to follow TxDOT Standard
Specification Item 416 (with exceptions noted below) and ACI 336.1.
B. Before placing concrete, clean out shaft bottom with drilling bucket in order
to remove sediments which may not be displaced by concrete. Clean shaft
bottom with “clean-out” bucket until rotation on bottom without crowd (i.e.,
penetration under force) produces little spoil. Probing after cleaning out is
essential to verify condition of base of shaft.
C. Concrete is to conform to requirements of ACI 336.1 Section 2.3.5.5.
D. Concrete is to be placed continuously in shaft to construction joint indicated
on Drawings or as directed in TxDOT Standard Specification Item 416.3.3.
Concrete is to be placed through suitable tube or tremie to prevent
segregation of materials. Tremie pipe diameter is to be at least 8 times as
large as largest concrete aggregate size.
E. Computation of final concrete volume for each shaft is to be made. Core and
check the integrity of shafts taking an unreasonably high or low volume of
concrete.
F. If caving soil conditions or excessive groundwater is encountered, use of
temporary casing is permitted to prevent caving of material around shaft and
to control seepage of groundwater into excavation.
G. Casing material is to be metal of ample strength to withstand handling
stresses, pressure of concrete and of surrounding earth or backfill materials
and is to be water-tight. Casing shall be smooth, clean and free of
accumulations of hardened concrete. Outside diameter of casing is not to be
less than specified diameter of drilled shaft.
H. Elapsed time is not to exceed one hour from beginning of concrete
placement in cased portion of shaft, until extraction of casing is begun.
I. Withdraw temporary casings as shaft is filled with concrete, or immediately
following concreting operation. Bottom of casing is to always remain at least
1-Ft. below level of concrete during placement to overcome hydrostatic
pressure. Smoothly extract casing with vibratory hammer. Casing extraction
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
02465-4
March 31, 2011
is to be at slow, uniform rate with pull in line with vertical axis of shaft. Leave
no casing in place.
J. If upward movement of concrete or reinforcing steel occurs inside casing at
beginning of pulling operation or at anytime during pulling, stop pulling
immediately and leave casing in place.
K. If casing must be left in place, Public Works is to be informed to determine
shaft capacity calculations.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01454 - Testing
Laboratory Services.
3.05 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section
01504 – Temporary Facilities and Control or Section 01576 - Waste Material
Disposal.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
02501-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02501
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for water lines, wastewater force mains,
gravity sanitary sewers, and storm sewers.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for ductile iron pipe and fittings
under this Section, with the exception of extra fittings in place.
Include cost in unit prices for work as specified in the following
Sections, as applicable:
a. Section 02511 - Water lines
b. Section 02531 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers
c. Section 02532 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains
d. Section 02631 - Storm Sewers
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Extra Ductile Iron Compact Fittings in Place shall be for additional fittings
required to complete job. This is not to exclude extension of pipe across
driveway or intersection for purpose of terminating line in more
advantageous position. This determination shall be at discretion of Public
Works. This bid item includes additional fittings as may be necessary to
complete job in conformance with intent of Drawings.
C. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C 104) - Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for
Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings, for Water.
C. ANSI A 21.11 (AWWA C 111) - Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
02501-2
March 31, 2011
Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
D. ANSI A 21.15 (AWWA C 115) - Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe
With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges.
E. ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C 151) - Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe,
Centrifugally Cast, for Water and Other Liquids.
F. ANSI A 21.53 (AWWA C 153) - Standard for Ductile Iron Compact Fittings,
3-In. through 24-In. and 54-In. through 64-In. for Water Service.
G. ANSI A 21.5 (AWWA C 105) – Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron
Pipe Systems.
H. AWWA C 600 - Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and
Their Appurtenances.
I. ASTM A746 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
J. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association
(AREMA) Manual for Railway Engineering.
K. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
(AASHTO).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit manufacturer's certifications that ductile iron pipe and fittings meet
provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at factory
and meet requirements of ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C 151).
C. Submit certifications that pipe joints have been tested and meet
requirements of ANSI A 21.11.
D. Submit affidavit of compliance in accordance with ANSI A21.16 for fittings
with fusion bonded epoxy coatings or linings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. Ductile Iron Pipe to conform to the following pressure classes for AWWA C
151, push-on or mechanical joint, based on Type 3 bedding conditions, a
depth of bury of 6 feet, and a working pressure of 150 psi.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
02501-3
March 31, 2011
3" through 12" 350 psi
16" and 20" 250 psi
24" 200 psi
30" through 64" 150 psi
B. Provide pipe sections in standard lengths, not less than 18-Ft. long, except
for special fittings and closure sections as indicated on shop drawings.
C. Provide flange adapter with insulating kit as required when connecting new
piping to piping of different materials, unless otherwise approved by Public
Works.
D. Each length of pipe furnished shall bear identification markings in
conformance with Sec. 51.10 of AWWA Standard C151.
2.02 JOINTS
A. Joint Types: Provide push-on joints unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings or required by these specifications. All rubber joint gaskets
utilized on ductile-iron pipe shall be conformance with ANSI/AWWA
C111/A21.11 Standard, latest revision. For bolted joints, conform to
requirements of AWWA C111.
B. Where required by Drawings, provide approved restrained joints for buried
service.
C. Threaded or grooved-type joints which reduce pipe wall thickness below
minimum required are not acceptable.
D. Provide for restrained joints designed to meet test pressures required
under Section 02515 - Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines or Section 02532 -
Sanitary Sewer Force Mains, as applicable. Provide restrained joints for
test pressure or maximum surge pressure as specified, whichever is
greater for water lines. Do not use passive resistance of soil in determining
minimum restraint lengths.
E. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints. Do not exceed maximum
deflection recommended by pipe manufacturer for pipe joints or restraint
joints. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for
consideration by Public Works. When other methods are deemed
satisfactory, install at no additional cost to the City.
2.03 FITTINGS
A. Use fittings of same size as pipe. Reducers are not permitted to facilitate
an off-size fitting. Reducing bushings are also prohibited. Make reductions
in piping size by reducing fittings. Line and coat fittings as specified for
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
02501-4
March 31, 2011
pipe they connect to. Use mechanical joint fittings unless otherwise shown
in plans.
B. Push-on Fittings: ANSI A 21.10; ductile iron ANSI A 21.11 joints, gaskets,
and lubricants; pressure rated at 250 psig.
C. Flanged Fittings: ANSI 21.10; ductile iron ANSI A 21.11 joints, gaskets,
and lubricants; pressure rated at 250 psig.
D. Mechanical Joint Fittings: ANSI A 21.11; minimum pressure rated at 250
psi.
E. Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water lines: ANSI A 21.53; 4-In. through
12-In. diameter fusion bonded epoxy-lined or cement mortar lining.
2.04 COATINGS AND LININGS
A Water lines
1. Interiors: All pipes shall have an interior cement mortar lining applied in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4, latest revision. No asphaltic coating will be required on the interior cement mortar lining; comply with NSF 61.
2. Exterior coating shall consist of a nominal one-mil thick asphaltic material applied to the outside of the pipe as described in Section 51.8 of AWWA C151.
B. Sanitary Sewer and Force Main:
1. Preparation: Commercial blast cleaning conforming to SSPC-SP6.
2. Liner thickness: Nominal 40-Mils., for pipe barrel interior; minimum 6 to 10-Mils. at gasket groove and outside spigot end to 6-inches back from end.
3. Testing: ASTM G 62, Method B for voids and holidays; provide written certification.
4. Accepted Interior Lining Materials:
a. Provide approved virgin polyethylene conforming to ASTM D 1248, with inert fillers and carbon black to resist ultraviolet degradation during storage; heat bonded to interior surface of pipe and fittings.
b. Ceramic Epoxy – Protecto 401
c. SewperCoat – double thickness of standard identified ion AWWS C104. A seal coat shall be applied to the lining as
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
02501-5
March 31, 2011
identified on AWWA C104.
5. Exterior: Prime coat and outside asphaltic coating conforming to ANSI A21.10, ANSI A21.15, or ANSI A21.51 for pipe and fittings in open cut excavation and in casings.
C. Sanitary Sewer Point Repair Pipe: For pipes which will be lined with high
density polyethylene liner pipe or cured-in-place liner, provide cement-
lined with seal coat in accordance with ANSI A 21.4. For pipes which will
not be provided with named liner, provide pipe as specified in Paragraph
2.05B, Sanitary Sewer and Force Main Interiors.
D. Polyethylene Wrap: For buried pipes not cathodically protected, double
wrap with polyethylene wrap unless otherwise specified or shown.
Conform to requirements of Section 02528 - Polyethylene Wrap.
F. For flanged joints in buried service, provide petrolatum wrapping system,
Denso, or equal, for the complete joint and alloy steel fasteners.
Alternatively, provide bolts made of Type 304 stainless steel.
G. Pipe to be installed in potentially contaminated areas shall have coatings
and linings recommended by the manufacturer for maximum resistance to
the contaminants identified in the Phase II Environmental Site Assessment
Report.
H. For water lines cathodically protected, supply ductile iron pipe with either
tape coatings or some other bonded dielectric coating as specified in
Section 02518 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines.
2.05 MANUFACTURERS
A. Use pre-approved manufacturers listed in the City of Schertz approved
products.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Conform to installation requirements of Sections 02511 - Water Lines,
02531 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, 02532 - Sanitary Sewer Force Mains
02561 - Storm Sewers and 02553 - Point Repairs and Obstruction
Removal, except as modified in this Section.
B. Install in accordance with AWWA C 600 and manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. Install all ductile iron pipe in double polyethylene wrap, unless cathodic
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
02501-6
March 31, 2011
protection is provided. Do not use polyethylene wrap with a cathodic
protection system.
D. Holiday Testing.
1. Polyurethane: Conform to requirements of Section 02527 - Polyurethane Coatings for Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe.
2. Fusion Bonded Epoxy: Conform to requirements for new fittings in ANSI A 21.16.
3.02 FIELD REPAIR OF COATINGS
A. Polyurethane: Conform to requirements of Section 02527 - Polyurethane
Coatings for Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe.
B. Fusion Bonded Epoxy: Conform to requirements for new fittings in ANSI A
21.16.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02502
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Steel pipe and fittings for water lines for aerial crossings, above ground
pipe, and encasement sleeves. Do not bury steel pipe, unless it is large
diameter water line.
B. Specifications identify requirements for small-diameter less than or equal to
20-In..
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No payment will be made for steel pipe and fittings under this Section. Refer to Section 02511 - Water Lines for measurement and payment.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AASHTO - Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges.
B. ASME B 16.1 - Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
C. ASTM A 36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
D. ASTM A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.
E. ASTM A 105 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Pipe Forgings for
Piping Applications
F. ASTM A 106 - Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for
High-Temperature Service.
G. ASTM A 135 - Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel
Pipe.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-2
March 31, 2011
H. ASTM A 139 - Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (ARC) - Welded
Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over).
I. ASTM A 1011 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-
Rolled, Carbon, Structural High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-
Alloy with Improved Formability.
J. ASTM D 4541 - Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings
Using Portable Adhesion Testers
K. AWWA C 200 - Standard for Steel Water Pipe 6 in. and Larger.
L. AWWA C 206 - Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe.
M. AWWA C 207 - Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service -
Sizes 4-In. through 144-In.
N. AWWA C 210 - Standard for Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior
and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines.
O. AWWA M 11 – Steel Pipe – A Guide for Design and Installation.
P. SSPC Good Painting Practice, Volume 1.
Q. SSPC SP 1 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 1 Solvent Cleaning.
R. SSPC SP 5 - Joint Surface Preparation Standard White Blast Cleaning.
S. SSPC SP 6 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 Commercial Blast
Cleaning.
T. SSPC SP 10 - Surface Preparation Specification No. 10 Near-White Blast
Cleaning.
U. SSPC VIS 1 - Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. For
aerial crossings and above ground piping, include lay schedule of new pipe
and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, lining and
coating systems, proposed welding procedures, fabrication, fitting, flange,
and special details. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings
corresponding to Drawings.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-3
March 31, 2011
B. Submit manufacturer's certifications that pipe and fittings are new and
unused.
C. Submit manufacturer's certifications that pipe and fittings have been
hydrostatically tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C 200.
D. Submit manufacturer's affidavits that coatings and linings comply with
applicable requirements of this Section and:
1. Polyurethane coatings were applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendation and allowed to cure at temperature 5 degrees above dew point.
2. Linings were applied and allowed to cure at temperature above 32 degrees F.
E. Submit certification from NACE Certified Coatings Inspector, having Level III
certification for coatings and linings, that steel pipe furnished on project was
properly inspected and defective coatings detected were properly repaired.
1.05 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prior to start of work, provide proof of certification of qualification for welders
employed for type of work, procedures and positions involved. Provide
welder qualifications in accordance with AWWA C 206.
B. Shop-applied coatings and linings; provide services of an independent
coating and lining inspection service or testing laboratory with qualified
coating inspectors. Perform inspection by NACE trained inspectors under
supervision of NACE Level III Certified Coatings Inspector verifying
compliance with same requirements specified in Paragraph 3.02.
C. Coatings: Measure temperature and dew point of ambient air before
applying coatings. Inspect physical dimensions and overall condition of
coatings. Inspect for visible surface defects, thickness, and adhesion of
coating to surface and between layers.
D. Final Inspection:
1. Before shipment, inspect each finished pipe, fitting, special and accessory for markings, metal thickness, coating thickness, lining thickness (if shop applied), joint dimensions, and roundness.
2. Inspect for coating placement and defects. Test exterior coating for holidays.
a. Inspect linings for thickness, pitting, scarring, and adhesion.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-4
March 31, 2011
E. Ensure workmen engaged in manufacturing are qualified and experienced
in performance of their specific duties.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL PIPE
A. Manufacture pipe with nominal diameter 20-In. and less but more than 2-In.
to conform to ASTM A106 or A 53 Grade B, standard weight.
B. Provide steel pipe and encasement sleeves designed and manufactured in
conformance with AWWA C 200 and AWWA M 11 except as modified
herein. Steel to be minimum of ASTM A 36, ASTM A 1011 Grade 36, ASTM
A 53 Grade B, ASTM A 135 Grade B, or ASTM A 139 Grade B.
Table 1 Minimum Allowable Steel Wall Thickness - Carrier Pipe
NOM. PIPE SIZE (In.)Min. Wall O.D. (In.)Min. Wall Thick (In.)Approx. Wt. Per L.F.Uncoated (Lb.)
4 4.50 0.250 11.35
6 6.625 0.280 18.97
8 8.625 0.322 28.55
10 10.75 0.365 40.48
12 12.75 0.375 49.56
16 16.00 0.375 62.58
20 16.00 0.375 78.60
Notes Carrier Pipe:
1. Review pipe and fitting design for conditions exceeding those specified herein.
2. Provide pipe with wall thickness of no less than listed in table above.
Table 2 Minimum Diameter Casing Pipe -(Encasement Sleeves)
Casing Pipe Size (In.)Min. Wall O.D. (In.)Min. Wall Thick (In.)Approx. Wt. Per L.F. Uncoated (Lb.)
12 12.75 0.219 29.28
16 16.00 0.219 36.86
18 18.00 0.250 47.39
20 20.00 0.250 52.73
24 24.00 0.250 63.41
Notes for Casing Pipe:
1. Provide casing pipe with wall thickness of no less than listed in table above.
2. Casing pipe: AWWA C 200 new uncoated welded steel.
3. Verify casing diameter required with dimensions of casing spacer.
D. Provide pipe sections in lengths of no less than 16-Ft. except as required for
special sections, and no greater than 40-Ft.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-5
March 31, 2011
E. Provide short sections of steel pipe no less than 4-Ft. in length unless
indicated on Drawings or specifically permitted by Public Works.
F. Fittings: Factory forged for sizes 4-In. through 20-In.; long radius bends;
beveled ends for field butt welding; wall thickness equal to or greater than
pipe to which fitting is to be welded unless otherwise shown on Drawings.
G. Joints:
1. Standard field joint for steel pipe and encasement sleeve: AWWA C 206. Single - welded, butt joint.
2. Provide mechanically coupled or flanged joints for valves and fittings, as shown on Drawings. Flanges: AWWA C 207, Class D; same diameter and drilling as Class 125 cast iron flanges ASME B 16.1. Maintain electrically isolated flanged joints between steel and cast iron by using epoxy-coated bolts, nuts, washers and insulating type gasket.
3. Elbows to be standard weight seamless elbows per ASTM A106, Grade A or B.
4. Flanges for pipe 20-In. in diameter and smaller shall be ANSI 150 lb. flat face, slip on or weld neck flanges, meeting ASTM A105 requirements. Where flanges are to join to valves with raised face flanges, use ANSI 150 lb. raised flange.
5. Provide same coating for exposed portions of nuts and bolts as flanges which they secure.
H. Fabricate flanges with over-size bolt holes, with flanges drilled in pairs, to
accommodate insulating sleeves.
2.02 INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL PIPE, ALL INSTALLATIONS
A. Supply steel pipe with epoxy lining, capable of conveying water at
temperatures not greater than 140 degrees F. Provide linings conforming to
American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation
(ANSI/NFS) Standard 61 and certification to be from organization accredited
by ANSI. Unless otherwise noted, coat exposed (wetted) steel parts of
flanges, blind flanges, bolts, access manhole covers, etc., with epoxy lining,
as specified.
B. Epoxy Lining AWWA C 210, White, or approved equal for shop and field
joint applied, except as modified in this Section. Provide material from same
manufacturer. For Pipe larger than 2-In. in diameter protect interior surface
with liquid two-part chemically cured epoxy primer specified for interior
surfaces.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-6
March 31, 2011
Surface Preparation
2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile
SSPC – 5 (64)
White Blast Clean
Prime Coat
4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT
NSF Certified Epoxy – Buff, or approved
equal
Intermediate Coat
4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT
NSF Certified Epoxy – Buff, or approved
equal
Finish Coat
4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT
NSF Certified Epoxy – White, or approved
equal
1. Total allowable dry film thickness for system:
a. Minimum: 12.0 mils.
b. Maximum: 18.0 mils.
c. Minimum field adhesion: 700 psi.
2. Dry film thicknesses for approved alternate products in accordance with product manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Lining system may consist of three or more coats of same approved alternate epoxy lining without use of separate primer.
2.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED
ABOVEGROUND AND IN VAULTS (EXPOSED)
A. Provide external coating system as designated in Section 09905 Cleaning
And Painting Exposed Piping, Valves And Related Items.
B. Clean bare pipe free from mud, mill lacquer, oil, grease, or other
contaminant. Inspect and clean surfaces according to SSPC-SP-1 to
remove oil, grease, and loosely adhering deposits prior to blast cleaning.
Remove visible oil and grease spots by solvent wiping. Use only approved
safety solvents which do not leave residue. Use preheating to remove oil,
grease, mill scale, water, and ice provided pipe is preheated in uniform
manner to avoid distortion.
C. Remove surface imperfections such as slivers, scabs, burrs, weld spatter,
and gouges, presence of metallic defects may be cause for rejection of pipe.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02511 - Water lines, except as
modified in this Section.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-7
March 31, 2011
B. Comply with the following:
1. Bedding and Backfilling: Conform to requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
2. For pipes with coating: Do not roll or drag pipe on ground, move pipe in such a manner as not to damage pipe or coating. Carefully inspect pipe for abrasions and repair damaged coating before pipe is installed.
C. Static Electricity:
1. Properly ground steel pipeline during construction as necessary to prevent build-up of static electricity.
2. Electrically test where required after installation is complete.
3.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED ABOVE
GROUND AND IN VAULTS (EXPOSED) AND EPOXY INTERNAL LINING
SYSTEM.
A. Safety: Paints, coatings, and linings specified in this Section are hazardous
materials. Vapors may be toxic or explosive. Protective equipment,
approved by appropriate regulatory agency, is mandatory for personnel
involved in painting, coating, and lining operations.
B. Workmanship:
1. Application: By qualified and experienced workers who are knowledgeable in surface preparation and application of high-performance industrial coatings.
2. Paint Application Procedures: SSPC Good Painting Practices, Volume 1.
C. Surface Preparation:
1. Prepare surfaces for painting by using abrasive blasting.
2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that detrimental amounts of dust or other contaminants do not fall on wet, newly-painted surfaces. Protect surfaces not intended to be painted from effects of cleaning and painting operations.
3. Prior to blasting, clean surfaces to be coated or lined of grease, oil and dirt by steaming or detergent cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP 1.
4. Metal and Weld Preparation: Remove surface defects such as gouges, pits, welding and torch-cut slag, welding flux and spatter by
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-8
March 31, 2011
grinding to ¼-In. minimum radius.
5. Abrasive Material:
a. Blast only as much steel as can be coated same day of
blasting.
b. Use sharp, angular, properly graded abrasive capable of
producing depth of profile specified herein. Transport abrasive
to job site in moisture-proof bags or airtight bulk containers.
Copper slag abrasives are not acceptable.
c. After abrasive blast cleaning, verify surface profile with replica
tape such as Tes-Tex Coarse or Extra Coarse Press-O-Film
Tape, or approved equal. Furnish tapes to Public Works.
d. Do not blast if metal surface may become wet before priming
commences, or when metal surface is less than 5 degrees F
above dew point.
6. Evaluate degree of cleanliness for surface preparation with use of SSPC Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces, SSPC-Vis
7. Remove dust and abrasive residue from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing or blowing with clean, dry air. Test cleanliness by placing ¾-In. by 4-In. piece of clear Scotch type tape on blasted surface, then removing and placing tape on 3x5 white index card. Reclean areas exhibiting dust or residue.
D. Coating and Lining Application:
1. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply coatings or linings when metal temperature is less than 50 degrees F; when ambient temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew point; when expected weather conditions are such that ambient temperature will drop below 40 degrees F within 6 hours after application; or when relative humidity is above 85 percent. Measure relative humidity and dew point by use of sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables. Provide dehumidifiers for field-applied coatings and linings to maintain proper humidity levels.
2. Application Procedures:
a. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations
and requirements of this Section. Provide finish free of runs,
sags, curtains, pinholes, orange peel, fish eyes, excessive
over spray, or delaminations.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-9
March 31, 2011
b. Thin materials only with manufacturers recommended
thinners. Thin only amount required to adjust viscosity for
temperature variations, proper atomization and flow-out. Mix
material components using mechanical mixers.
c. Discard catalyzed materials remaining at end of day.
3. Thoroughly dry pipe before primer is applied. Apply primer immediately after cleaning surface. Apply succeeding coats before contamination of undersurface occurs.
4. Cure a minimum of 24 hours at 77 degrees F before successive coats are applied. During curing process, provide force air ventilation in volume sufficient to maintain solvent vapor levels below published threshold limit value. Apply successive coats within recoat threshold time as recommended by coating or lining manufacturer on printed technical data sheets or through written communications. Brush blast joints of pipe which have been shop primed and are to receive intermediate and finish coats in field prior to application of additional coats. After interior coatings are applied, provide forced air ventilation in sufficient volume and for sufficient length of time to ensure proper curing before filling pipe with water.
E. Testing of Coatings and Linings:
1. Inspect pipe for holidays and damage to coating:
a. If test indicates no holidays and coating is damaged, remove
damaged layers of coating and repair in accordance with
coating manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Perform holiday test in accordance with NACE Standard Recommended Practice, RPO 188-90, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of Protective Coatings.
3. Begin testing of completed coating after coating has sufficiently cured, usually one to 5 days. Consult coating manufacturer for specific curing schedule.
4. Perform adhesion test on pipe in accordance with ASTM D 4541.
5. For coating thickness of 20-Mils. or less, test with wet sponge low-voltage holiday detector. For coating thickness in excess of 20-Mils., test with high-voltage holiday detector. Perform electrical holiday test with 60-cycle current audio detector. Select test voltage as suggested in table below.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
02502-10
March 31, 2011
Table 3 Minimum Voltages For High Voltage Spark Testing
Total Dry Film Thickness
(Mils.)
Suggested Inspection
(V)
20 to 40 3,000
41 to 55 4,000
56 to 80 6,000
3.03 JOINTS AND JOINTING
A. Welded Joints:
1. Conform to requirements of Section 02511 - Water Lines.
2. Field weld to be full penetration butt welded joints for steel pipe and
encasement sleeves for entire circumference.
3. City will employ an independent certified testing laboratory to perform
weld acceptance tests on welded joints. Testing Laboratory will test
by X-ray methods for butt welds, for 100 percent of joint welds. Public
Works has final decision as to suitability of welds tested.
B. Flanged Joints: Conform to requirements of Section 02511 - Water Lines.
C. Joint Grouting and Testing: Conform to requirements of Section 02511 -
Water Lines.
3.04 COATINGS AND LININGS INSPECTION RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor is responsible for quality control of coatings and linings
applications and testing and inspection stipulated in this Section. Public
Works is responsible for quality assurance and reserves the right to inspect
or acquire services of an independent third-party inspector who is fully
knowledgeable and qualified to inspect surface preparation and application
of high-performance coatings at all phases of coatings and linings work,
field- or shop-applied. Contractor is responsible for proper application and
performance of coatings and linings whether or not Public Works provides
such inspection.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
02506-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02506
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution, in nominal diameters 4-In. through 20-In. B. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sewers in nominal diameters 4-In. through 48-In. C. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4-In. through 20-In. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this
Section. Include cost in unit price for work included as specified in
the following sections: a. Section 02511 - Water Lines b. Section 02531 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers c. Section 02532 - Sanitary Sewer Force Mains d. Section 02631 - Storm Sewers 2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A 21.16 (AWWA C 116) - Protective Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile Iron and Grey Iron Fittings for Water Supply Service. B. ASTM D 1248 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. C. ASTM D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. D. ASTM D 2241 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series).
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
02506-2
March 31, 2011
E. ASTM D 2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. F. ASTM D 2444 - Standard Test Method for Determination of the Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight). G. ASTM D 2680 - Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite Sewer Piping. H. ASTM D 3034 - Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. I. ASTM D 3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. J. ASTM D 3212 - Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. K. ASTM F 477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. L. ASTM F 679 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. M. ASTM F 794 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. N. ASTM F 949 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior and Fittings. O. AWWA C 110 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-In. Through 48-In. for Water. P. AWWA C 111 - American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. Q. AWWA C 900 - Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4-In. Through 12-In. for Water Distribution. R. AWWA C 905 - Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14-In. Through 48-In., for Water Transmission and Distribution.
1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
02506-3
March 31, 2011
1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900, and AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe for water lines and force mains has been hydrostatically tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C 900, and AWWA C 905, and this Section. C. When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to Public Works for review. Cost of testing paid by Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C. PVC Restrained Pipe: Must be listed on the City's current Product Approval List. 1. Pipe Material:
a. DR 14: For restrained joints where shown on Drawings.
b. DR 14: For alternate to offset pipe sections shown on
Drawings. Do not use PVC for offset sections with depth of
cover greater than 20-Ft. or less than 4-Ft. Do not use
PVC in potentially petroleum contaminated areas. D. Water Service.
1. Provide self-extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters'
Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty
to the Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire
protection lines.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
02506-4
March 31, 2011
2. Bear National Sanitation Foundation Seal of Approval (NSF-PW). E. Gaskets:
1. Gaskets shall meet requirements of ASTM F 477. Use
elastomeric factory-installed gaskets to make joints flexible and
watertight.
2. Flat Face Mating Flange: Full faces 1/8-In. thick ethylene
propylene (EPR) rubber.
3. Raised Face Mating Flange: Flat ring 1/8-In. ethylene propylene
(EDR) rubber, with filler gasket between OD of raised face and
flange OD to protect flange from bolting moment. F. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non-toxic, non-objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. G. Do not use PVC in potentially or known contaminated areas. H. Do not use PVC in areas exposed to direct sunlight.
2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A. Pipe 4-In. through 12-In: AWWA C 900, DR 14; nominal 20-Ft. lengths; cast-iron equivalent outside diameters. B. Pipe 14-In. through 20-In: AWWA C 905; DR 14; nominal 20-Ft. lengths; cast-iron equivalent outside diameter. C. Provide Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe from approved manufacturers. D. No curves and bends by deflecting joints. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for review by Public Works. E. Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C 900, AWWA C 905, ANSI A 21.10 (AWWA C 110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. 2.03 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe and storm sewer pipe shall be in accordance with provisions in following table. All sanitary sewer pipe shall be green color:
Sizes Pipe Stiffness (psi)
Solid Wall 4”-36” SDR35, PS 45 psi
SDR26, PS 115 psi
Open Profile Wall 18”-30” PS 46 psi
Closed Profile Wall 18”-30” PS 46 psi
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
02506-5
March 31, 2011
B. When solid wall PVC pipe 18-In. to 27-In. in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F 679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C. For sewers up to 12-In. diameter crossing over water lines, or crossing under water lines with less than 2-Ft. separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastomeric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477. Gaskets shall be factory-assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. Manufacturer shall test sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444. E. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. F. Conditioning. Conditioning of samples prior to and during tests is subject to approval by Public Works. When referee tests are required, condition specimens in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM D 618 at 73.4 degrees F plus or minus 3.6 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests under same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified. G. Pipe Stiffness. Determine pipe stiffness at 5 percent deflection in accordance with Test Method D 2412. For diameters 4-In. through 18-In., test three specimens, each a minimum of 6-In. (152-Mm.) in length. For diameters 21-In. through 36-In., test three specimens, each a minimum of 12-In. (305-Mm.) in length. H. Flattening. Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared in accordance with Paragraph 2.04F, in suitable press until internal diameter has been reduced to 60 percent of original inside diameter of pipe. Rate of loading shall be uniform. Test specimens, when examined under normal light and with unaided eye, shall show no evidence of splitting, cracking, breaking, or separation of pipe walls or bracing profiles. Perform the flattening test in conjunction with pipe stiffness test. I. Joint Tightness. Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D 3212, except that joint shall remain watertight at minimum deflection of 5 percent. Manufacturer will be required to provide independent third party certification for joint testing each diameter of storm sewer pipe. J. Purpose of Tests. Flattening and pipe stiffness tests are intended to be routine quality control tests. Joint tightness test is intended to qualify pipe to specified level of performance. Open and Closed Profile Wall pipe must meet Impact Resistance of smooth wall SDR 35.
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
02506-6
March 31, 2011
K. Service connections to sewer pipe of all types shall be watertight with approved manufacturer’s compatible connection.
2.04 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide approved PVC pressure pipe conforming to requirements for water service pipe, and conforming to minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02532 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell-and-spigot, containing a bonded-in elastomeric sealing ring meeting requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use approved joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-In. diameter and less. C. Fittings: Provide approved ductile iron fittings as per Section 02501 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings, Paragraph 2.04, except furnish fittings with one of following approved internal linings:
1. Nominal 40-Mils. (35-Mils minimum) virgin polyethylene
complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to interior surface of
fitting
2. Nominal 40-Mils (35-Mils minimum) polyurethane
3. Nominal 40-Mils (35-Mils minimum) ceramic epoxy
4. Nominal 40-Mils (35-Mils minimum) fusion bonded epoxy D. Exterior Protection: Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile-iron fittings as required by Section 02528 - Polyethylene Wrap. E. Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with Paragraph 2.02E. 2.05 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A 21.10 or ANSI A 21.53, ductile iron; ANSI A 21.11 single rubber gasket push-on type joint; minimum 250 psi pressure rating. Approved restrained joints, 250 200 psi, may be provided for up to 12-In. in diameter (water or sanitary). B. Provide approved restrained joint fittings: Integral restrained joint fittings and pipe do not require secondary restraint.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat
CITY OF SCHERTZ STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
02506-7
March 31, 2011
or harmful chemicals in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02511 - Water Lines, Section 02531 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, and Section 02532 - Sanitary Sewer Force Mains, as applicable. B. Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321 for Sewer Pipe, and manufacturer's recommendations. C. Install PVC water service pipe to clear utility lines and have minimum depth of cover below property line grade of street, unless otherwise required by Drawings: 1. Water service pipe 12-In. in diameter and smaller 4-Ft. of cover. 2. Water service pipe 16-In. in diameter and larger 5-Ft. of cover. D. Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle pipe when lowering pipe into trench. E. Hand shovel pipe bedding under pipe haunches and along sides of pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. F. Protect pipe from excessive heat or harmful chemicals. Prevent damage by crushing or piercing. G. Allow PVC pipe to cool to ground temperature before backfilling when assembled out of trench to prevent pullout due to thermal contraction. 3.03 PVC RESTRAINED MECHANISM A. Do not apply lubricant to spline or pipe or coupling spline grooves. B. Do not use excessive force while inserting the spline through coupling. C. Insert spline until it is fully seated around circumference of pipe. D. Field Cutting of Pipe Ends: 1. Perform by workers certified by manufacturer.
2. Use a PVC pipe cutter and provide square ends.
3. Use manufacturer approved power routing and grooving tool to
field fabricate required pipe groove. END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ POLYURETHANE COATING ON
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
02527-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02527
POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Two-component polyurethane coating system for use as external coating
for steel or ductile iron pipe.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this
Section. Include cost of polyurethane coatings in contract unit
prices for steel pipe or ductile iron pipe.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AWWA C 210 - Standard for Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior
and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines.
B. ASTM D 522 - Standard Test Method for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached
Organic Coatings.
C. SSPC-PA 2 - Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gauges.
D. SSPC-PA Guide 3 - A Guide to Safety in Paint Application.
E. SSPC-PS Guide 17.00 - Guide for Selecting Urethane Painting Systems.
F. SSPC-PS10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning.
1.04 SAFETY
A. Secure, from manufacturer, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for
polyurethane coatings and repair materials listed in this Section.
CITY OF SCHERTZ POLYURETHANE COATING ON
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
02527-2
March 31, 2011
B. Safety requirements stated in this specification and in related sections
apply in addition to applicable federal, state and local rules and
regulations. Comply with instructions of coating manufacturer and
requirements of insurance underwriters.
C. Follow handling and application practices of SSPC-PA Guide 3; SSPC-
PS Guide 17.00; Coating Manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheet.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit coating manufacturer's catalog sheets and technical information
for approval, prior to delivery of pipe.
C. Obtain from coating manufacturer and submit coating "affidavit of
compliance" to requirements of this Section stating that coatings were
applied in factory and in accordance with manufacturer's minimum
requirements.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Use standard containers to prevent gelling, thickening deleteriously or
forming of gas in closed containers within period of one year from date
of manufacture.
B. Label each container of separately packaged component clearly and
durably to indicate date of manufacture, manufacturer's batch number,
quantity, color, component identification and designated name or formula
specification, number of coatings together with special instructions. Do not
use coating components older than one year.
C. Deliver coating materials to pipe manufacturer in sealed containers showing
designated name, batch number, color, date of manufacture and name of
coating manufacturer.
D. Store material onsite in enclosures, out of direct sunlight in warm, ventilated
and dry area.
E. Prevent puncture, inappropriate opening or other action which
may lead to product contamination.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 COATING MATERIAL
A. CORROPIPE II PW - TOUCHUP (two-component) or approved equal;
CITY OF SCHERTZ POLYURETHANE COATING ON
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
02527-3
March 31, 2011
mix in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations.
1. For areas less than or equal to 6-In. in diameter, brush apply.
2. For areas greater than 6-In. in diameter, spray apply.
B. Coating System: Use Type V system which is 2-package
polyisocyanate, polyol-cured urethane coating, mixed in 1:1 ratio at time
of application. Components shall be balanced viscosities in their liquid
state and not require agitation during use.
C. Exterior Coating Material: CORROPIPE II-TX and Joint Coating Material
CORROPIPE II- PW, manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries, Inc.
D. Internal Coating Material: Joint Coating Material CORROPIPE II-PW,
manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries, Inc
E. Cured Coating Properties:
1. Conversion to Solids by Volume: 97 percent plus or minus 3 percent.
2. Temperature Resistance: Minus 40 degrees F and plus 130 degrees F.
3. Minimum Adhesion: 500 psi, when applied without primer to ductile
iron pipe which has been blasted to comply with SSPC-SP 10.
4. Cure Time: For handling in 1 minute at 120 degrees F, and full cure
within 7 days at 70 degrees F.
5. Maximum Specific Gravities: Polyisocyanate resin, 1.20. Polyol resin,
1.15.
6. Minimum Impact Resistance: 80-In.-pounds using 1-In. diameter
steel ball where coating is applied at 30 mils to ductile iron pipe
surface which has been blasted to SSPC No. 10 finish.
7. Minimum Tensile Strength: 2,000 psi.
8. Hardness: 55 plus or minus 5 Shore D at 70 degrees F.
9. Flexibility Resistance: ASTM D 522 using 1-In. mandrel. Allow
coating to cure for 7 days. Perform testing on test coupons held for
15 minutes at temperature extremes specified in this Paragraph.
2.02 2.02 REPAIR AND TOUCHUP MATERIAL
CITY OF SCHERTZ POLYURETHANE COATING ON
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
02527-4
March 31, 2011
A. CORROPIPE II PW (Two-component, brush applied, or approved equal).
Mix in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Remove deposits of oil, grease or other organic contaminates before blast
cleaning by using solvent wash as specified in SSPC-PA Guide 3. Clean
and dry surfaces making them completely dry, free of moisture, dust, grit,
oil, grease or other deleterious substances prior to application of coating.
B. Exterior and Interior Surfaces: SSPC-SP10, near-white metal blast
cleaning. Blast with clean, hard, sharp cutting abrasives with no steel or
cast iron shot in mix.
C. Ductile Iron Pipe: Prior to start of production blasting, prepare specimens
for white metal blast and near-white metal blast using equipment and
abrasives proposed for work. During preparation of specimens, Change
blasting intensity and abrasive as necessary to provide degree of
cleaning required by SSPC-SP10, except that color of blasted substrate
is not expected to match color of blasted steel. After examination and
concurrence by Public Works, production blasting may begin. Monitor and
control production blasting so that production pipe surfaces match
surface of approved blasting specimens.
3.02 THICKNESS
A. External Coatings: Minimum DFT of 25-Mils. (0.025-In.).
B. Internal Coatings: Minimum DFT of 35-Mils.
C. Thickness Determinations: Use Type 1 magnetic thickness gauge as
described in SSPC-PA2 specification. Individual readings below 90 percent of
specified minimum are not acceptable. Average individual spot readings
(consisting of three point measurements within 3-In. of each other) less than
95 percent of minimum are not acceptable. Average of all spot readings less
than minimum thickness specified are not acceptable.
3.03 FACTORY APPLICATION OF POLYURETHANE COATING
A. Equipment: Two-component, 1:1 mix ratio, heated airless spray unit.
B. Temperature: Minimum 5 degrees F above dew point temperature.
Temperature of surface shall not be less than 60 degrees F during
application.
CITY OF SCHERTZ POLYURETHANE COATING ON
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
02527-5
March 31, 2011
C. Humidity: Heating of pipe surfaces may be required to meet requirements of
Paragraph 2.01E, Cured Coating Properties, when relative humidity exceeds
80 percent.
D. Do not thin or mix resins; use as received. Store resins at temperature
above 55 degrees F at all times.
E. Application: Conform to coating manufacturer's recommendations. Apply
directly to substrate to achieve specified thickness. Multiple-pass, one-coat
application process is permitted provided maximum allowable recoat time
specified by coating manufacturer is not exceeded.
F. Recoat only when coating has cured less than maximum time specified by
coating manufacturer. When coating has cured for more than recoat time,
brush-blast or thoroughly sand coating surface. Blow-off cleaning using
clean, dry, high pressure compressed air.
G. Cure at ambient temperature above 0 degrees F. Do not handle pipe
until coating has been allowed to cure as follows:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE MINIMUM FULL CURE
TIME
Over 70 degrees F 7 days
50 to 70 degrees F 9 days
0 to 50 degrees F 12 days
3.04 JOINTS
A. Apply coating to unlined pipe surfaces including inside of bell socket and
outside of spigot.
B. Coating thickness on sealing areas of spigot end of pipe exterior:
Minimum 8-Mils. (0.008-In.), maximum of 10-Mils. (0.010-In.). Maximum
10-Mils. may be exceeded in spigot end provided maximum spigot
diameter as specified by pipe manufacturer is not exceeded.
3.05 INSPECTION
A. Public Works may inspect coatings at coating applicator's facilities.
B. Secure approval of surface preparation by coating manufacturer's
representative prior to coating application.
C. Holiday Inspection: Conform to AWWA C 210, Section 5.3.3.1. Follow
coating manufacturer's recommendation. Conduct inspection any time
after coating has reached initial cure. Repair in accordance with
CITY OF SCHERTZ POLYURETHANE COATING ON
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
02527-6
March 31, 2011
Paragraph 3.07, Repair and Field Touchup.
3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. When required by Public Works, provide services of manufacturer's
representative for period of not less than 2 weeks at beginning of actual
pipe laying operations to advise Contractor regarding installation including
but not limited to handling and storing, cleaning and inspecting, coatings
repairs, and general construction methods as to how they may affect pipe
coatings.
B. Use nylon straps, padded lifts and padded storage skids. Field cuts
should be kept to minimum. Repair damage to coating due to
handling or construction practices. See Section 02501 - Ductile -
Iron Pipe and Fittings and Section 02502 - Steel Pipe and Fittings
for additional requirements.
C. Just before each section of pipe is to be placed into trench, conduct
visual and holiday inspection. Repair defects in coating system
before pipe is installed.
3.07 REPAIR AND FIELD TOUCHUP
A. Apply repair and touchup materials in conformance with factory application
of polyurethane coating requirements specified in this Section, excluding
equipment requirements.
B. Repair Procedure - Holidays:
1. Remove traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other deleterious
materials
2. Roughen area to be patched by sanding with rough grade sandpaper
(40 grit).
3. Apply one coat of repair material described above. Work repair
material into scratched surface by brushing.
C. Repair Procedure - Field Cuts or Large Damage:
1. Remove burrs from field cut ends or handling damage
and smooth out edge of polyurethane coating.
2. Remove traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other deleterious
materials
CITY OF SCHERTZ POLYURETHANE COATING ON
STANDARD SPECIFICATION STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
02527-7
March 31, 2011
3. Roughen area to be patched with rough grade sandpaper (40
grit). Feather edges and include overlap of 1-In. to 2-In. of
roughened polyurethane in area to be patched.
4. Apply thick coat of repair material described above. Work repair
material into scratched surface by brushing. Feather edges of
repair material into prepared surface. Cover at least 1-In. of
roughened area surrounding damage, or adjacent to field cut.
D. Repair Procedure - Thermite Brazed Connection Bonds:
1. Remove polyurethane coating with power wire brush from area on
metal surface which is to receive thermite brazed connection.
2. Grind metal surface to shiny metal with power grinder and coarse grit
grinding wheel.
3. Apply thermite-brazed connection using equipment, charge and
procedure recommended by manufacturer of thermite equipment.
4. After welded surface has cooled to temperature below 130 degrees
F, apply protective coating repair material to weld, exposed pipe
surface and damaged areas of polyurethane coating.
5. Do not cover or backfill freshly repaired areas of coating at
thermite-brazed connection until repair material has completely
cured. Allow material to cure in conformance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYETHYLENE WRAP
02528-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02528
POLYETHYLENE WRAP
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Polyethylene wrap to be used in open-cut construction for cast iron
and ductile iron pipe when cathodic protection system is not required
by Drawings.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for polyethylene wrap. Include
cost of polyethylene wrap in unit price for pipes and fittings to be
wrapped.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCE
A. ASTM D 1248 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding
and Extrusion Materials For a Wire and Cable.
B. AWWA C 105 - Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe
System.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit product data for proposed film and tape for approval.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Polyethylene Film: Tubular or sheet form without tears, breaks,
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYETHYLENE WRAP
02528-2
March 31, 2011
holidays, or defects; conforming with requirements of AWWA C 105,
2.5 to 3 percent carbon black content, either low- or high-density:
1. Low-density polyethylene film. Low-density polyethylene film shall be
manufactured of virgin polyethylene material conforming to following
requirements of ASTM D 1248.
a. Raw material.
1. Type : I.
2. Class: C (black).
3. Grade: E-5.
4. Flow rate (formerly melt index): 0.4 g/10 minute, maximum.
5. Dielectric strength: Volume resistivity, 1015 ohm-cm, minimum.
b. Physical properties.
1. Tensile strength: 1,200 psi, minimum.
2. Elongation: 300 percent, minimum.
3. Dielectric strength: 800 V/mil thickness, minimum.
c. Thickness: Low-density polyethylene film shall have normal thickness
of 0.008-In. Minus tolerance on thickness is 10 percent of nominal
thickness.
2. High-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film. High-density, cross
laminated polyethylene film shall be manufactured of virgin
polyethylene material conforming to following requirements of ASTM
D 1248
a. Raw material.
1. Type: III.
2. Class: C (black).
3. Grade: P33.
4. Flow rate (formerly melt index): 0.4 to 0.5g/10 minute,
maximum.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYETHYLENE WRAP
02528-3
March 31, 2011
5. Dielectric strength: Volume resistivity, 1015 ohm-cm, minimum.
b. Physical properties.
1. Tensile strength: 5000 psi, minimum.
2. Elongation: 100 percent, minimum.
3. Dielectric strength: 800 V/mil thickness, minimum.
c. Thickness: Film shall have nominal thickness of 0.004-In.
Minus tolerance of thickness is 10 percent of nominal
thickness.
B. Polyethylene Tape: Provide 3-In. wide, plastic-backed, adhesive tape;
Paleocene No. 900, Scotchwrap No. 50, or approved equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Remove lumps of clay, mud, and cinders from pipe surface prior to
installation of polyethylene encasement. Prevent soil or embedment
material from becoming trapped between pipe and polyethylene.
B. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to affect snug, but not tight fit;
encase with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. Allow
sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene where it
bridges irregular surfaces, such as bell-spigot interfaces, bolted joints, or
fittings, and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling
operations. Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape to hold
polyethylene encasement in place until backfilling operations are complete.
C. For installations below water table or in areas subject to tidal actions,
seal both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint
overlap.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Tubular Type (Method A):
1. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2-Ft. longer than pipe
section. Slip tube around pipe, centering tube to provide 1-Ft. overlap
on each adjacent pipe section, and bunching it accordion-fashion
lengthwise until it clears pipe ends.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYETHYLENE WRAP
02528-4
March 31, 2011
2. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section
of pipe. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of
polyethylene tube.
3. After assembling pipe joint, make overlap of polyethylene tube. Pull
bunched polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end
of adjoining length of pipe, and secure in place. Then slip end of
polyethylene from adjoining pipe section over end of first wrap until it
overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. Secure overlap in
place. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make snug, but not tight,
fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points.
4. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene.
Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner.
B. Tubular Type (Method B):
1. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1-Ft. shorter than pipe
section. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 6-In. of bare
pipe at each end. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make snug,
but not tight, fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points;
secure ends.
2. Before making up joint, slip 3-Ft. length of polyethylene tube over end
of preceding pipe section, bunching in accordion-fashion lengthwise.
After completing joint, pull 3-Ft. length of polyethylene over joint,
overlapping polyethylene previously placed on each adjacent section
of pipe by at least 1-Ft.; make each end snug and secure.
3. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene.
Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner.
C. Sheet Type:
1. Cut polyethylene sheet to length approximately 2-Ft. longer than pipe
section. Center length to provide 1-Ft. overlap on each adjacent pipe
section, bunching sheet until it clears pipe ends. Wrap polyethylene
around pipe so that sheet circumferentially overlaps top quadrant of
pipe. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of
approximately 3-Ft..
2. Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with
preceding section of pipe. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate
installation of polyethylene. After completing joint, make overlap and
secure ends.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION POLYETHYLENE WRAP
02528-5
March 31, 2011
3. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene.
Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner.
D. Pipe-shaped Appurtenances: Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and
other pipe-shaped appurtenances with polyethylene in same
manner as pipe.
E. Odd-shaped Appurtenances: When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees,
crosses, and other odd-shaped pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split
length of polyethylene tube by passing sheet around appurtenance and
encasing it. Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice,
and taping down. Tape polyethylene securely in place at valve stem and
other penetrations.
F. Openings in Encasement: Create openings for branches, service taps,
blow-offs, air valves, and similar appurtenances by making X-shaped cut
in polyethylene and temporarily folding back film. After appurtenance is
installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair cut, as well as
other damaged area in polyethylene, with tape. Service taps may also be
made directly through polyethylene, with resulting damaged areas being
repaired as specified.
G. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: Where polyethylene-
wrapped pipe joins adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, extend
polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3-Ft.
Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. Wrap service lines of
dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric tape for minimum
clear distance of 3-Ft. away from cast or ductile iron pipe.
3.03 REPAIRS
A. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or damage to polyethylene with adhesive
tape or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube,
wrapped around pipe to cover damaged area, and secured in place.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02531
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Gravity sanitary sewers and appurtenances, including stacks and service
connections.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Payment for gravity sanitary sewers by open-cut or within
Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Area (PPCA) is on linear foot
basis, complete in place, including sewer pipe, connections to
existing manholes, post installation television inspection and testing.
Measurement will be taken along centerline of pipe from centerline
to centerline of manholes.
2. Payment for television inspection of existing gravity sanitary sewer
will be on a linear foot basis. Measurement will be taken along
centerline of pipe from centerline to centerline of manholes. See
article 3.09 for cleaning and television inspection procedures.
3. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of
operations for sewer construction. Plan operations to minimize
disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property.
C. Test Reports: Submit test reports and inspection videos as specified in
Part 3 of this Section. Video DVDs become property of City.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-2
March 31, 2011
A. Qualifications. Install sanitary sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to-pipe
joints and in pipe- to-manhole connections. Perform testing in accordance
with Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers.
B. Regulatory Requirements.
1. Separation distance is defined as distance between outside of
water pipe and outside of sewer pipe. Install sewer lines to meet
minimum separation distance from potable water line per 30 TAC
Chapter 217 Rule 217.53.d.
2. Make notification to Public Works when water lines are uncovered
during sanitary sewer installation where minimum separation
distance cannot be maintained.
3. Lay gravity sewer lines in straight alignment and grade.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Inspect pipe and fittings upon arrival of materials at job site.
B. Handle and store pipe materials and fittings to protect them from
damage due to impact, shock, shear or free fall. Do not drag pipe and
fittings along ground. Do not roll pipe unrestrained from delivery
trucks.
C. Use mechanical means to move or handle pipe. Employ acceptable
clamps, rope or slings around outside barrel of pipe and fittings. Do not
use hooks, bars, or other devices in contact with interior surface of pipe to
lift or move lined pipe.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE
A. Provide piping materials for gravity sanitary sewers of sizes and types
indicated on Drawings or as specified.
B. Unlined reinforced concrete pipe is not acceptable.
2.02 PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE
A. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, use pipe materials for mains
that conform to requirements:
1. Section 02506 - Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-3
March 31, 2011
2. Section 02505 - High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid and Profile
Wall Pipe.
B. Where shown on Drawings, provide pipe meeting minimum class,
dimension ratio, or other criteria indicated.
C. Pipe materials other than those listed above shall not be used for gravity
sanitary sewers.
2.03 APPURTENANCES
A. Stacks. Conform to requirements of Section 02534 - Sanitary Sewer Service
Stubs or Reconnections.
B. Service Connections. Conform to requirements of Section 02534 - Sanitary
Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections.
C. Roof, street or other type of surface water drains shall not be connected
or reconnected into sanitary sewer lines.
2.04 BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL
A. Bedding and Backfill: Conform to requirements of Section 02317 -
Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, Section 02320 - Utility Backfill
Materials, and Section 02321 - Cement Stabilized Sand.
B. Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02911 - Topsoil.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Prepare traffic control plans and set up street detours and barricades in
preparation for excavation when construction will affect traffic. Conform to
requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation.
B. Provide barricades, flashing warning lights, and warning signs for
excavations. Conform to requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control
and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights where work is in
progress or where traffic is affected by work.
C. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ trench safety
system as specified in Section 02260 - Trench Safety System for
excavations over 5-Ft. deep.
D. Immediately notify agency or company owning utility line which is
damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from Public Works and
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-4
March 31, 2011
agency or utility company for repairs or relocations, either temporary or
permanent.
E. Remove old pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways
in accordance with requirements of Section 02221 - Removing Existing
Pavements and Structures.
F. Install and operate dewatering and surface water control measures in
accordance with Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water and Surface
Water.
G. Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system.
3.02 DIVERSION PUMPING
A. Install and operate required bulkheads, plugs, piping, and diversion
pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or
overflow. Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and
procedures from Public Works.
B. Design piping, joints and accessories to withstand twice maximum system
pressure or a minimum 50 psi, whichever is greater.
C. No sewage shall be diverted into area outside of sanitary sewer.
D. In event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop overflow and
take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify Public
Works so that required reporting can be made to Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality and Environmental Protection Agency by Public
Works.
3.03 EXCAVATION
A. Earthwork. Conform to requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities. Use bedding as indicated on Drawings.
B. Line and Grade. Establish required uniform line and grade in trench from
benchmarks identified by Public Works. Maintain this control for minimum
of 100-Ft. behind and ahead of pipe-laying operation. Use laser beam
equipment to establish and maintain proper line and grade of work. Use of
appropriately sized grade boards which are substantially supported is also
acceptable. Protect boards and location stakes from damage or
dislocation.
C. Trench Excavation. Excavate pipe trenches to depths shown on Drawings
and as specified in Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-5
March 31, 2011
3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION BY OPEN CUT
A. Install pipe in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations
and as specified in following paragraphs.
B. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, bottom of trench fine graded,
bedding material is installed, and trench has been approved by Public
Works.
C. Install pipe to line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has
continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in trench so
interior surfaces of pipe follow grades and alignment indicated. Provide
bell holes where necessary.
D. Install pipe with spigot ends toward downstream end of flow such that
water flows into bell and out the spigot.
E. Form concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent
offsets.
F. Keep interior of pipe clean as installation progresses. Remove foreign
material and debris from pipe
G. Provide lubricant, place and drive home newly laid sections with come-a-
long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Install pipe to "home"
mark where provided. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will
not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in
advance by Public Works.
H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection.
I. When work is not in progress, cover exposed ends of pipes with
approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering pipe.
J. When possible, install new sanitary sewers no closer to water lines than 9-
Ft. in all directions. Where this separation distance cannot be achieved,
new sanitary sewers shall be installed per 30 TAC Chapter 217 Rule
217.53.d.
K. Where the length of the stub is not indicated, install the stub to the right-
of-way line and seal the free end with an approved plug.
3.05 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT
A. For installation of pipe by augering, jacking, or tunneling, conform to
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-6
March 31, 2011
requirements of specification sections on tunneling augering, jacking and
micro-tunneling work as appropriate.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF APPURTENANCES
A. Service Connections. Install service connections to conform to requirements
of Section 2534 - Sanitary Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections.
B. Stacks. Construct stacks to conform to requirements of 02534 - Sanitary
Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections.
C. Construct manholes to conform to requirements of Section 02081 -
Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes, Section 02082 - Precast Concrete
Manholes, and Section 02083 - Fiberglass Manholes, as applicable.
Install frames, rings, and covers to conform to requirements of Section
02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers.
3.07 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Visual Inspection: Check pipe alignment in accordance with Section 02533 –
Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers.
B. Mandrel Testing. Use Mandrel Test to test flexible pipe for deflection. Refer
to Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers.
C. Pipe Leakage Test. After backfilling line segment and prior to tie-in of
service connections, visually inspect gravity sanitary sewers where
feasible, and test for leakage in accordance with Section 02533 -
Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. Maintain piezometer installed to
conform with Section 01578 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water,
until acceptance testing is completed.
3.08 BACKFILL AND SITE CLEANUP
A. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities.
B. Backfill trench in specified lifts only after pipe installation is approved by
Public Works.
C. Repair and replace removed or damaged pavement, curbs, gutters, and
sidewalks as specified in Section 02951 - Pavement Repair and
Resurfacing.
D. Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or
undeveloped land use over surface of ground disturbed during construction
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-7
March 31, 2011
and not paved or not designated to be paved. Grade surface at uniform
slope to natural grade as indicated on Drawings. Provide minimum of 4-In.
of topsoil as specified in Section 02911 - Topsoil and apply hydromulch
according to requirements of Section 02921 - Hydromulch Seeding.
E. Provide sod in areas of residential land use over surface of ground
disturbed during construction and not paved or not designated to be
paved. Grade surface at uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on
Drawings. Provide minimum of 4-In. of topsoil per Section 02911 -
Topsoil. Sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding.
3.09 POST-INSTALLATION TELEVISION INSPECTION
A. Prior to final acceptance of newly constructed gravity sanitary sewers,
perform cleaning and closed circuit television inspection. Cleaning shall
include utilizing variable pressure water nozzles (3000 psi) and collection,
removal, transportation and disposal of sand, debris, and liquid wastes to
legal disposal sites.
B. Select and use closed-circuit television equipment that will produce color
video DVD. Produce video using pan-and-tilt, radial viewing, pipe
inspection camera that pans plus and minus 275 degrees and rotates
360 degrees. Use camera with accurate footage counter which displays
on monitor exact distance of camera from starting manhole. Use camera
with camera height adjustment so that camera lens is always centered at
one-half inside diameter, or higher, in pipe being televised. Provide
lighting system that allows features and condition of pipe to be clearly
seen. Reflector in front of camera may be necessary to enhance lighting
in dark or large diameter pipe.
C. Perform television inspection of gravity sanitary sewers as follows:
1. Videos shall pan beginning and ending manholes to demonstrate
that debris has been removed. Camera operator shall slowly pan
each service connection and where sewer transitions from one pipe
material to another.
2. Video DVD shall be continuous for pipe segments between
manholes. Do not leave gaps in video recording of segment between
manholes and do not show single segment on more than one video
DVD.
3. No flow is allowed in gravity sanitary sewer while performing
post-installation television inspection.
D. Provide video on DVD. Place label on face of each video DVD. Permanently
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
02531-8
March 31, 2011
label each DVD with, at a minimum, the following information.
x Project Name
x Contractor's Name:
x Inspection Type (Pre-Installation or Post-
Installation)
x Date Televised:
x Manhole No. From & Manhole No. To
E. For each video provide a completed TV Inspection Report. TV
Inspection Report is written/narrated log of pipe conditions and
service connections, indexed to footage counter. Items to be listed by
footage counter include but are not limited to: service laterals (by
position), cracks, misaligned joints, roots, debris, inflow/infiltration,
any structural failures of pipe.
F. Upon completion of video reviews by Public Works, Contractor will be
notified regarding final acceptance of sewer segment.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02533
ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers including:
1. Visual inspection of sewer pipes
2. Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes.
3. Leakage testing of sewer pipes.
4. Leakage testing of manholes.
5. Smoke testing of point repairs.
B. All tests listed in this Section are not necessarily required on this Project.
Required tests are named in other Sections which refer to this Section for
testing criteria and procedures.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No payment will be made for acceptance testing under this Section.
Include payment in unit price for work requiring acceptance testing.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 924 - Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines
by Low-Pressure Air Test Method.
B. ASTM D 3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Polyethylene (Vinyl
Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings.
C. ASTM F 794 - Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-2
March 31, 2011
Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter.
D. ASTM F 1417 - Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of
Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gravity flow sanitary sewers are required to have straight alignment and
uniform grade between manholes.
B. Flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than
5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of
line segment but prior to final acceptance using standard mandrel to verify
that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances.
C. Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this Section and
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality requirements. Refer to Table
02533-1, Time Allowed for Pressure Loss from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig.
D. Televised inspection of constructed gravity sewer line.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Test Plan: Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval
through submittal process, prepare and submit test plan for approval by
Public Works. Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and
tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for deviations from
Drawings and Specifications.
C. Test Reports: Submit test reports for each test on each segment of
sanitary sewer.
1.06 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet
specified requirements when tested.
B. Provide testing reports and video tape of television inspection as directed
by Public Works.
C. Upon completion of tape reviews by Public Works, Contractor will be
notified regarding final acceptance of sewer segment.
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-3
March 31, 2011
1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more
than 1000-Ft. of installed sewer remains untested at one time.
B. Coordinate testing schedules with Public Works. Perform testing under
observation of Public Works.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DEFLECTION MANDREL
A. Mandrel Sizing. Rigid mandrel shall have outside diameter (O.D.) equal to
95 percent of inside diameter (I.D.) of pipe. Inside diameter of pipe, or
average ID of a pipe, as specified in the appropriate standard by the
ASTMs, American Water Works Association, UNI-BELL, or American
National Standards Institute, or any related appendix.
B. Mandrel Design. Rigid mandrel shall be constructed of metal or rigid
plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed.
Mandrel shall have nine or more odd number of "runners" or "legs". Barrel
section of mandrel shall have length of at least 75 percent of inside
diameter of pipe. Adjustable or flexible mandrel is prohibited. Provide and
use proving ring for modifying each size mandrel.
C. Proving Ring. Furnish "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate ring of
1/2-In. thick, 3-In. wide bar steel to diameter 0.02-In. larger than approved
mandrel diameter.
D. Mandrel Dimensions (5 percent allowance). Average inside diameter and
minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02533-3, Pipe vs.
Mandrel Diameter, at end of this Section and as shown on the City of
Schertz Standard Detail. Mandrels for higher strength, thicker wall pipe or
other pipe not listed in table may be used when approved by Public
Works.
2.02 LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST
A. Minimum Requirement for Equipment:
1. Control panel
2. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel.
3. Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested;
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-4
March 31, 2011
capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or
requiring external bracing.
4. Air hoses from control panel to:
a. Air supply.
b. Pneumatic plugs.
c. Sealed line for pressuring.
d. Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure.
B. Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place pneumatic plug in each end of length of
pipe on ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig; then pressurize sealed pipe to
5 psig. Plugs are acceptable when they remain in place against test
pressure without external aids.
2.03 SMOKE TESTING
A. Equipment:
1. Pneumatic plugs.
2. Smoke generator as supplied by Superior Signal Company, or
approved equal.
3. Blowers producing 2500 scfm minimum.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Provide labor, equipment, tools, test plugs, risers, air compressor, air hose,
pressure meters, pipe probe, calibrated weirs, or any other device
necessary for proper testing and inspection.
B. Determine selection of test methods and pressures for gravity sanitary
sewers based on ground water elevation. Determine ground water
elevation using equipment and procedures conforming to Section 01578 -
Control of Ground Water and Surface Water.
3.02 VISUAL INSPECTION OF GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
A. Check pipe alignment visually by flashing light between structures. Verify if
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-5
March 31, 2011
alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced. In case of misalignment or
damaged pipe, remove and re- lay or replace pipe segment.
B After testing and prior to final acceptance of newly constructed gravity
sanitary sewers, perform cleaning and closed circuit television inspection
per Section 02531.
3.03 MANDREL TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
A. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi-rigid pipe to confirm pipe
has no more than 5 percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to
ASTM D 3034. Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of
line segment, but prior to final acceptance testing of line segment.
B. Pull approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any
section of sewer not passing mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for
stubs.
C. Re-test repaired or replaced sewer sections.
3.04 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
A. Test gravity sanitary sewer pipes for leakage by Low Pressure air testing.
Perform leakage testing after backfilling of line segment, and prior to tie-in
of service connections.
B. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828,
ASTM C 924, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less
than that listed in Table 02533-1.
1. Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 36-
In. average inside diameter.
2. Lines 33-In. average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at
each joint. Minimum time allowable for pressure to drop from 3.5
pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch
during joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe size.
3. For pipe sections less than 33-In. average inside diameter:
a. Determine ground water level.
b. Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and
allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug
concrete pipe.
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-6
March 31, 2011
c. After manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main
has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being
connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with
pneumatic plugs.
d. Pressurize pipe to 4.0 psi or 3.5 psi greater than the
pressure exerted by ground water above the pipe. Bleed
back pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground
water table). See Table 02533-1 at end of this Section.
e. To determine air loss, measure time interval for pressure to
drop to 2.5 psig. Time must exceed that listed in Table
02533-1 at end of this Section for pipe diameter and length.
For slip-lining, use diameter of carrier pipe. A minimum of
five (5) readings will be required for each test.
F. Retest: Repair and retest any section of pipe which fails to meet
requirements.
3.05 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR MANHOLES
A. After completion of manhole construction and backfilling, test manholes for
water tightness using vacuum testing procedures.
B. Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably-sized
pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for
pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and installation
recommendations. Place plugs minimum of 6-In. outside of manhole walls.
Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged when lines entering
manhole have not been backfilled.
C. Vacuum testing:
1. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole
and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of manhole
structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety
precautions, inflate sealing element to recommended maximum
inflation pressure; do not over-inflate.
2. Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10-In. mercury (Hg),
disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for 2 minutes, per 30 TAC
Chapter 217 Rule 217.58.
3. If drop in vacuum exceeds 1-In. Hg over specified time period
tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal
manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-7
March 31, 2011
obtained.
3.06 SMOKE TEST PROCEDURE FOR POINT REPAIRS
A. Application: Perform smoke test to:
1. Locate points of line failure for point repair.
2. Determine when point repairs are properly made.
3. Determine when service connections have been reconnected to
rehabilitated sewer.
4. Check integrity of connections to newly replaced service taps to
liners and to existing private service connections.
B. Limitations: Do not backfill service taps until completion of this test. Test
only those taps in single manhole section at one time. Keep number of
open excavations to minimum.
C. Preparation: Prior to smoke testing, give written notices to area residents
no fewer than 2 days, nor more than 7 days, prior to proposed testing.
Also give notice to City of Schertz Police and Fire Departments 24 hours
prior to actual smoke testing.
D. Isolate Section: Isolate manhole section to be tested from adjacent
manhole sections to keep smoke localized. Temporarily seal annular
space at manhole for slip-lined sections.
E. Smoke Introduction:
1. Operate equipment according to manufacturer's recommendation
and as approved by Public Works.
2. Conduct test by forcing smoke from smoke generators through
sanitary sewer main and service connections. Operate smoke
generators for minimum of 5 minutes.
3. Introduce smoke into upstream and downstream manhole as
appropriate. Monitor tap/connection for smoke leaks. Note sources
of leaks.
F. Repair and Retest: Repair and replace taps or connections noted as
leaking and then retest. Taps and connections may be left exposed in only
one manhole section at time. When repair or replacement, testing or
retesting, and backfilling of excavation is not completed within one work
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-8
March 31, 2011
day, properly barricade and cover each excavation as approved by Public
Works.
G. Service Connections: On houses where smoke does not issue from
plumbing vent stacks to confirm reconnection of sewer service to newly
installed liner pipe, perform dye test to confirm reconnection. Introduce
dye into service line through plumbing fixture inside structure or sewer
cleanout immediately outside structure and flush with water. Observe flow
at service reconnection or downstream manhole. Detection of dye
confirms reconnection.
Table 02533-1. ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS
TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG
Pipe Dia. (in) Min. Time (min:sec) Length for Min. Time (ft) Time for Longer Length (sec/ft)
6 5:40 398 0.8548
8 7:33 298 1.5196
10 9:27 239 2.3743
12 11:20 199 3.4190
15 14:10 159 5.3423
18 17:00 133 7.6928
21 19:50 114 10.4708
24 22:40 99 13.6762
27 25:30 88 17.3089
30 28:20 80 21.3690
33 31:10 72 25.8565
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-9
March 31, 2011
Table 02533-2. Pipe vs. Mandrel Diameter
Material and Wall Construction Nominal Size (Inches) Average I.D. (Inches)
MinimumDiameter
(Inches)
65.7645.476
8 7.715 7.329 PVC-Solid (SDR 26)6
10 9.646 9.162
12 11.737 11.15
15 14.374 13.655
18 17.629 16.748
21 20.783 19.744
24 23.381 22.12
PVC-Solid (SDR 35)12
27 26.351 25.033
8 7.75 7.363
10 9.75 9.263
12 11.79 11.201 PVC-Truss
15 14.77 14.032
12 11.74 11.153
15 14.37 13.652
18 17.65 16.768
21 20.75 19.713
24 23.5 22.325
27 26.5 25.175
30 29.5 28.025
36 35.5 33.725
42 41.5 39.425
PVC-Profile (ASTM F 794)
48 47.5 45.125
18 18 17.1
21 21 19.95
24 24 22.8
27 27 25.65
30 30 28.5
36 36 34.2
42 42 39.9
48 48 45.6
54 54 51.3
HDPE-Profile
60 60 57
CITY OF SCHERTZ ACCEPTANCE TESTING
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY SEWERS
02533-10
March 31, 2011
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02713
FLEXIBLE BASE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This item governs furnishing and placing a crushed stone base course for
surfacing, pavement, or other base courses. “Flexible Base" shall be
constructed on an approved, prepared surface in one or more courses
conforming to the typical sections and to the lines and grades, indicated on
the Drawings or established by the Engineer or designated representative.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices
1. Measurement for flexible base is for type and grade on a square yard
basis complete in-place as described in the Contract Documents.
Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of base course.
2. This price is full compensation for furnishing materials, temporary
stockpiling, assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations
to level stockpiles for measurement, loading, hauling, delivery of
materials, spreading, blading, mixing, shaping, placing, compacting, reworking, finishing, correcting locations where thickness is deficient,
curing, furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring, and
equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals
3. Refer to Section 01290 - Payment Procedures for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D 1556 - Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method.
B. TXDOT Test Method TEX-113-E.
C. ASTM D 2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-2
March 31, 2011
D. ASTM D 361 - Test Method for Water Content of Soils and Rock in Place by
Nuclear Methods (shallow depth).
E. ASTM D 3017 - Test Method for Water Content of Soils and Rock in Place
by Nuclear Methods.
F. ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity
Index of Soils.
G. TxDOT Tex-101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for
Testing.
H. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittals
Procedures.
B. Source, gradation and test results for the crushed limestone material. Upon
request submit samples of flexible base course and soil binder for testing.
1.05 TESTS
A. Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with
ASTM C 131, ASTM D 698, ASTM D 4318, Tex-114-E, Tex-101-E, and
Tex-110-E under provisions of Section 01454 - Testing Laboratory Services.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide materials from stockpiles that are protected during storage from
contaminates that would be detrimental to the flexible base course.
B. Load materials from same area of stockpile to maintain uniformity of each
successive delivery to the project site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the
requirements of the plans and specifications. Notify the Engineer of the
proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. The Engineer may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction throughout the duration of the project to assure specification
compliance. Use the TxDOT standard laboratory test procedure Tex-100-E
for material definitions.
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-3
March 31, 2011
B. Aggregate. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the plans
and conforming to the requirements of Table 1. Each source must meet
Table 1 requirements for liquid limit, plasticity index, and wet ball mill for the
grade specified. Do not use additives such as, but not limited to, lime, cement, or fly ash to modify aggregates to meet the requirements of Table
1, unless shown on the plans.
Table 1 Aggregate Material Requirements Property Test Method1 Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4
Master gradation sieve
size (% retained)
2-½ in - 0 0
1-¾ in 0 0-10 0-10
Ǭ in 10–35 - -
Ǫ in 30–50 - -
No. 4 45–65 45–75 45–75
No. 40
Tex-110-E
70–85 60–85 50–85
As shown on the plans
Liquid limit, % max.2 Tex-104-E 35 40 40 As shown on the plans
Plasticity index, max.2 10 12 12 As shown on
the plans
Plasticity index, min.2
Tex-106-E
As shown on the plans
Wet ball mill, % max3 40 45 -
Wet ball mill, % max. increase passing the No.
40 sieve3
Tex-116-E 20 20 -
As shown on
the plans
1. TxDOT standard laboratory test procedures 2. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex-107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is
unattainable as defined in Tex-104-E. 3. ASTM C131 (Grad. A), Los Angeles Abrasion, can be used in lieu of the wet ball mill procedure. The
maximum abrasion allowed to the crushed stone is forty (40) when subjected to the Los Angeles Abrasion test.
1. Material Tolerances. The Engineer may accept material if no more
than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation tests has an individual sieve
outside the specified limits of the gradation. When target grading is required by the plans, no single failing test may exceed the master
grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No. 4 and larger
or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No. 4 sieve.
a. The Engineer may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5
most recent plasticity index tests is outside the specified limit. No single failing test may exceed the allowable limit by more than 2
points.
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-4
March 31, 2011
2. Material Types. Do not use fillers or binders unless approved by the
Engineer. Furnish the type specified on the plans in accordance with
the following.
a. Type A. Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate that originates from a single, naturally occurring
source. Do not use gravel or multiple sources.
b. Type B. Crushed or uncrushed gravel. Blending of 2 or more
sources is allowed. Use of this material must have written approval
by the City Engineer prior to selection for bidding or construction.
c. Type C. Crushed gravel with a minimum of 60% of the
particles retained on a No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as
determined by TxDOT’s standard laboratory test procedure Tex-460-
A, Part I. Blending of 2 or more sources is allowed.
d. Type D. Type A material or crushed concrete. Crushed concrete containing gravel will be considered Type D material.
Crushed concrete must meet the requirements in Section 2.01.A.3.b,
“Recycled Material (Including Crushed Concrete) Requirements,” and
be managed in a way to provide for uniform quality. The Engineer
may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify compliance.
e. Type E. As shown on the plans.
3. Recycled Material. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) and other
recycled materials may be used when shown on the plans. Request
approval to blend 2 or more sources of recycled materials.
a. Limits on Percentage. When RAP is allowed, do not exceed
20% RAP by weight unless otherwise shown on the plans. The
percentage limitations for other recycled materials will be as shown
on the plans.
b. Recycled Material (Including Crushed Concrete) Requirements.
1) Contractor Furnished Recycled Materials. When the
Contractor furnishes the recycled materials, including crushed
concrete, the final product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1 for the grade specified. Certify compliance with TxDOT’s DMS-11000, “Evaluating and Using Nonhazardous
Recyclable Materials Guidelines,” for Contractor furnished
recycled materials. In addition, recycled materials must be free
from reinforcing steel and other objectionable material and
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-5
March 31, 2011
have at most 1.5% deleterious material when tested in
accordance with TxDOT’s standard laboratory test procedure
Tex-413-A. For RAP, do not exceed a maximum percent loss
from decantation of 5.0% when tested in accordance with TxDOT’s standard laboratory test procedure Tex-406-A. Test
RAP without removing the asphalt.
2) City Furnished Required Recycled Materials. When the City
furnishes and requires the use of recycled materials, unless
otherwise shown on the plans:
a) City required recycled material will not be subject to the
requirements in Table 1,
b) Contractor furnished materials are subject to the
requirements in Table 1 and this Item,
c) the final product, blended, will be subject to the requirements in Table 1, and
d) for final product, unblended (100% City furnished required
recycled material), the liquid limit, plasticity index, wet ball
mill, classification, and compressive strength is waived.
Crush City-furnished RAP so that 100% passes the 2 inch sieve. The Contractor is responsible for uniformly blending
to meet the percentage required.
3) City Furnished and Allowed Recycled Materials. When the
City furnishes and allows the use of recycled materials or
allows the Contractor to furnish recycled materials, the final blended product is subject to the requirements of Table 1 and
the plans.
c. Recycled Material Sources. City-owned recycled material is
available to the Contractor only when shown on the plans. Return unused City-owned recycled materials to the City stockpile location designated by the Engineer unless otherwise shown on the plans.
d. The use of Contractor-owned recycled materials is allowed
when shown on the plans. Contractor-owned surplus recycled
materials remain the property of the Contractor. Remove Contractor-owned recycled materials from the project and dispose of them in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations before project
acceptance. Do not intermingle Contractor-owned recycled material
with City-owned recycled material unless approved by the Engineer.
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-6
March 31, 2011
C. Water. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable
matter.
D. Material Sources. Only commercial sources may be used unless otherwise
allowed by the City and shown on the plans.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads.
B. Verify lines and grades are correct
3.02 EQUIPMENT:
A. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper
execution of the work. Provide proof rollers in accordance with TxDOT
Item 216, “Proof Rolling,” when required.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION:
A. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the required density and moisture content. Provide a smooth
surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines, and grades shown
on the plans or as directed.
B. Stockpile base material temporarily at an approved location before
delivery to the roadway. Build stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 feet thick. Stockpiles must have a total height between 10 and 16 feet
unless otherwise shown on the plans. After construction and
acceptance of the stockpile, loading from the stockpile for delivery is
allowed. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire
depth of the stockpile.
C. Do not add or remove material from temporary stockpiles that require
sampling and testing before delivery unless otherwise approved.
Charges for additional sampling and testing required as a result of
adding or removing material will be deducted from the Contractor’s estimates.
D. Haul approved flexible base in clean trucks. Deliver the required
quantity to each 100 foot station or designated stockpile site as shown
on the plans. Prepare stockpile sites as directed. When delivery is to
the 100 foot station, manipulate in accordance with the applicable Items.
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-7
March 31, 2011
3.04 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE OR EXISTING BASE.
A. Remove or scarify existing asphalt concrete pavement in accordance
with Section 02315, “Street Excavation,” when shown on the plans or
as directed. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the plans or as directed.
B. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base, deliver,
place, and spread the new flexible base in the required amount per
station. Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing
material to provide a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping.
C. When shown on the plans or directed, proof roll the roadbed in
accordance with TxDOT Item 216, “Proof Rolling,” before pulverizing
or scarifying. Correct soft spots as directed.
3.05 PLACING.
A. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer with an approved
spreader the same day as delivered unless otherwise approved.
Construct layers to the thickness shown on the plans. Maximum lift
thickness shall be 8 inches of loose material. Maintain the shape of
the course. Control dust by sprinkling, as directed. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed, at no additional expense to the City.
B. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same
construction methods required for the first course.
3.06 COMPACTION.
A. Compact in courses not to exceed 6 inches compacted depth using density control unless otherwise shown on the plans. Multiple lifts are
permitted when shown on the plans or approved. Bring each layer to
the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the material
in accordance with TxDOT Item 204, “Sprinkling.”
B. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least ½ the width of the
roller unit. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and
progress toward the high side. Offset alternate trips of the roller.
Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed.
C. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next
course is placed or the project is accepted. Continue work until
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-8
March 31, 2011
specification requirements are met. Perform the work at no additional
expense to the City.
1. Ordinary Compaction. Roll with approved compaction
equipment as directed. Correct irregularities, depressions, and weak spots immediately by scarifying the areas affected,
adding or removing approved material as required, reshaping,
and recompacting.
2. Density Control. Compact to at least 95% of the maximum
density determined by TxDOT’s standard laboratory test procedure Tex-113-E unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Determine the moisture content of the material at the beginning
and during compaction in accordance with TxDOT’s standard
laboratory test procedure Tex-103-E.
a. The Engineer will determine roadway density of completed sections in accordance with TxDOT’s standard
laboratory test procedure Tex-115-E. The Engineer may accept
the section if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent density tests
is below the specified density and the failing test is no more
than 3 pounds per cubic foot below the specified density.
3.07 FINISHING.
A. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade the surface with
a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately ¼ inch.
Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location.
Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. Add small increments of water
as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the course and surface
in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades as shown on
the plans or as directed.
B. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than ¼ inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than
¼ inch over the entire width of the cross-section. Correct by loosening,
adding, or removing material. Reshape and recompact in accordance
with Section 306, “Compaction.”
3.08 CURING.
A. Cure the finished section until the moisture content is at optimum, plus
or minus 3 percentage points, or as directed, before applying the next
successive course or prime coat.
CITY OF SCHERTZ FLEXIBLE BASE,
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
02713-9
March 31, 2011
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TOPSOIL
02911-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02911
TOPSOIL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding,
and planting.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for topsoil under this Section.
Include payment in Section 02921 - Hydro-mulch Seeding or Section
02922 - Sodding.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained
from excavation or borrow operations having following characteristics:
1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5
2. Liquid limit: 50 or less
3. Plasticity index: 20 or less
4. Gradation: maximum of 10 percent passing No. 200 sieve
B. Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non-soil
materials, and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain
roots, stumps, and stones larger than 2-In.
C. Obtain topsoil from naturally well-drained areas where topsoil occurs at
minimum depth of 4-In. and has similar characteristics to that found at
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION TOPSOIL
02911-2
March 31, 2011
placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with growth of, or
reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or
landscaping from areas to be further excavated. Stockpile in area
approved by Public Works.
B. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8-Ft. Cover to protect from erosion.
3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION
A. Conform to excavation and stockpiling requirements of Section 02315 –
Roadway Excavation.
3.03 PLACEMENT
A. Place no topsoil until subgrade has been approved. For areas to be
seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing material to minimum depth of
4-In., or as indicated on Drawings. Remove vegetation and foreign
inorganic material. Place 4-In. of topsoil on loosened material and roll
lightly with appropriate lawn roller to consolidate topsoil.
B. Increase depth of topsoil to 6-In. when placed over sand bedding and
backfill materials specified in Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Material.
C. For areas to receive shrubs or trees, excavate existing material and place
topsoil to depth and dimensions shown on Drawings.
D. Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose
of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 -
Waste Material Disposal.
E. Place topsoil to promote good drainage and compact with light roller.
Water topsoil after placement until saturated for minimum depth 6-In.,
fill in and recompact areas of settlement.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect topsoil from wind and water erosion until planting is completed.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION HYDROMULCH SEEDING
02921 - 1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02921
HYDROMULCH SEEDING
PART 1. GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Spray-applied Wood fiber for [hydro mulching.], fertilizing, and maintenance
of areas indicated on Drawings
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYEMENT
A. Unit Prices
1. Payment for hydro mulch seeding is per acre.
2. Refer to Section 01270 – Measurement and Payments for unit price
procedures
B. Stipulated Price (Lump sum) If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this section is included in the total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
1. Section 01570 – Storm Water Pollution Control.
2. Section 01740 – Site Restoration
3. Section 02911 – Top Soil
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation
instructions. Include required substrate preparation, list of materials, and
application rate.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials and products in factory labeled packages. Store and
handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Protect from damage from weather, excessive
temperatures, and construction operations.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION HYDROMULCH SEEDING
02921 - 2
March 31, 2011
A. Seeds
1. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law
including the labeling requirements for showing purity, germination,
name and type of seed. Seed furnished shall be of the previous
season's crop for the date of the project.
2. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate
bags or containers. A sample of each variety shall be furnished for
analysis and testing when directed by the Engineer.
3. The amount of seed planted per acre shall be of the type specified
below and shall equal or exceed the following percentages for purity
and germination or an equivalent amount of pure live seed.
a. Common Name: Bermuda and Giant Bermuda grass (hulled)
b. Scientific Name: Cynodon Dactylon
c. Purity: 95%
d. Germination: 90%
e. Annual Rye grass will be free of Johnson grass, field bind
weed, dodder seed, and free of other seed to the limits allowable
under the Federal Seed Act and applicable State Seed Laws.
f. Annual Rye grass will be added into slurry between October 1
through March 15. No additional cost will be charged to the City.
B. Wood Fiber Mulch: Terra-Mulch Wood fiber with UltraGro by PROFILE
Products LLC with the following characteristics:
1. Materials: 100% wood fiber, dark green marker dye.
2. UltraGro Biostimulant: Trace amount of cold water processed
Ascophyllum Nodosum (seaweed extract).
3. pH Range: 4.8 +-2.
4. Moisture Content: 12+-3% percent maximum.
5. Organic Content: 99.2%+-.4.
6. Ash Content: .8%+-.4.
7. Water Holding Capacity: 1200% percent minimum.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION HYDROMULCH SEEDING
02921 - 3
March 31, 2011
8. Packaging: 40 pound UV resistant bags, with UV resistant pallet
cover.
C. Unacceptable Material is paper/cellulose mulch
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.01 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions where materials will be applied. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected, only
apply product to geotechnically stable slopes that have been designed and
built to divert the water shed away from the face of the slope, therefore
eliminating surface flow energy from above from damaging the slope face.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
recommendations. Use approved hydro-spraying machines. Do not exceed
maximum slope length of 25 feet when slope gradients are steeper than 4 to
1. Install materials at the following application rate:
1. Hydro-Seeding: Add 30 to 50 pounds of Terra-Mulch Wood fiber per
100 gallons of water when hydroseeding; confirm loading rates with
equipment manufacturer.
a. Mod to 4 to 1 Slope: 1500 pounds per acre.
b. 3 to 1 Slope: 2000 pounds per acre.
c. 3:1 to 2:1 Slope: 2500 pounds per acre.
3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean spills promptly. Advise Owner of methods for protection of sprayed
areas.
3.04 ACCEPTANCE
A. Acceptance of hydromulching lawn as herein specified shall be based on a
uniform stand of grass and a uniform grade at the time of final inspection.
Area of two square feet or more that are bare or have a poor stand of grass
and area not having a uniform grade for any cause before final inspection
shall be regraded, rehydromulched and reseeded as specified at the
Contractor's expense
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION EROSION CONTROL MATTING
02926 - 1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02926
EROSION CONTROL MATTING
PART 1. GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. An erosion control mat is a degradable erosion control blanket (ECB)
designed to hold seed and soil in place until vegetation is established in
disturbed areas or is a synthetic turf reinforcement mat (TRM or HPTRM)
combining vegetative growth and synthetic materials to form a high-strength
mat that helps prevent soil erosion in channels and on steep slopes.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. Payment for erosion control matting will be made by the square yard
of surface area covered, complete in place and ready for use as an
erosion control surface treatment.(Erosion Control Matting necessary
for anchorage trenches, overlaps and waste is subsidiary to the
design surface area.)
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include the
erosion control matting type and sample.
B. One (1) full set of Manufacturer’s literature and installation
recommendations, and any special details necessary for the proposed
application.
C. Certifications: Manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification that the
products meets or exceeds all physical property, endurance, performance
and packaging requirements as laid out by this specification.
D. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
PART 2. MATERIALS
2.01 EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS (ECBs) - TEMPORARY
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION EROSION CONTROL MATTING
02926 - 2
March 31, 2011
A. Straw Blanket ECB - shall consist of 100% wheat straw or excelsior
mechanically bound and covered with degradable double netting. The straw
or excelsior shall be homogeneously blended and evenly distributed
throughout the blanket. The netting shall be rapid degrading polypropylene
(< 90 days) or photodegradable polypropylene (> 90 days < 1 year) with
mesh openings of approximately 3/8 in. by 3/8 in. (11 mm by 11 mm). The
blanket shall be sewn on approximately 2 in. (51mm) centers with
degradable polypropylene thread. For applications see Tables 2and 4.
B. Mix Media ECB shall consist of 70% wheat straw and 30% coconut fiber
or 100% excelsior mechanically bound and covered on both sides by
netting. The straw and coconut fiber or excelsior shall be homogeneously
blended and evenly distributed throughout the blanket. The bottom netting
shall be photodegradable polypropylene with mesh openings of
approximately 3/8 in. by 3/8 in. (11 mm by 11 mm). The top netting shall be
photodegradable polypropylene with mesh openings of approximately 5/8
in. x 5/8 in. (16 mm by 16 mm). The blanket shall be sewn on
approximately 2 in. (51 mm) centers with degradable polypropylene thread.
For applications see Tables 2and 4.
C. Coconut Fiber ECB -shall consist of 100% coconut fiber or excelsior
mechanically bound and covered on both sides by netting. The coconut/
excelsior fiber shall be homogeneously blended and evenly distributed
throughout the blanket. Both the top and bottom nettings shall be
photodegradable polypropylene with mesh openings of approximately 5/8
in. by 5/8 in. (16 mm by 16 mm). The blanket shall be sewn on
approximately 2 in. (51 mm) centers with degradable polypropylene thread.
For applications see Tables 2and 4.
D. Products in each category shall have the following Minimum Average
Roll Values (MARV) for physical properties, as derived from quality control
testing performed by a Geosynthetic Accreditation Institute – Laboratory
Accreditation Program (GAI-LAP) accredited laboratory. Letters of
certification signed by a responsible representative of the manufacturer
shall be sent within 24 hours of each truckload shipment of material to the
construction site.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION EROSION CONTROL MATTING
02926 - 3
March 31, 2011
Table 1 Erosion Control Blanket Properties
Property TestMethod Straw Blanket ECB Mix Media ECB Coconut Fiber ECB
Mass/Unit Area ASTM
D5261
8.0 oz/yd2
(271 g/m2)
8.8 oz/yd2
(298 g/m2)
8.8 oz/yd2
(298 g/m2)
Thickness ASTM
D1777
0.25 in
(6 mm)
0.40 in
(10.16 mm)
0.30 in
(7.62 mm)
Ph
y
s
i
c
a
l
Fiber
Composition Observed Wheat straw/
excelsior
70% wheat straw / 30%
coconut or 100%
excelsior
Coconut or 100%
excelsior
Grab Tensile
Strength
ASTM
D5035
75 x 75 lb/ft
(1 x 1 kN/m)
100 x 100 lb/ft
(1.46 x 1.46 kN/m)
150 x 150 lb/ft
(2.19 x 2.19 kN/m)
Grab Elongation ASTM
D5035 25% 30% 25%
Me
c
h
a
n
i
c
a
l
Vegetated
Velocity2 --- <5 ft/sec
(1.5 m/sec)
<5 ft/sec
(1.5 m/sec)
<5 ft/sec
(1.5 m/sec)
Pe
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
Unvegetated
Shear Stress3 --- 1.5 lb/ft2
(72 N/m2)
1.75 lb/ft2
(84 N/m2)
2.0 lb/ft2
(96 N/m2)
En
d
u
r
a
n
c
e
Functional
Longevity Observed < 12 months < 24 months < 36 months
Note:
1. Above table represents typical values. A typical value is the average value obtained when testing the
product
2. Maximum permissible design values based on short-term peak flow duration (0.5 hr), vegetated data
obtained at Department-approved independent hydraulics testing facility on an erodible soil bed.
3. Maximum permissible design values based on short-term peak flow duration (0.5 hr), unvegetated data
obtained at Department-approved independent hydraulics testing facility on an erodible soil bed.
Shear (kN/m3) = unit weight of water(9.81 kN/m3) x depth (m) x slope (m/m) in a “hydraulically wide”channel.
Shear (lb/ft2) = unit weight of water(62.4 lbs/ft3) x depth (ft) x slope (ft/ft) ina “hydraulicallywide” channel.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION EROSION CONTROL MATTING
02926 - 4
March 31, 2011
Table 2 ECB and TRM Selection Guide for Slope Applications
Note:
1. For critical structures and/or 2:1(H:V) slopes a HPTRM should be considered.
2. For design purposes only. For slopes steeper than 2:1, please consult with
Public Works for approval.
2.02 TURF REINFORCEMENT MATS (TRMs) – PERMANENT
A. The contractor shall submit, as a requirement of an acceptable bid, the
name and manufacturer of the TRM and/or HPTRM on the bid form of this
project.
B. Turf Reinforcement Mat (TRM) – shall be constructed of a web of
mechanically or melt bonded polymer netting, monofilaments or fibers that
are entangled to form a strong and dimensionally stable mat. Bonding
methods include polymer welding, thermal or polymer fusion or the
placement of fibers between two high-strength, biaxially oriented nets
mechanically bound by parallel stitching with polyolefin thread. TRM shall
be defined as Long-Term Non-Degradable material designed to reduce soil
erosion and assist in the growth, establishment and protection of vegetation
for a period of time exceeding 5 years. All components of TRM shall be
100% synthetic and resistant to biological, chemical, ultraviolet degradation,
and be tan or green in color. For applications see Tables 2and 4.
C. High Performance Turf Reinforcement Mat (HPTRM)– shall be a three-
dimensional, lofty geosynthetic specially designed for erosion control
applications on steepened slopes and vegetated waterways. The matrix
shall be composed of tan or green, monofilament yarns woven into a
uniform configuration of resilient pyramid-like projections or entangled with a
high tenacity geogrid or steel wire mesh. The matrix shall exhibit very high
interlock and reinforcement capacity with both soil and root systems and
demonstrate high tensile modulus. TRM’s manufactured from
Slope Batter
Functional Longevity (months) 5.0H:1V 4.0H:1V 3.0H:1V 2.0H:1V
3 – 12 Staw Blanket ECB
12 – 24 Mix Media ECB
24 – 36 Coconut Fiber ECB
> 36 Turf Reinforcement Mats (TRM or HPTRM)
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING
02951-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 02951
PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Repairing and resurfacing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, and
other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged
during construction.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No separate payment will be made for pavement repair and
resurfacing under this Section. Payment will be in accordance with
Measurement and Payment for work as required in appropriate
sections.
2. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for other unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this section is included in total Stipulated Price.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Subgrade:
1. Provide backfill material as required by applicable excavation and fill
sections (Sections 02315 through 02319) and Section 02330 -
Embankment.
B. Base: Provide base material as required by applicable portions of Section
02711 - Hot Mix Asphaltic Base Course, Section 02712 - Cement
Stabilized Base Course, and Section 02713 – Flexible Base.
C. Pavement: Provide paving materials as required by applicable portions
of Section 02741 - Asphaltic Concrete Pavement, Section 02751-
Concrete Paving, Section 02754 - Concrete Driveways, and Section
02771 - Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Headers, and Section 02775 -
Concrete Sidewalks.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING
02951-2
March 31, 2011
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Notify City prior to commencement of excavation in pavement for which an
Excavation in Public Way permits has been obtained. Follow directions
contained in the permit.
B. Conform to requirement of Section 02221 - Removing Existing
Pavements and Structures, for removals.
C. Saw cut pavement 18-In. wider than width of trench needed to install
utilities unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
D. When removing pavement to existing deformed metal strip (i.e. dummy
joint), saw cut pavement minimum 2-In. deep on opposite side of
deformed metal strip. Place saw joint far enough behind deformed metal
strip to obtain continuously straight joint. Remove damaged portion of
deformed metal strip as required to provide proper joint. Saw cut and
remove metal strip before placement of new concrete pavement.
E. Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during
removals, utility placement, backfill, and paving operations. For
concrete pavement, protect undisturbed subgrade that is to remain to
support replacement slab.
F. Dowel in existing pavement where no reinforcement is found or is broken
due to construction activities. Unless otherwise directed by Public Works,
provide No. 6 bars 24-In. long, drilled and embedded 8-In. into center of
existing slab with 'PO-ROC' epoxy grout or approved equal. Space dowels
to match new pavement reinforcement spacing.
G. Provide transitional paving and earthwork as required to tie proposed
pavement to existing pavement when unable to dowel new pavement
into existing pavement.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Parking Areas, Service Drives, Driveways, and Sidewalks: Replace with
material equal to or better than existing or as indicated on Drawings.
Conform to applicable requirements of sections referenced in Paragraph
2.01, Materials.
B. Street Pavements and Curbs, Curbs and Gutters: Replace subgrade,
base, and surface course with like materials or as indicated on Drawings
and City of Schertz Standard Detail 02951.01. Curbs and curbs and
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING
02951-3
March 31, 2011
gutters shall match existing. Conform to requirements of sections
referenced in Paragraph 2.01, Materials.
C. For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and
pavement thickness indicated on Drawings. Place types and spacing of
joints to match existing or as indicated on Drawings.
D. Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic
surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-In. depth asphaltic pavement.
E. Repair state highway and county crossings in accordance with
TxDOT permit or county requirements as appropriate and within 1
week after utility work is installed.
3.03 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
A. Dispose of waste material in accordance with requirements of Section
01576 – Waste Material Disposal.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Maintain pavement in good condition until completion of work.
B. Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to City.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Includes furnishing all materials, equipment, transportation and facilities,
and performing all labor necessary for constructing Concrete Formwork.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Construction Joints. Submit diagram for proposed construction joints not
shown on the Drawings prior to or concurrent with reinforcing bar shop
drawings.
B. Form Ties-Tapered Through Bolts. Proposed method of sealing form tie
hole; coordinate with details shown.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Forms
1. Wood forms for unexposed concrete surfaces shall be built of No. 2
Common Southern Yellow Pine Lumber or other material of equal
qualifications (subject to the checking of the OWNER) of sufficient
thickness to be capable of sustaining the loads to be imposed
thereon, dressed to uniformly smooth contact surfaces, and so
constructed as to be readily removable.
2. Wood forms for all slabs shall be faced with presanded High
Density Overlay (HDO) concrete form plywood, equivalent to
Simpson A-Matte or Regular Formguard or better. All joints shall
be caulked.
3. Wood forms for other exposed concrete surfaces shall be
constructed of Commercial Standard Douglas Fir, moisture-
resistant, concrete form plywood, not less than five (5) ply, and at
least nine-sixteenths inch (9/16") thick, with one (1) smooth face.
B. Form Ties
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 2
March 31, 2011
1. Form ties for exposed concrete surfaces shall be manufactured to
allow a positive break back of no less than one inch (1") inside the
concrete surface. Ties shall be equipped with a plastic cone of not
less than five-eighths inch (5/8") diameter and one inch (1") long
which will completely cover the hole and prevent the leakage of any
mortar.
2. Form ties for unexposed surfaces shall be bolt rods or patented
devices having a minimum tensile strength of three thousand
(3,000) pounds when fully assembled. Ties shall be adjustable in
length and free of lugs, cones, washers or other features which
would leave a hole larger than seven-eighths inch (7/8") in
diameter, or depressions back of the exposed surface of the
concrete. Ties shall be of such construction that, when the forms
are removed, there will be no metal remaining within one inch (1")
of the finished surface of the concrete.
C. Form Oil. Nonstaining, free of kerosene oils, waxes or resins, L&M
Construction Chemical "DEBOND" or Non-Crete Chemicals "Chemical
Form release".
D. Corner Chamfer. 3/4 inch polyvinyl chloride form strip equal to CSF type
as manufactured by Burke Concrete Accessories, Inc.
E. Carton Forms. Shall be one of the following types or an approved equal:
1. Voidco Fiberboard Void Forms
2. Savway Carton Forms
F. Form Sealer
1. Surface sealer that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect
concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of
concrete surfaces when applied to most forms or form liners. A
ready-to-use water based material formulated to reduce or
eliminate surface imperfections, containing no mineral oil or organic
solvents. Environmentally safe, meeting local, state, and federal
regulations.
2. Manufacturer: Master Builders, Inc., Rheofinish.
2.02 FORM TOLERANCES
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 3
March 31, 2011
A. General: Surface, design, and construct forms in accordance with
applicable portions of ACI 347-89 and ACI 318-89 and the following
tolerances for finishes specified.
B. Wall Tolerances
1. Straight Vertical or Horizontal Wall Surface. Flat planes with
tolerance specified.
2. Surface Finish. As specified in Section "Structural Concrete."
3. Wall Type W-A.
a. Plumb with 1/4 inch in 10 feet or within 1 inch in entire height
from top to bottom for walls over 40 feet high.
b. Depressions in Wall Surface. Maximum 5/16 inch when 10-
foot straightedge is placed on high points in all directions or at any
location.
c. Wall Thicknesses. Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus
from dimensions shown.
4. Wall Type W-B.
a. Plumb within 1/8 inch in 10 feet or within 1/2 inch in entire
height from top to bottom for walls over 40 feet high.
b. Depressions in Wall Surface. Maximum 1/8 inch when 10-
foot straightedge is placed on high points in all directions or at any
location.
c. Wall Thicknesses. Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus
from dimensions shown.
C. Slab Tolerances.
1. Exposed Slab Surfaces. Comprise of flat planes as required within
tolerances specified.
2. Slab Finish Tolerances and Slope Tolerances. Crowns on floor
surface not to be too high as to prevent 10-foot straightedge from
resting on end blocks, nor low spots that allow a block of twice the
tolerance in thickness to pass under the supported 10-foot
straightedge.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 4
March 31, 2011
3. Slab Type S-A. Steel gauge block 5/16-inch thick.
4. Slab Type S-B. Steel gauge block 1/8-inch thick.
5. Slab Type S-A and S-B.
a. Finish Slab Elevation. Slabs designed to slope to floor drain
and gutter will adequately drain regardless of tolerances.
b. Thickness. Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus from
thickness shown, except where thickness tolerance will not affect
slope, drainage, or slab elevation.
D. Beams and Columns Tolerances.
1. Exposed Straight Horizontal and Vertical Surfaces. Flat planes
within tolerances specified.
2. Beam Type B-A.
a. Physical Dimensions. Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch
plus from dimension shown.
b. Elevations. Within 1/2 inch plus or minus except where tops
of beams become part of finished slab. In this case refer to slab
tolerances.
3. Column Type C-A.
a. Physical Dimensions. Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch
plus from dimension shown.
b. Plumb within 1/4 inch in 10 feet in all directions with
maximum 1/2 inch out-of-plumb at top with respect to bottom.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 MATERIAL STORAGE
Form lumber shall be delivered to the job site as far in advance of its use as is
practical, and shall be carefully stacked clear of the ground in such a manner as
to facilitate air-drying.
3.02 GENERAL
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 5
March 31, 2011
A. The design and engineering of the formwork, as well as its construction,
shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Formwork tolerances
shall conform to ACI 301.
B. All concrete members shall be adequately shored to safely support all
loads and lateral pressures outlined in "Recommended Practice for
Concrete Formwork" (ACI 347) without distortion, excessive deflection or
other damage.
C. All necessary forms, centering, shores and molds shall be built to conform
to the shapes, lines and dimensions of the various members of concrete
construction, as shown or scheduled on the Drawings. They shall be
sufficiently tight and so substantially assembled as to prevent bulging, or
the leakage of mortar. All forms shall be assembled to facilitate their
removal without damage to the concrete.
D. Provide temporary openings at the bottom of walls, columns, and
elsewhere as required to facilitate cleaning, drainage and observation.
E. Construct forms with such care as to produce concrete surfaces which will
not have unsightly or objectionable form marks in exposed concrete
surfaces. Lumber once used as forms shall have all contact surfaces
thoroughly cleaned before reuse.
3.03 FORM TIES
Form ties shall be employed in such places and at such intervals as to
securely hold the forms in position during the placing of concrete, and to
withstand the weight and pressure of the wet concrete. Ties of a type
intended to be entirely removed shall be coated with an acceptable
lubricant to safeguard against damaging the concrete during such
removal. The use of wire ties will not be permitted.
3.04 WOOD STRIPS, BLOCKING AND MOLDINGS
Place in the forms wood strips, blocking, moldings, nailers, etc., as
required to produce the finished profiles and surfaces shown on the
Drawings and to provide nailing for wood members or other features
required to be attached to concrete surfaces in such manner. Coat wood
strips, blocking, and molding with form oil.
3.05 CHAMFERS
All exposed external angles of concrete members shall have 3/4" chamfer
strips placed in the forms to relieve the angles.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 6
March 31, 2011
3.06 FORM COATING
Coat the contact surfaces of all wood forms, before placing any metal
reinforcement, with form oil.
3.07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Except as otherwise specifically indicated on the Drawings, each pier,
column, beam, wall and slab shall be considered as a single unit of
operation, and all concrete for the same shall be placed continuously in
order that such unit will be monolithic in construction. Should construction
joints prove to be absolutely unavoidable, the same shall be located at or
near the midpoints of spans.
B. Additional construction joints shall not be made under any circumstances
without the written authorization of the OWNER. All construction joints
must be either plumb or level. Provide appropriate keys in all construction
joints, whether horizontal or vertical.
3.08 WALLS
Construct concrete walls to the heights, thicknesses and profiles shown on
the Drawings. Provide temporary openings at the bottom of all wall forms
to facilitate cleaning and observation. Close such openings securely
immediately in advance of pouring concrete in the wall forms. Provide
appropriate keys and haunches in walls to receive edges of concrete
floors.
3.09 COLUMNS
Columns shall be of the sizes and shapes shown on the Drawings.
Provide temporary openings at the bottom of all column forms to facilitate
cleaning and observation, and close the same securely before placement
of concrete.
3.10 BEAMS AND JOISTS
A. Concrete beams and joists shall be of sizes and shapes as shown.
B. Joists forms may be reconditioned and reused if they meet all other
specification requirements.
3.11 SLABS
A. Form all openings in concrete slabs as required for the vertical passage of
ducts, pipes, conduits, etc.
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 7
March 31, 2011
B. All structurally supported concrete slabs shall be poured, on wood
or metal forms, to the required thicknesses as indicated or
scheduled.
3.12 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Construct forms for any and all items for concrete work required for
or in connection with the satisfactory completion of the project,
whether each such item is specifically shown or referred to or not.
B. Do not sleeve any columns or beams unless such sleeves are
indicated on the structural drawings.
3.13 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has adequately
hardened and set. Clamps or tie rods may be loosened twenty-four
(24) hours after the concrete is placed; ties, except for a sufficient
number to hold the forms in place, may be removed at that time.
B. Through-wall ties that are to be wholly width drawn shall be pulled
toward the inside face of the respective wall or beam. Cutting ties
back from the face of the concrete will not be permitted, and care
shall be exercised to avoid spoiling concrete surfaces.
C. Formwork for beam soffits and slabs and other parts that support
the weight of concrete shall remain in place until the concrete has
reached 75% of it s specified 28 calendar day strength, unless
otherwise specified or permitted.
D. When reshoring is permitted or required, the operations shall be
planned in advance and shall be subject to review by the OWNER.
Reshoring shall comply with ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural
Concrete for Buildings".
E. Under normal conditions, the minimum period of time to be allowed
to elapse before forms may be removed shall be as indicated in the
table below, but its observance shall not operate to relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for the safety of the structure.
Temperature Above 60qF 50 to 60qF 40 to 50qF Less than 40qF
Side Forms of Beams &
Walls
3 Days 5 Days 7 Days See Note
Bottom Forms of Slabs 7 Days 7 Days 10 Days See Note
CITY OF SCHERTZ CONCRETE FORMWORK
STANDARD SPECIFICAION
03100 - 8
March 31, 2011
NOTE: When temperatures below forty (40) degrees Fahrenheit prevails, the forms shall
remain in place an additional period equal to the time the structure has been
exposed to such lower temperature.
END OF SECTION
CITY Of SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03200 - 1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL:
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section includes furnishing all materials, equipment, transportation and
facilities, and performing all labor necessary for preparation and submittal of
shop drawings, and furnishing and placing reinforcing steel.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings.
1. Prepare in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice
(MSP-2-01) and ACI Detailing Manual (SP-66) latest revision:
a. Bending lists.
b. Placing drawings.
2. Shop drawings showing weld splice, Cadweld splice, and/or
mechanical threaded splice where required or where proposed.
3. Welded Wire Fabric. Furnish detailed shop drawings if proposed to
use minimum yield strength of 75 ksi in lieu of ASTM A615
reinforcing bars, or 60 ksi panels meeting ASTM A185 or A497 and
ACI 318, latest revisions.
B. Quality Control Submittals.
1. Mechanical Threaded Connections.
a. Provide verification that device threads have been checked
and meet all requirements for thread quality, in accordance with
manufacturer’s published methods.
2. Mill Test Reports. Certified copies, evidencing compliance with the
requirements of these Specifications, shall be delivered to the
OWNER with all deliveries of reinforcing steel.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
CITY Of SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03200 - 2
March 31, 2011
Unloading, storing and handling bars on the job shall meet CRSI publication
“Placing Reinforcing Bars”, and the following:
A. Deliver steel with suitable hauling and handling equipment.
B. Tag steel for easy identification.
C. Store to prevent contact with the ground.
PART 2 PRODUCTS:
2.01 DEFORMED BILLET-STEEL REINFORCING BARS:
A. Meet ASTM A615, Grade 60, including Supplemental Requirements S1
where welding is not required, or meet ASTM A706, Grade 60, including
Supplemental Requirements for reinforcing to be welded.
B. Stirrups and Column Ties. Grade 40 bars.
2.02 SPLICES AND MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS:
A. Metal Sleeve. If used for splice, provide with cast filler metal, capable of
developing in tension or compression 100 percent of specified minimum
tensile strength of the bar, as manufactured by:
1. Erico Products, Inc., Cleveland, OH, Cadweld T-Series.
2. Or equal.
B. Mechanical Threaded Connections. Metal coupling sleeve for use on
splicing reinforcing in secondary members or in areas of low stress with
internal threads which engage threaded ends of bars to be spliced, and
develops in tension or compression 125 percent of the specified yield
strength of the bar, as manufacture by:
1. Erico Products, Inc., Cleveland, OH, Lenton Reinforcing Steel
Couplers.
2. Richmond Screw Anchor Co., Inc., Fort Worth, TX, Richmond DB-
SAE Dowel Bar Splicers.
2.03 WELDED WIRE FABRIC FOR SINGLE LAYER REINFORCED SLAB ON GRADE
APPLICATIONS:
A. Wide spaced standard, flat sheets, structural welded wire fabric, with same
steel area as bars shown.
CITY Of SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03200 - 3
March 31, 2011
B. Minimum yield strength of 75 ksi may be provided in lieu of ASTM A615
reinforcing bars, or 60 ksi, provided panels meet ASTM A185 or A497 and
ACI 318, latest revisions, and if approved on submittal as specified.
C. Manufacturer:
1. Davis Walker Corp.
2. Or equal.
2.04 ACCESSORIES:
A. Tie Wire.
1. 16-gauge, black, soft-annealed wire where tie wire is not closer than
1 inch from surface of wall after tying in place.
2. Provide nylon-, epoxy-, or plastic-coated tie wire to fasten non-coated
reinforcing steel, unless tie wire is bent to maintain a minimum of 1
inch from surface of wall.
B. Bar Support and Spacers.
1. Precast concrete bar supports, cementitious fiber-reinforced bar
supports, or all-plastic bar supports and side form spacers meeting
the requirements of the CRSI 1988 Supplement to Manual of
Standard Practice, 24th Edition, 1986. Other types of supports or
spacers shall not be used.
2. In Beams, Columns, Walls, and Slabs Exposed to View After
Stripping. Small rectangular concrete blocks made up of same color
and same strength as concrete being placed around them or all-
plastic bar supports and side form spacers.
3. Coat wire projecting from precast concrete bar supports with
dielectric material, epoxy, or plastic.
4. Provide precast concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed
on grade.
PART 3 EXECUTION:
3.01 GENERAL:
A. Meet requirement in a manual titled, “Placing Reinforcing Bars”, published
by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI).
CITY Of SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03200 - 4
March 31, 2011
B. Bend all bars cold.
C. Notify OWNER when reinforcing is ready for inspection and allow sufficient
time for this inspection prior to placing concrete.
3.02 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL:
A. Clean metal reinforcement of any loose mill scale, oil, earth, and other
contaminants.
B. Bundle or space bars as approved on shop drawings, instead of bending
where construction access through reinforcing is necessary.
C. Install in accordance with approved shop drawings.
D. Protection, Spacing and Positioning. Conform with reviewed placing
drawings, design drawings, and current edition of the ACI Standard Building
Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318).
E. Location Tolerances. Meet current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars",
published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and the Details and Notes
on the Drawings.
F. Splicing.
1. As shown and as specified in current edition of ACI 318.
2. Use lap splices unless otherwise shown or permitted in writing by
OWNER.
3. Welded Splices. Accomplish by full penetration groove welds as
specified to develop at least 125 percent of specified yield strength of
the bar.
4. As an alternative, perform splices using metal sleeve as specified.
5. Stagger splices in adjacent bars.
G. Tying Deformed Reinforcing Bars.
1. Meet current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars", published by
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and the Details and Notes on the
Drawings.
2. Tie every other intersection on mats made up of #3-#4-#5-#6 in such
a manner to hold bars at required spacing.
CITY Of SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03200 - 5
March 31, 2011
3. All non-coated tie wire shall be bent to prevent the tie wire from being
closer than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Wire that is
found to be close after the pour shall be chipped out to a depth of 3/4
inch, cut off, and the hole patched.
H. Reinforcement Around Openings.
1. Place an equivalent area of steel around pipe or opening and extend
on each side sufficiently to develop bond in each bar.
2. Refer to Details on Drawings for bar extension length of each side of
opening.
3. Where welded wire fabric is used, provide extra reinforcing using
fabric or deformed bars.
I. Welding Requirement.
1. Do not perform any welding unless required submittal is approved as
specified.
2. Meet ASTM A706. Do not weld other bars.
3.03 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC:
A. Extend fabric to within 2 inches of edges of slab, and lap splices at least 1-
1/2 courses of fabric or minimum 8 inches.
B. Tie laps and splices securely at ends and at least every 24 inches with 16-
gauge black annealed steel wire.
C. Place welded wire fabric on concrete blocks at proper distance above
bottom of slab and rigidly support equal to that furnished for typical
deformed bar reinforced steel.
D. Meet current ACI 318 and current Manual of Standard Practice, Welded
Wire Fabric, by the Wire Reinforcement Institute regarding placement,
bends, laps and other requirements.
E. Do not use fabric that has been rolled. Install flat sheets only.
3.04 FIELD BENDING:
A. Straightening and Re-bending. Do not straighten or re-bend metal
reinforcement. Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted.
CITY Of SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03200 - 6
March 31, 2011
B. Unless permitted by OWNER, do not cut reinforcing bars in the field.
3.05 MECHANICAL SPLICES AND CONNECTIONS:
A. Use only in areas specifically approved in writing by the OWNER.
B. Install as required by manufacturer.
C. Carefully inspect each splice and verify that each component meets
manufacturer's requirements.
D. Maintain minimum edge distance and concrete cover.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL:
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work included in this section encompasses all cast-in-place concrete
structures, such as manhole bases, storm water inlets, junction boxes,
headwalls and other miscellaneous structures as may be required.
Specifically, this work is comprised of all labor, equipment, tools, materials,
and supervision necessary to complete all cast-in-place concrete structures
in accordance with the Plans or herein specified, including concrete
finishing, patching, grouting, crack repair, installation of all embedments,
concrete curing, and sealing of joints in liquid containing structures.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A. Except as modified herein, concrete work shall conform to the requirements
of ACI 318, latest revision.
1.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Code Requirements. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the
Plans, all work shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Uniform
Building Code, latest edition.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. At least 30 days before any class of concrete is to be placed, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit for approval by the ENGINEER, mix designs
for each proposed mix. All mixes are to be made by testing laboratory,
approved by the OWNER.
PART 2 PRODUCTS:
2.01 PORTLAND CEMENT:
A. Portland cement shall be the domestic standard brand conforming to the
requirements of ASTM C150, Type I. It shall be tested in accordance with
the provisions of ASTM C150 with a tensile strength test conducted at
seven days. It shall be tested at a frequency of one test for every 250
barrels of cement.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-2
March 31, 2011
2.02 AGGREGATES:
A. Stone aggregates shall be furnished from approved pits that are free from
opaline, chert, feldspar, mica, siliceous magnesium limestone or other
deleterious or reactive substances and shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM C33. Fine aggregates shall pass a #4 sieve. Other requirements
include:
1. Coarse aggregates shall be clean, hard, fine-grained crushed rock or
washed gravel.
2. Aggregate shall be tested in accordance with the following standards
presented in Table 1.
Table 1 Aggregate Testing Standards
Test Standard
Reference
Performance Requirement
Sieve Analysis ASTM C136
Organic Impurities ASTM C40 Fine aggregate shall not develop a color that is darker
than the reference color.
Soundness ASTM C88 Loss from 5 cycles shall not exceed 18% for coarse
aggregate or 10% for fine aggregate.
Abrasion of Concrete
Aggregate
ASTM C131 Loss after 100 revolutions shall not exceed 10-1/2%;
loss after 500 revolutions shall not exceed 42%.
Deleterious Materials ASTM C33
Material finer than No.
200 Sieve
ASTM C117 Shall not exceed 1% for gravel or 1.5% for crushed
aggregate per ASTM C33.
Reactivity Potential ASTM C289 Ratio of silica released to reduction in alkalinity shall
not exceed 1.0.
B. Aggregate shall be tested once for every 100 cubic yards of batched
concrete.
C. All sampling and testing shall be performed by an OWNER approved testing
laboratory at the expense of the CONTRACTOR (to be covered by the
Testing Allowance, reference Section 01400). Additional costs caused by
re-testing or re-inspection that result from faulty materials or workmanship
shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
2.03 CONCRETE MIXES:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall mix, place, and cure concrete that shall be of 145
pounds per cubic foot, nominal density, and that complies with the class
characteristics shown in table 2.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-3
March 31, 2011
Table 2 Class Characteristics of Concrete
Minimum
Compressive Strength
after 28 days
Maximum Water-
Cement Ratio
Slump Range
in Inches
Min./Max. Sacks of
Cement per cubic
yard
A 3,000 7.0 2 - 5 5.0
B 2,500 8.0 2 - 5 4.5
C 2,000 9.0 1 - 4 4.0
D 1,000 11.0 1 - 4 2.0
G as specified on Plans 5.50 2 - 3 6.0 / 8.0
B. Concrete shall be ready-mixed, supplied from an off-site commercial ready
mix plant approved by the OWNER. Each load will be accompanied by a
bonded weightmaster's certificate listing the quantity of each concrete
ingredient, admixture quantity, water content, slump, and time of loading
and departure from the ready mix plant.
C. Unless otherwise approved in advance of batching, all concrete of a single
design mix for any one day's placement shall be from a single batch plant of
a single supplier.
D. Ready mix concrete shall not be held in the mixer for more than 90 minutes
after the time water is added. Concrete shall not be delivered to the job site
with the total specified amount of water already added. The
CONTRACTOR shall withhold 2-1/2 gallons of water per cubic yard at the
batch plant, so that it may be added at the job site prior to discharge from
the mixer truck. Adding water at the job site shall be done under the
supervision of the OWNER.
E, The amount of water added at the job site shall be carefully adjusted so as
not to exceed the maximum slumps or water cement ratios specified in
Table 2. Consistency shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C143.
Concrete that exceeds the maximum slump shall be rejected.
2.04 ADMIXTURES:
A. Admixtures used on this project will all come from one manufacturer.
Admixtures used in combination shall be physically and chemically
compatible and shall be so certified by each admix manufacturer and by the
testing laboratory that prepared the mix designs.
B. In all Class A concrete and, at the CONTRACTOR'S option, in all Class B
concrete, in amounts recommended by the manufacturer, as approved by
the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR may use water-reducing, retarding
chemical admixture conforming to ASTM C 494, Type D. The admixture
shall provide the following:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-4
March 31, 2011
1. Decrease drying shrinkage.
2. Increase compressive strength at all ages up to 5 years.
3. Increase flexural strength.
4. The water cement ratio and required strengths shall be maintained
as scheduled.
5. There shall be no loss of workability resulting from a reduction in
slump.
C. Use air entrainment additive conforming to ASTM C260 as approved by the
ENGINEER. Concrete subject to freezing and thawing after curing, shall
contain air entrainment in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI 301, latest
edition.
D. At the CONTRACTOR's option, as approved by the ENGINEER, the
CONTRACTOR may use a high range water reducing admixture
(superplasticizer) conforming to ASTM C494 to increase workability.
2.05 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL:
A. Expansion joint material shall be type I, preformed sponge neoprene
expansion joint filler conforming to AASHTO M153.
2.06 CONCRETE JOINT SEALANTS:
A. Concrete joints that will be immersed or intermittently immersed in water
shall be sealed with Karlee Company's "Lastex M" 100 percent solids
polyurethane sealant, Mameco International's Vulkem 227, Mameco
International's Vulkem 45, Mameco International's Vulkem 245, Hunt's Seal
Flex 227-U Special Reservoir Grade polyurethane sealant, or approved
equal.
B. The primer used prior to application of the sealant shall be that
recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
C. The back-up preformed joint filler shall consist of a closed cell polyethylene
foam or equal impervious, compatible, compressible foam material
recommended for retaining sealant depth in expansion joints while curing.
Bitumen based or oil saturated material will not be acceptable.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-5
March 31, 2011
D. Bond breakers shall be polyethylene tape or equal as recommended by the
sealant manufacturer to prevent adherence to the backup material.
2.07 NON-SHRINK GROUT:
A. The CONTRACTOR shall use Masterflow 713, manufactured by Master
Builders, or equal nonmetallic, non-shrinking, non-staining, premixed, water
and oil resistant, high strength grout that meets or exceeds US Army Corps
of Engineer standard specification CRD-C621-80.
2.08 EPOXY ADHESIVES:
A. Epoxy adhesives used for crack repair, grouting, patching, bonding or other
uses shall be manufactured by Adhesive Engineering Company, Sika
Chemical Company, or equal. The CONTRACTOR shall use the products
of one manufacturer. Mixing products from multiple manufacturers will not
be allowed.
B. For bonding new concrete to old concrete and for grouting metal anchors,
the CONTRACTOR shall use Sika's Sikadur Hi-Mod, Adhesive Engineering
Company's Concresive 1001-LPL, or equal.
C. For patching concrete surfaces, making high strength epoxy grout or
concrete, and for grouting metal anchors use Sika's Sikadur Hi-Mod LV,
Adhesive Engineering Company's Concresive Structural Concrete Bonding
Process System, or equal.
D. For pressure injection or gravity feed grouting use Sika's Sikadur Hi-Mod
LV, Adhesive Engineering Company's Concresive Structural Concrete
Bonding Process System, or equal.
2.09 LIQUID CONCRETE CURING COMPOUND:
The curing compound shall be TLF or Clear All Resin Base by Hunt Process
Company, Burke Rez-X, or equal. It shall conform to the requirements and
provisions of ASTM C309 and shall not prove detrimental to the surface of the
concrete.
2.10 SHEET CURING MATERIALS:
Sheet curing materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171 and shall
consist of waterproof paper, polyethylene film, or white burlap-polyethylene sheets.
Any sheet materials selected for use shall be non-staining.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-6
March 31, 2011
PART 3 EXECUTION:
3.01 PREPARATION BEFORE PLACING:
A. Remove excess water from forms prior to placing concrete. Divert any flow
from washing over freshly placed concrete. Remove hardened concrete,
debris, and foreign materials from interior of forms and from inner surfaces
of mixing and conveying equipment.
B. Reinforcement and forms shall have been installed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 03100, Concrete Formwork and Section 03200,
Concrete Reinforcement. Embedded metal shall be free from old mortar,
oils, mill scale, and other encrustations or coatings that might reduce
bonding.
C. Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks and to reduce suction and
maintain concrete workability.
D. Fine grade subgrade so that it is smooth and level. Subgrade should be
lightly dampened 24 hours in advance of placing. When aggregate fill
bases are specified, place 30 mil plastic sheeting on the base course to
retain mix fines within the mix and prevent their migration into the base
course.
E. For those surfaces to which new work is to be bonded, conform to the
requirements herein specified in paragraph 3.02, Joints in Concrete. For
abutting surfaces that are not to be bonded to new work, clean surfaces to
remove dirt and other deleterious substances which may contaminate or
interfere with the new work.
3.02 JOINTS IN CONCRETE:
A. Locate joints in concrete where shown on the Plans or otherwise approved.
B. Unless otherwise shown, all construction joints shall be provided with
keyways. Clean and roughen contact surfaces of construction joints by
removing the entire surface and exposing clean aggregate solidly
embedded in the mortar matrix. Use mechanical chipping or sandblasting,
or application of surface retarder followed by washing and scrubbing with a
stiff broom. Cover and protect all inserts from damage. The hardened
concrete shall be watered and kept wet for at least 24 hours before placing
new concrete. Just prior to placing adjoining concrete, slush face of
construction joints with 1:2 mix of cement and sand mixed to paint
consistency.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-7
March 31, 2011
C. Expansion joints shall be used to relieve slab pressures where exterior
slabs abut structures and where slabs abut equipment pads. They shall be
provided where shown on the Plans and shall be a minimum of ½ inch in
width, unless otherwise detailed. Except where sealed joints are shown or
specified, provide expansion joint filler and joint sealer. The joint filler shall
be held down below the level of the slab at least ½ inch. Joint sealer shall
then be installed and finished flush with the slab surface.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall make concrete pours for slabs on grade and
other structural slabs in a checkerboard pattern sequence. Make concrete
pours for walls in an alternating pattern sequence between indicated
construction joints. In place concrete shall be cured at least seven days
before placing an abutting section.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE:
A. The base slabs of inlets, junction boxes, headwalls, culverts, and other
structures shall be placed and allowed to set before the remainder of the
structure is constructed. Sidewalls shall be bonded to the base slab in
accordance with the provisions specified herein in paragraph 3.02, Joints in
Concrete.
B. The top slabs of culverts and like structures may be placed monolithically
with the walls, provided the walls are placed and allowed to set at least one
hour, but no more than two hours shall elapse between placing the concrete
in the wall and the top slab.
C. All concrete shall be placed with the aid of mechanical vibrating equipment
supplemented inside the forms. Vibrating equipment shall be of the internal
type and shall maintain a speed of 6,000 impulses per minute when
submerged in concrete. Vibrators shall be adequate in number of units to
properly consolidate all concrete. Form or surface vibrators shall not be
used. The duration of vibration shall be limited to that required to properly
consolidate the concrete without causing segregation of the aggregates in
the concrete. Insertion of vibrating equipment into lower layers of concrete
that have begun to set shall be prohibited.
D. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely for more than five feet in
unexposed work, nor more than three feet in exposed work. Where greater
drops are required, a tremie or other approved means shall be employed.
E. Concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is less than 40
degrees F. during the first 72 hours of the curing period, polyethylene
sheeting or burlap-polyethylene blankets shall be placed in direct contact
with the concrete. When concrete is placed in temperatures above 85
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-8
March 31, 2011
degrees an approved retarding agent, meeting the requirements of
paragraph 2.04, Admixtures will be required in all concrete used in
superstructures and top slabs of culverts.
3.04 FORM REMOVAL:
A. Forms shall be removed only with the approval of the ENGINEER and in a
manner to ensure complete safety of the structure where the structure is supported
on shoring. Form removal from structures shall not begin until the concrete has
attained the following required compressive strengths:
1. Vertical forms shall not be removed until the concrete has set a
minimum of 24 hours and has attained a minimum compressive
strength of 500 psi.
2. When wall and top forms are placed monolithically, wall forms shall
not be removed until the concrete has attained a minimum strength
of 2,000 psi.
3. Forms for the top slab shall not be removed until the top slab has
attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,000 psi.
3.05 FINISHES:
Finishes for concrete surfaces shall comply with the following:
A. Rough Finish - Concrete for which no other finish is indicated or specified
shall have fins and rough edges removed.
B. Smooth Finish - Smooth finish shall be given to the interior of junction
boxes, inlets, culverts, and other structures indicated on the Plans. Joint
marks, fins, and rough edges shall smoothed off and blemishes shall be
removed leaving finished surfaces smooth and unmarred subject to
approval by the ENGINEER.
C. Floor Finish - Floor finish shall be given to the floors of all inlets, culverts,
and other structures, and shall be struck off true to the required grade as
shown on the Plans and floated to a smooth, even finish by manual or
mechanical methods. No coarse aggregate shall be visible after finishing.
D. Rubbed Finish - All exposed surfaces of retaining walls, wing walls,
headwalls, and other structures after patching and pointing has been
completed, and the surface has been wetted, shall be given a first rubbing
with a No. 16 carborundum stone. After the first rubbing is completed and
the ground material has been evenly spread, the material shall be allowed
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-9
March 31, 2011
to reset. After sufficient aging, the surface shall be wetted and given a
finish rubbing with a No. 30 carborundum stone, after which the surface
shall be neatly striped with a brush and allowed to reset. On the inside
surfaces of all culvert walls an area from the top of the slab, on a line 30
degrees down from vertical, to the bottom slab shall be rubbed as specified
above.
E. Building Floor Finish. Building floor shall be given a steel trowel finish and
be sealed using “protecrete” by Advanced Concrete Technology, Inc.,
Dallas, TX “Kure-NLSeal”, by Sonneborn, Minneapolis, MN or equal.
F. The entire structure shall be left with a clear neat uniform finish, free from
markings and shall be uniform in color.
G. Sidewalk surfaces shall be given a wood float finish, a light broom finish, or
may be striped with a brush as directed by the ENGINEER or shown in the
Plans.
3.06 CURING:
A. Immediately after placing or finishing, concrete surfaces not covered by
forms shall be protected from loss of surface moisture for not less than four
curing days. When forms are left in place they shall be kept sufficiently wet
to reduce cracks in the forms and prevent the form joints from opening. If
forms are removed before four curing days have transpired, the formed
surface shall be protected for the remainder of the four day period.
Protection and curing shall be accomplished by one of the four following
methods and shall be subject to the approval of the ENGINEER:
1. Water Curing - Water curing shall be effected by covering exposed
surface with sheet curing materials. In the event white burlap-polyethylene
sheets are used, these sheets shall be previously wetted before applying,
and kept thoroughly wet during the entire curing period.
2. Liquid Curing Compound - Liquid curing compound shall be applied
in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 03315
CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast-in-place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such
as slabs on grade, small vaults, site-cast bases for pre-cast units, and in-
place liners for manhole rehabilitation.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unit Prices.
1. No payment will be made for concrete for utility construction under
this Section. Include cost in applicable utility structure.
2. Obtain services of and pay for certified testing laboratory to prepare
design mixes.
3. Refer to Section 01270 - Measurement and Payment for unit price
procedures.
B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,
payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.
B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight and Mass Concrete.
C. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
D. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete.
E. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
F. ACI 309R - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete.
G. ACI 311 - Guide for Concrete Plant Inspection and Field Testing of Ready-
Mix Concrete.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-2
March 31, 2011
H. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.
I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and
Commentary.
J. ACI 544 - Guide for Specifying, Mixing, Placing, and Finishing Steel Fiber
Reinforced Concrete.
K. ASTM A 82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
L. ASTM A 185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,
for Concrete Reinforcement.
M. ASTM A 615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
N. ASTM A 767 - Standard Specifications for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
O. ASTM A 775 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel
Bars.
P. ASTM A 820 - Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber-Reinforced
Concrete.
Q. ASTM A 884 - Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded
Wire Fabric for Reinforcement.
R. ASTM C 31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Field.
S. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
T. ASTM C 39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
U. ASTM C 42 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled
Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
V. ASTM C 94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
W. ASTM C 138 - Standard Test Method for Unit Weight Yield and Air
Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-3
March 31, 2011
X. ASTM C 143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement
Concrete.
Y. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
Z. ASTM C 172 - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.
AA. ASTM C 173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed
Concrete by Volumetric Method.
BB. ASTM C 231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed
Concrete by the Pressure Method.
CC. ASTM C 260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete.
DD. ASTM C 309 - Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane-Forming
Compounds for Curing Concrete.
EE. ASTM C 494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for
Concrete.
FF. ASTM C 595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements.
GG. ASTM C 685 - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric
Batching and Continuous Mixing.
HH. ASTM C 1064 - Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed
Portland Cement Concrete.
II. ASTM C 1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratory Testing of Concrete and
Concrete Aggregate for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory
Evaluation.
JJ. CRSI MSP-1 - Manual of Standard Practice.
KK. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars.
LL. Federal Specification SS-S-210A - Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic,
for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints
MM. NRMCA - Concrete Plant Standards.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-4
March 31, 2011
B. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of
concrete in work.
C. Submit laboratory reports prepared by independent testing laboratory
stating that materials used comply with requirements of this Section.
D. Submit manufacturer's mill certificates for reinforcing steel. Provide
specimens for testing when required by Public Works.
E. Submit certification from concrete supplier that materials and equipment
used to produce and deliver concrete comply with this Specification.
F. When required on Drawings, submit shop drawings showing reinforcement
type, quantity, size, length, location, spacing, bending, splicing, support,
fabrication details, and other pertinent information.
G. For waterstops, submit product information sufficient to indicate
compliance with this Section, including manufacturer's descriptive
literature and specifications.
1.05 HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Cement: Store cement off of ground in well-ventilated, weatherproof
building.
B. Aggregate: Prevent mixture of foreign materials with aggregate and
preserve gradation of aggregate.
C. Reinforcing Steel: Store reinforcing steel to protect it from mechanical
injury and formation of rust. Protect epoxy-coated steel from damage to
coating.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, unless use of Type III is
authorized by Public Works; or ASTM C 595, Type IP. For
concrete in contact with sewage use Type II cement.
2. When aggregates are potentially reactive with alkalis in cement,
use cement not exceeding 0.6 percent alkali content in form of
Na2O + 0.658K20.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-5
March 31, 2011
B. Water: Clean, free from harmful amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, or other
deleterious substances, and meeting requirements of ASTM C 94.
C. Aggregate:
1. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33. Unless otherwise indicated, use
following ASTM standard sizes: No. 357 or No. 467; No. 57 or No.
67, No. 7. Maximum size: Not larger than 1/5 of narrowest
dimension between sides of forms, nor larger than 3/4 of minimum
clear spacing between reinforcing bars.
2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33.
3. Determine potential reactivity of fine and coarse aggregate in
accordance with Appendix to ASTM C 33.
D. Air Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C 260.
E. Chemical Admixtures:
1. Water Reducers: ASTM C 494, Type A.
2. Water Reducing Retarders: ASTM 494, Type D.
3. High Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): ASTM C 494,
Types F and G.
F. Prohibited Admixtures: Admixtures containing calcium chloride,
thiocyanate, or materials that contribute free chloride ions in excess of 0.1
percent by weight of cement.
G. Reinforcing Steel:
1. Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, ASTM A 767,
or ASTM A 775, grade 40 or grade 60, as shown on Drawings. Use
deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified. When
placed in work, keep steel free of dirt, scale, loose or flaky rust,
paint, oil or other harmful materials.
2. Where shown, use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to
ASTM A 185 or ASTM A 884. Supply gauge and spacing shown,
with longitudinal and transverse wires electrically welded together
at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken
during handling or placing.
3. Wire: ASTM A 82. Use 16 1/2 gauge minimum for tie wire, unless
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-6
March 31, 2011
otherwise indicated.
H. Fiber:
1. Fibrillated Polypropylene Fiber:
a. Addition Rate: 1.5 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete.
b. Physical Properties:
(1) Material: Polypropylene
(2) Length: ½-In. or graded
(3) Specific Gravity: 0.9l
c. Acceptable Manufacturer: W. R. Grace Company,
Fibermesh, or approved equal.
2. Steel Fiber: Comply with applicable provisions of ACI 544 and
ASTM A 820.
a. Ratio: 50 to 200 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete.
b. Physical Properties
(1) Material: Steel
(2) Aspect Ratio (for fiber lengths of 0.5 to 2.5-In., length
divided by diameter or equivalent diameter): 30:1 to
100:1
(3) Specific Gravity: 7.8
(4) Tensile Strength: 40-400 ksi.
(5) Young's Modulus: 29,000 ksi
(6) Minimum Average Tensile Strength: 50,000 psi
(7) Bending Requirements: Withstand bending around
0.125-In. diameter mandrel to angle of 90 degrees, at
temperatures not less than 60 degrees F, without
breaking
I. Curing Compounds: Type 2 white-pigmented liquid membrane-forming
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-7
March 31, 2011
compounds conforming to ASTM C 309.
2.02 FORM WORK MATERIALS
A. Lumber and Plywood: Seasoned and of good quality, free from loose or
unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay and other imperfections
which would affect strength or impair finished surface of concrete. Use
S4S lumber for facing or sheathing. Forms for bottoms of caps: At least 2-
In. (nominal) lumber or ¾-In. form plywood backed adequately to prevent
misalignment. For general use, provide lumber of 1-In. nominal thickness
or form plywood of approved thickness.
B. Form work for Exposed Concrete Indicated to Receive Rubbed Finish:
Form or form-lining surfaces free of irregularities; plywood of ¼-In.
minimum thickness, preferably oiled at mill.
C. Chamfer Strips and Similar Moldings: Redwood, cypress, or pine that will
not split when nailed and which can be maintained to true line. Use mill-
cut molding dressed on all faces.
D. Form Ties: Metal or fiberglass of approved type with tie holes not larger
than 7/8-In. in diameter. Do not use wire ties or snap ties.
E. Metal Forms: Clean and in good condition, free from dents and rust,
grease, or other foreign materials that tend to disfigure or discolor
concrete in gauge and condition capable of supporting concrete and
construction loads without significant distortion. Countersink bolt and rivet
heads on facing sides. Use only metal forms which present smooth
surface and which line up properly.
2.03 PRODUCTION METHODS
A. Use either ready-mixed concrete conforming to requirements of ASTM C
94, or concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in
accordance with ASTM C 685.
2.04 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS
A. Measure dry materials by weight, except volumetric proportioning may be
used when concrete is batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C
685.
B. Measure water and liquid admixtures by volume.
2.05 DESIGN MIX
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-8
March 31, 2011
A. Use design mixes prepared by certified testing laboratory in accordance
with ASTM C 1077 and conforming to requirements of this section.
B. Proportion concrete materials based on ACI 211.1 to comply with
durability and strength requirements of ACI 318, Chapters 4 and 5, and
this specification. Prepare mix design of Class A concrete so minimum
cementitious content is 564 pounds per cubic yard. Submit concrete mix
designs to Public Works for review.
C. Proportioning on basis of field experience or trial mixtures in accordance
with requirements at Section 5.3 of ACI 318 may be used, when approved
by Public Works.
D. Classification:
Minimum Compressive
Strength (Lbs.Sq.In.) Class Type
7-Day 28-Day
MaximumW/C Ration Air Content (Percent)
Consistency
Range in slump
(inches)
A Structural 3200 4000 0.45 4±1 2 to 4 *
B
Pipe Block
Fill, Thrust
Block
----- 3000 ---- 4±1 5 to 7
* When ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G admixture is used to increase workability, this range may be 6 to 9.
E. Add steel or polypropylene fibers only when called for on Drawings or in
another section of these Specifications.
F. Determine air content in accordance with ASTM C 138, ASTM C 173 or
ASTM C 231.
G. Use of Concrete Classes: Use classes of concrete as indicated on
Drawings and other Specifications. Use Class B for unreinforced concrete
used for plugging pipes, seal slabs, thrust blocks, trench dams, tunnel
inverts and concrete fill unless indicated otherwise. Use Class A for all
other applications.
2.06 PVC WATERSTOPS
A. Extrude from virgin polyvinyl chloride elastomer. Use no reclaimed or
scrap material. Submit waterstop manufacturer's current test reports and
manufacturer's written certification that material furnished meets or
exceeds Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C572 and other specified
requirements.
B. Flat Strip and Center-Bulb Waterstops:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-9
March 31, 2011
1. Thickness: not less than 3/8-In.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Kirkhill Rubber Co., Brea, California
b. Water Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois
c. Progress Unlimited, Inc., New York, New York
d. Greenstreak Plastic Products Co., St. Louis, Missouri
e. Approved equal.
2.07 RESILIENT WATERSTOP
A. Resilient Waterstop: Where shown on Drawings; either bentonite- or
adhesive-type material.
B. Bentonite Waterstop:
1. Material: 75 percent bentonite, mixed with butyl rubber-hydrocarbon
containing less than 1.0 percent volatile matter, and free of
asbestos fibers or asphaltics.
2. Manufacturer's rated temperature ranges: For application, 5 to 125
degrees F; in service, -40 to 212 degrees F.
3. Cross-sectional dimensions, unexpanded waterstop: 1-In. by ¾-In.
4. Provide with adhesive backing capable of producing excellent
adhesion to concrete surfaces.
C Adhesive Waterstop:
1. Preformed plastic adhesive waterstop at least 2-In. in diameter.
2. Meets or exceeds requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-
210A.
3. Supplied wrapped completely by 2 part protective paper.
4. Submit independent laboratory tests verifying that material seals
joints in concrete against leakage when subjected to minimum of 30
psi water pressure for at least 72 hours.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-10
March 31, 2011
5. Provide primer, to be used on hardened concrete surfaces, from
same manufacturer who supplies waterstop material.
6. Acceptable Manufacturer: Synko-Flex Preformed Plastic Adhesive
Waterstop, Synko- Flex Products, Inc.; or approved equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FORMS AND SHORING
A. Provide mortar-tight forms sufficient in strength to prevent bulging
between supports. Set and maintain forms to lines designated such that
finished dimensions of structures are within tolerances specified in ACI
117. Construct forms to permit removal without damage to concrete.
Forms may be given slight draft to permit ease of removal. Provide
adequate clean out openings. Before placing concrete, remove
extraneous matter from within forms.
B. Install rigid shoring having no excessive settlement or deformation. Use
sound timber in shoring centering. Shim to adjust and tighten shoring with
hardwood timber wedges.
C. Design Loads for Horizontal Surfaces of Forms and Shoring: Minimum
fluid pressure, 175 pounds per cubic foot; live load, 50 pounds per square
foot. Maximum unit stresses: 125 percent of allowable stresses used for
form materials and for design of support structures.
D. Back form work with sufficient number of studs and wales to prevent
deflection.
E. Re-oil or lacquer liner on job before using. Facing may be constructed of
¾-In. plywood made with waterproof adhesive backed by adequate studs
and wales. In such cases, form lining will not be required.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, form outside corners and edges with
triangular ¾-In. chamfer strips (measured on sides).
G. Remove metal form ties to depth of at least ¾-In. from surface of concrete.
Do not burn off ties. Do not use pipe spreaders. Remove spreaders which
are separate from forms as concrete is being placed.
H. Treat facing of forms with approved form coating before concrete is
placed. When directed by Public Works, treat both sides of face forms with
coating. Apply coating before reinforcement is placed. Immediately before
concrete is placed, wet surface of forms which will come in contact with
concrete.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-11
March 31, 2011
3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. Place reinforcing steel accurately in accordance with approved Drawings.
Secure steel adequately in position in forms to prevent misalignment.
Maintain reinforcing steel in place using approved concrete and hot-dip
galvanized metal chairs and spacers. Place reinforcing steel in
accordance with CRSI Publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars." Request
inspection of reinforcing steel by Public Works and obtain acceptance
before concrete is placed.
B. Minimum spacing center-to-center of parallel bars: 2 1/2 times nominal bar
diameter. Minimum cover measured from surface of concrete to face of
reinforcing bar unless shown otherwise on Drawings: 3-In. for surfaces
cast against soil or subgrade, 2-In. for other surfaces.
C. Detail bars in accordance with ACI 315. Fabricate reinforcing steel in
accordance with CRSI Publication MSP-1, "Manual of Standard Practice."
Bend reinforcing steel to required shape while steel is cold. Excessive
irregularities in bending will be cause for rejection.
D. Do not splice bars without written approval of Public Works. Approved bar
bending schedules or placing drawings constitute written approval. Splice
and development length of bars shall conform to ACI 318, Chapters 7 and
12, and as shown on Drawings. Stagger splices or locate at points of low
tensile stress.
3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Install conduit and piping as shown on Drawings. Accurately locate and
securely fasten conduit, piping, and other embedded items in forms.
B. Install waterstops as specified in other sections and according to
manufacturer's instructions. Securely position waterstops at joints as
indicated on Drawings. Protect waterstops from damage or displacement
during concrete placing operations.
3.04 BATCHING, MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE
A. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver ready-mixed concrete in accordance with
ASTM C 94, Sections 8 through 11. Produce ready-mixed concrete using
automatic batching system as described in NRMCA Concrete Plant
Standards, Part 2 - Plant Control Systems.
B. Measure, mix and deliver concrete produced by volumetric batching and
continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C 685, Sections 6 though 8.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-12
March 31, 2011
C. Maintain concrete workability without segregation of material and
excessive bleeding. Obtain approval of Public Works before adjustment
and change of mix proportions.
D. Ready-mixed concrete delivered to site shall be accompanied by batch
tickets providing information required by ASTM C 94, Section 16.
Concrete produced by continuous mixing shall be accompanied by batch
tickets providing information required by ASTM C 685, Section 14.
E. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone
concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when air temperature is at or
below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when
temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in
shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below
32 degrees F until concrete has cured for minimum of 3 days at 70
degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F.
F. Clean, maintain and operate equipment so that it thoroughly mixes
material as required.
G. Hand-mix only when approved by Public Works.
3.05 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Give sufficient advance notice to Public Works (at least 24 hours prior to
commencement of operations) to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing
steel, embedded items and other preparations for placing concrete. Place
no concrete prior to Public Works approval.
B. Schedule concrete placing to permit completion of finishing operations in
daylight hours. However, when necessary to continue after daylight hours,
light site as required. When rainfall occurs after placing operations are
started, provide covering to protect work.
C. Use troughs, pipes and chutes lined with approved metal or synthetic
material in placing concrete so that concrete ingredients are not
separated. Keep chutes, troughs and pipes clean and free from coatings
of hardened concrete. Allow no aluminum material to be in contact with
concrete.
D. Limit free fall of concrete to 4-Ft. Do not deposit large quantities of
concrete at one location so that running or working concrete along forms
is required. Do not jar forms after concrete has taken initial set; do not
place strain on projecting reinforcement or anchor bolts.
E. Use tremies for placing concrete in walls and similar narrow or restricted
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-13
March 31, 2011
locations. Use tremies made in sections, or provide in several lengths, so
that outlet may be adjusted to proper height during placing operations.
F. Place concrete in continuous horizontal layers approximately 12-In. thick.
Place each layer while layer below is still plastic.
G. Compact each layer of concrete with concrete spading implements and
mechanical vibrators of approved type and adequate number for size of
placement. When immersion vibrators cannot be used, use form vibrators.
Apply vibrators to concrete immediately after depositing. Move vibrator
vertically through layer of concrete just placed and several inches into
plastic layer below. Do not penetrate or disturb layers previously placed
which have partially set. Do not use vibrators to aid lateral flow concrete.
Closely supervise consolidation to ensure uniform insertion and duration
of immersion.
H. Handling and Placing Concrete: Conform to ACI 302.1R, ACI 304R and
ACI 309R.
3.06 WATERSTOPS
A. Embed waterstops in concrete across joints as shown. Waterstops shall
be continuous for extent of joint; make splices necessary to provide
continuity in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Support and
protect waterstops during construction operations; repair or replace
waterstops damaged during construction.
B. Install waterstops in concrete on one side of joints, leaving other side
exposed until next pour. When waterstop will remain exposed for 2 days
or more, shade and protect exposed waterstop from direct rays of sun
during entire exposure and until exposed portion of waterstop is
embedded in concrete.
C. Splicing PVC Waterstops:
1. Splice waterstops by heat-sealing adjacent waterstop sections in
accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions.
2. Butt end-to-end joints of two identical waterstop sections may be
made in forms during placement of waterstop material.
3. Prior to placement in form work, prefabricate waterstop joints
involving more than two ends to be joined together, angle cut,
alignment change, or joining of two dissimilar waterstop sections,
allowing not less than 24-In. long strips of waterstop material
beyond joint. Upon inspection and approval by Public Works, install
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-14
March 31, 2011
prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies in form work, and butt-
weld ends of 24-In. strips to straight- run portions of waterstop in
forms.
D. Setting PVC Waterstops:
1. Correctly position waterstops during installation. Support and
anchor waterstops during progress of work to ensure proper
embedment in concrete and to prevent folding over of waterstop by
concrete placement. Locate symmetrical halves of waterstops
equally between concrete pours at joints, with center axis
coincident with joint openings. Thoroughly work concrete in joint
vicinity for maximum density and imperviousness.
2. Where waterstop in a vertical wall joint does not connect with any
other waterstop, and is not intended to be connected to waterstop
in future concrete placement, terminate waterstop 6-In. below top of
wall.
E. Replacement of Defective Field Joints: Replace waterstop field joints
showing evidence of misalignment, offset, porosity, cracks, bubbles,
inadequate bond or other defects with products and joints complying with
Specifications.
F. Resilient Waterstop:
1. Install resilient waterstop in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations.
2. When requested by Public Works, provide technical assistance by
manufacturer's representative in field at no additional cost to City.
3. Use resilient waterstop only where complete confinement by
concrete is provided; do not use in expansion or contraction joints.
4. Where resilient waterstop is used in combination with PVC
waterstop, lap resilient waterstop over PVC waterstop minimum of
6-In. and place in contact with PVC waterstop. Where crossing
PVC at right angles, melt PVC ribs to form smooth joining surface.
5. At free top of walls without connecting slabs, stop resilient
waterstop and grooves (where used) 6-In. from top in vertical wall
joints.
6. Bentonite Waterstop:
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-15
March 31, 2011
a. Locate bentonite waterstop as near as possible to center of
joint and extend continuous around entire joint. Minimum
distance from edge of waterstop to face of member: 5-In.
b. Where thickness of concrete member to be placed on
bentonite waterstop is less than 12-In., place waterstop in
grooves at least ¾-In. deep and 1 ¼-In. wide formed or
ground into concrete. Minimum distance from edge of
waterstop placed in groove to face of member: 2.5-In.
c. Do not place bentonite waterstop when waterstop material
temperature is below 40 degrees F. Waterstop material may
be warmed so that it remains above 40 degrees F during
placement but means used to warm it shall in no way harm
material or its properties. Do not install waterstop where air
temperature falls outside manufacturer's recommended
range.
d. Place bentonite waterstop only on smooth and uniform
surfaces; grind concrete smooth when necessary to produce
satisfactory substrate, or bond waterstop to irregular
surfaces using epoxy grout which completely fills voids and
irregularities beneath waterstop material. Prior to installation,
wire brush concrete surface to remove laitance and other
substances that may interfere with bonding of epoxy.
e. In addition to adhesive backing provided with waterstop,
secure bentonite waterstop in place with concrete nails and
washers at 12-In. maximum spacing.
7. Adhesive Waterstop:
a. With wire brush thoroughly clean concrete surface on which
waterstop is to be placed and then coat with primer.
b. If surface is too rough to allow waterstop to form complete
contact, grind to form adequately smooth surface.
c. Install waterstop with top protective paper left in place.
Overlap joints between strips minimum of 1-In. and cover
back over with protective paper.
d. Do not remove protective paper until just before final form
work completion. Place concrete immediately. Time that
waterstop material is uncovered prior to concrete placement
shall be minimized and shall not exceed 24 hours.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-16
March 31, 2011
3.07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Definitions:
1. Construction joint: Contact surface between plastic (fresh) concrete
and concrete that has attained initial set.
2. Monolithic: Manner of concrete placement to reduce or eliminate
construction joints; joints other than those indicated on Drawings
will not be permitted without written approval of Public Works.
Where so approved, make additional construction joints with details
equivalent to those indicated for joints in similar locations.
3. Preparation for Construction Joints: Roughen surface of concrete
previously placed, leaving some aggregate particles exposed.
Remove laitance and loose materials by sandblasting or high-
pressure water blasting. Keep surface wet for several hours prior to
placing of plastic concrete.
3.08 CURING
A. Comply with ACI 308. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid
temperature change and mechanical injury for period of 7 curing days
when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when
Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has
disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing
day is any calendar day in which temperature is above 50 degrees F for at
least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted when air temperature
adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold
weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring
may be permitted at end of calendar days equal to twice required number
of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until
concrete has reached specified 28 day strength, unless directed otherwise
by Public Works.
B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rubbed-finished surface by leaving
forms in place for full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during curing
period. Add water as needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's
option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied.
C. Rubbed Finish:
1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon
as practicable without damaging surface.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-17
March 31, 2011
2. After rubbed-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed
surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or
moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete.
D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method.
1. After concrete has received final finish and surplus water sheen has
disappeared, immediately seal surface with uniform coating of
approved curing compound, applied at rate of coverage
recommended by manufacturer or as directed by Public Works. Do
not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide
satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application
of compound.
2. Thoroughly agitate compound during use and apply by means of
approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with
atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items,
hand-powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of
compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying
operations.
3. Do not apply compound to dry surface. When concrete surface has
become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to
application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities,
pinholes or other defects, or when rain falls on newly coated
surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply
additional coat of compound at specified rate of coverage.
3.09 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING
A. Remove forms from surfaces requiring rubbing only as rapidly as rubbing
operation progresses. Remove forms from vertical surfaces not requiring
rubbed-finish when concrete has aged for required number of curing days.
When curing compound is used, do not remove forms before 2 days after
concrete placement.
B. Leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached
specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by Public Works.
3.10 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Immediately repair defective work discovered after forms have been
removed. When concrete surface is bulged, uneven, or shows excess
honeycombing or form marks which cannot be repaired satisfactorily
through patching, remove and replace entire section.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-18
March 31, 2011
3.11 FINISHING
A. Patch honeycomb, minor defects and form tie holes in concrete surfaces
with cement mortar mixed one part cement to two parts fine aggregate.
Repair defects by cutting out unsatisfactory material and replacing with
new concrete, securely keyed and bonded to existing concrete. Finish to
make junctures between patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous
as possible. Use stiff mixture and thoroughly tamp into place. After each
patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage,
strike off mortar flush with surface.
B. Apply rubbed finish to exposed surfaces of formed concrete structures as
noted on Drawings. After pointing has set sufficiently, wet surface with
brush and perform first surface rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone, or
approved equal. Rub sufficiently to bring surface to paste, to remove form
marks and projections, and to produce smooth, dense surface. Add
cement to form surface paste as necessary. Spread or brush material,
which has been ground to paste, uniformly over surface and allow to reset.
In preparation for final acceptance, clean surfaces and perform final finish
rubbing with No. 30 carborundum stone or approved equal. After rubbing,
allow paste on surface to reset; then wash surface with clean water. Leave
structure with clean, neat and uniform-appearing finish.
C. Apply wood float finish to concrete slabs.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing shall be performed under provisions of Section 01454 - Testing
Laboratory Services.
B. Unless otherwise directed by Public Works, following minimum testing of
concrete is required. Testing shall be performed by qualified individuals
employed by approved independent testing agency, and conform to
requirements of ASTM C 1077.
1. Take concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C 172.
2. Make one set of four compression test specimens for each mix
design at least once per day and for each 150 cubic yards or
fraction thereof. Make, cure and test specimens in accordance with
ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39.
3. When taking compression test specimens, test each sample for
slump according to ASTM C 143, for temperature according to
ASTM C 1064, for air content according to ASTM C 231, and for
unit weight according at ASTM C 138.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
03315-19
March 31, 2011
4. Inspect, sample and test concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94,
Section 13, 14, and 15, and ACI 311-5R.
C. Test Cores: Conform to ASTM C 42.
D. Testing High Early Strength Concrete: When Type III cement is used in
concrete, specified 7 day and 28 day compressive strengths shall be
applicable at 3 and 7 days, respectively.
E. If 7-day or 3-day test strengths (as applicable for type of cement being
used) fail to meet established strength requirements, extended curing or
resumed curing on those portions of structure represented by test
specimens may be required. When additional curing fails to produce
required strength, strengthening or replacement of portions of structure
which fail to develop required strength may be required by Public Works,
at no additional cost to City.
3.13 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by City.
B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow.
Provide protection while concrete is still plastic, and whenever
precipitation is imminent or occurring.
C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design
loadings until components of structure needed to resist loading are
complete and have reached specified 28 day compressive strength,
except as authorized otherwise by Public Works.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 1
March 31, 2011
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 GENERAL:
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
This section includes work necessary to provide all submittals, provide training,
and furnish and install, complete, grout as specified herein. This section includes
non-shrink grout and other grouts used on the project.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Quality Control Submittals. Furnish the following.
1. ASTM C1107-89a, Grade B certified testing laboratory reports,
showing the grout tested at a fluid consistency for temperatures of 45
degrees F and 90 degrees F with a pot life of 30 minutes at fluid
consistency. The expansion at 3 or 14 days shall not exceed the 28-
day expansion and non-shrink property is not based on gas
expansion.
2. Twenty-four-hour evaluation of non-shrink grout. Test and report
with independent test laboratory letterhead and signature, dated
within the last 18 months. Test requirements and forms are specified
hereinafter on attached form. Required only for non-specified grouts.
3. Test results and service report from the demonstration and training
session and from the field tests.
4. Certification based on test results proving that all grout used on the
project contains no chlorides or other chemicals causing corrosion.
B. Warranty. Submit written warranty with no disclaimers as specified
hereinafter.
C. Name and telephone number of grout manufacturer's representative living
close enough to give regular job service at no extra cost. The
representative shall have at least 1 year of experience with these grouts.
D. Contract Closeout Submittals. Manufacturer's certification of installation,
including manufacturer's job service report, certifying grouts are used in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 2
March 31, 2011
1.03 WARRANTY:
A. Provide 1-year warranty for work provided under this section.
B. Manufacturer's warranty shall not contain a disclaimer on the product data
sheet, grout bag, or container limiting responsibility to only the purchase
price of products or materials furnished or their responsibility to anything
less that this specified warranty.
C. Manufacturer's warranty shall not be more limited that the warranty required
under this Contract.
D. Manufacturer shall warrant participation with Contract in replacing or
repairing grout found to be defective due to faulty materials, as determined
by industry standard test methods.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Preinstallation Demonstrations and Training.
1. Establish a location on project site and schedule a time for the grout
manufacturer's demonstration and training session of the proposed
non-shrink grouts to be used on the project. The non-shrink grouts
shall be mixed to specified consistency, tested, placed, and curing
initiated on actual project placements such as baseplates and tie
holes to provide actual on-the-job training for CONTRACTOR and
OWNER.
2. Conduct the training session using a minimum of five bags for each
of Category II and Category III grout, mix the grout to fluid
consistency, and conduct flow cone and two bleed tests, make a
minimum of six cubes for testing of two cubes at 1,3, and 28 days,
and then use the final work for the project. The CONTRACTOR shall
have the employees who will be doing this work present and have
them actually participating in this training and demonstration work.
The training shall include the methods for curing of the grout.
3. The grout manufacturer shall also mix sufficient Category I grout for a
minimum of 15 tie holes and shall train the CONTRACTOR's
employees how to perform the work and cure the grout with the
employees assisting in the mixing and actual sealing of the tie holes.
4. If the project includes patching, throughbolt holes, and blockouts
such as for gate guides, the manufacturer shall also mix and train the
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 3
March 31, 2011
CONTRACTOR's employees how to install and cure each of these
applications.
5. Transport the test cubes to an independent test laboratory, obtain the
test reports, pay for these tests, and submit a report of these
demonstration and training test cube strengths to the OWNER.
PART 2 PRODUCTS:
2.01 NONSHRINK GROUTS:
A. Provide grouts free of chlorides and other chemicals that cause corrosion.
B Non-shrink Grout. Provide non-shrink grout for applications in the grout
category as specified in Table 1.
Table 1 Applications for Grout
Temperature Range Maximum Placing Time
Application 40 to 100qF 20 min Greater than
20 min
Filling tie holes I I I
Blockouts for gate guides I or II I II
Precast joints I or II I II
Column baseplates single-story I or II I II
Machine bases 25 hp or less II II II
Bases for precast wall sections II II II
Baseplates for columns over one story II II II
Precast base joints higher than one story II II II
Through-bolt openings II II II
Patching concrete walls II II II
Machine bases 26 hp and up III III III
Baseplates and/or soleplates with vibration,
thermal movement, etc. III III III
C. Nons-shrink Grout, Category I. Nonmetallic, nongas-liberating flowable
grouts meeting the specified test requirements and applications.
1. A prepackaged natural aggregate grout, requiring only the addition of
water. Mix, place, and cure demonstrated by the manufacturer
during the demonstration and training session.
2. Meet ASTM C1107-89a requirements when tested at:
a. Flowable consistency (140 percent flow on ASTM C230, five
drops in 30 seconds).
b. Flowable for 15 minutes.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 4
March 31, 2011
c. Fluid working time of at least 30 minutes.
3. The grout when tested shall not bleed at maximum allowed water.
4. The non-shrink property of the grout shall not be based on gas or
gypsum expansion.
5. Grout shall have a minimum strength of 3,000 psi at 3 days, 5,000
psi at 7 days, and 7,000 psi at 28 days.
D. Non-shrink Grout, Category II. Nonmetallic, nongas-liberating, natural
aggregate fluid grouts meeting the specified test requirements and
applications.
1. A prepackaged natural aggregate grout, requiring only the addition of
water. Mix, place, and cure demonstrated by the manufacturer
during the demonstration and training session.
2. Meet the requirements of CRD-C621-89 and ASTM C1107-89a,
Grade B when tested at:
a. Fluid consistency (20 to 30 seconds) per CRD-C611-89.
b. At temperatures of 45,70, and 90qF.
3. Provide certification together with independent test data that the
expansion at 3 or 14 days does not exceed the 28-day expansion
and that its non-shrink property is not based on gas or gypsum
expansion.
4. The fluid grout shall pass through the flow cone, with a continuous
flow, 1 hour after mixing.
5. Grout shall have a minimum strength of 2,500 psi at 1 day, 4,500 psi
at 3 days, and 7,000 psi at 28 days.
6. Grout shall be pretested within the last 18 months per the hereinafter
specified 24-hour grout test requirements.
E. Non-shrink Grout, Category III. Metallic, nongas-liberating fluid grouts
meeting the specified test requirements and applications.
1. A prepackaged metallic aggregate grout, requiring only the addition
of water. Mix, place, and cure demonstrated by the manufacturer
during the demonstration and training session.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 5
March 31, 2011
2. Meet the requirements of CRD-C621-89 and ASTM C1107-89a,
Grade B when tested at:
a. Fluid consistency (20 to 30 seconds) per CRD-C611-89.
b. At temperatures of 45, 70, and 90qF.
c. Fluid working time of at least 30 minutes.
3. Provide certification together with independent test data that the
expansion at 3 or 14 days does not exceed the 28-day expansion
and that its non-shrink property is not based on gas or gypsum
expansion.
4. The fluid grout shall pass through the flow cone, with a continuous
flow, 1 hour after mixing.
5. Grout shall have a minimum strength of 4,000 psi at 1 day, 5,000 psi
at 3 days, and 9,000 psi at 28 days.
6. Test per the hereinafter specified 24-hour grout test requirements.
F. Non-shrink Grout Manufacturers:
1. Master Builders Co., Cleveland, OH.
2. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH.
3. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH.
G. Grout for Horizontal Construction Joints in Walls. Flowable, consisting of
sand, water, and minimum 12 sacks of cement per cubic yard.
PART 3 EXECUTION:
3.01 PLACING GROUT:
A. Place and cure non-shrink grout as demonstrated by the manufacturer
during the demonstration and training session.
B. Non-shrink Grout, Category I and II. For formwork tie holes or through-bolt
holes, fill space with dry pack dense grout hammered in with steel tool and
steel hammer. For through-bolt holes, coordinate the dry pack dense grout
application with the vinyl plug.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 6
March 31, 2011
C. Location for Use of Various Types of Nonshrink Grout. As shown and
specified herein before.
D. Horizontal Construction Joints in Reinforced Concrete Walls.
1. Use positive measuring device such as a bucket or other device that
will contain only enough sand-cement grout, specified herein before,
for depositing in one place in the wall to ensure that portion of the
form does not receive too much grout. Limit grout placement to 2-
inch maximum thickness.
2. Do not deposit grout from pump hoses or large concrete buckets
unless inspection windows close to the joint are available to allow
visual measurement of grout thickness and means for grout removal
are available for removal of excess grout.
3.02 GROUTING MACHINERY FOUNDATIONS:
A. Block out original concrete or finish off a sufficient distance below bottom of
machinery base to provide for thickness of grout as shown. Prepare the
concrete surface by sandblasting or chipping or by other mechanical means
to remove any soft material.
B. Set machinery in position and wedge to proper elevation by steel wedges or
use cast-in leveling bolts.
C. Form with watertight forms at least 2 inches higher than the bottom of the
plate.
D. Fill space between bottom of machinery base and original concrete pour
with fluid non-shrinking type grout as specified and in accordance with
manufacturer's demonstration instructions.
3.03 FIELD TESTS:
A. Evaluation and Acceptance of Non-shrink Grout. Provide a flow cure and
cube molds with restraining plates onsite. Continue tests during this project
as demonstrated by grout manufacturer before grouting began, as follows:
1. Perform flow cone test and bleed tests and make three (2-inch by 2-
inch) cubes for each 25 cubic feet of each type of non-shrink grout
used. Cube molds shall have restraining caps specified per COE
CRD-C-621.
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 7
March 31, 2011
2. On large grouting placements, make three more cubes, one more
flow cone test, and more bleed test for each additional 25 cubic feet
of non-shrink grout placed.
3. Flow. As specified herein before.
4. Grout with flows outside the specified range shall be rejected.
5. Non-shrink grout cubes shall test equal to or greater than minimum
strength as specified.
6. Strength Test Failures. Reject non-shrink grout work and required
removal and replacement of grout with material meeting these
Specifications with no additional compensation.
7. Perform bleeding test to show that grout does not bleed. Test fails if
grout bleeds.
8. Store cubes at 70qF.
9. An independent testing laboratory shall prepare, store, cure, and test
cubes per CRD-C621-89.
10. OWNER will pay costs for the independent test laboratory work to
prepare, transport, store, cure, and test the strength samples. The
contractor shall assist the independent test laboratory staff during
this work, with costs included in the lump sum bid.
B. Evaluation and Acceptance of Other Grout. The OWNER will test and
evaluate other grout with samples furnished by the CONTRACTOR.
3.04 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES:
A. Furnish non-shrink grout manufacturer's representative as follows:
1. Qualifications. An authorized and trained representative of the grout
manufacturer.
2. Responsibilities.
a. Coordinate demonstrations, training sessions, and other site
visits with the CONTRACTOR.
b. Provide and conduct onsite demonstration and training
sessions for bleed tests, proper mixing, flow cone
measurement, cube testing, placement, and curing for each
CITY OF SCHERTZ
STANDARD SPECIFICATION GROUT
03600 - 8
March 31, 2011
category or type of non-shrink grout used and for each use as
specified.
c. Coordinate to ensure necessary equipment and materials are
available for demonstration.
d. Check non-shrink grouting during the job with enough
frequency to write job service report to describe grout
application and workmanship in relation to manufacturer's
recommendations.
END OF SECTION